Fragments on Genesis

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Chapter 47

47PG 12:48a–48d

Εἰ δέ τινι προσκόπτει διὰ τοὺς ἀνθρωπίνους elχνξτας μὴ δύνασθαι παραδέξασθαι τὸν Θεὸν (ὅ) χωρὶς ὕλης ἀγεννήτου ὑποκειμένης κατασκευάζειν τὰ οντα. ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ἀνδριαντοποιὸς χωρὶς χαλκοῦ τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον ποιῆσαι δύναται, μηδὲ τέκτων χωρὶς ξύλων, μηδὲ οἰκοδόμος χωρὶς λίθων · ζητητέον πρὸς αὐτοῦ περὶ δυνάμεως Θεοῦ, εἰ Θελὴσας ὑποστῆσαι ὃ τι βούλεται ὁ Θεὸς, τῆς Θελήσεως αὑτοῦ οὐκ ἀπορουμένης, οὐδὲ ἁτονούσης, δύναται ὖποστῆσαι ὃ βούλεται. ᾯ γὰρ λόγῳ τὰς ποιότητας, κατά πᾶντας τοὺς Πρόνοιαν εἰσάγοντας τῷ ’ἰδίῳ λόγῳ, οὐκ οὔσας ὠς βούλεται εἰς διακόσμησιν τοῦ παντὸς ὐφῖστησι τῇ ἀθεάτῳ αὑτοό δυνάμει καὶ σοφίᾳ, τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν, ὅσης χρῄζει, ἱκανή ἐστιν αὐτοῦ ή βούλησις ποιῆσαι γενέσθαι. Ἀπορὴσομεν γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς οὐ βουλομένους ταῦβ οὕτως ἔχειν, εἰ μὴ ἀκολουθεί αὐτοῖς εὐτυχη- -κξέναι τὸν Θεὸν, ἀγέννητον εὗρόντα τὴν οὐσίαν, ῆν εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀγέννητον αὖτῴ ὑποβεβληκδς ἦν, οὐδὲν ἔργον δυνατὸς ἦν ποιῆσαι, ἀλλʼ ἔμενεν οὐ δημιουργὸς, οὐ πατὴρ, οὐκ εὐεργέτης, οὐκ ἀγαθὶς, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν εὐλόγως λεγομένων περὶ Θεοῦ. Πόθεν δὲ καὶ τὸ μετρεῖν τῆς ὑποκειμένης οὐσίας τὸ τοσόνδε, ὡς διαρ· κέσαι τῇ τηλικούτου κόσμου ὑποστάσει ; οἱονεὶ γὰρ

Ei de tini proskoptei dia tous anthrōpinous elchnxtas mē dynasthai paradexasthai ton Theon (ho) chōris hylēs agennētou hypokeimenēs kataskeuazein ta onta. epei mēde andriantopoios chōris chalkou to idion ergon poiēsai dynatai, mēde tektōn chōris xylōn, mēde oikodomos chōris lithōn ; zētēteon pros autou peri dynameōs Theou, ei Thelēsas hypostēsai ho ti bouletai ho Theos, tēs Thelēseōs hautou ouk aporoumenēs, oude hatonousēs, dynatai ypostēsai ho bouletai. Hǭ gar logǭ tas poiotētas, kata pantas tous Pronoian eisagontas tǭ ’idiǭ logǭ, ouk ousas ōs bouletai eis diakosmēsin tou pantos yphistēsi tę̄ atheatǭ hautoo dynamei kai sophią, toutǭ tǭ logǭ kai tēn ousian, hosēs chrę̄zei, hikanē estin autou ē boulēsis poiēsai genesthai. Aporēsomen gar pros tous ou boulomenous taub houtōs echein, ei mē akolouthei autois eutychē- -kxenai ton Theon, agennēton heuronta tēn ousian, ēn ei mē to agennēton autǭ hypobeblēkds ēn, ouden ergon dynatos ēn poiēsai, allʼ emenen ou dēmiourgos, ou patēr, ouk euergetēs, ouk agathis, ouk allo ti tōn eulogōs legomenōn peri Theou. Pothen de kai to metrein tēs hypokeimenēs ousias to tosonde, hōs diar; kesai tę̄ tēlikoutou kosmou hypostasei ? hoionei gar

[Gen 1:2] … But if anyone stumbles because of human examples, so that he cannot accept that God makes the things that exist without an unbegotten matter lying beneath, since a sculptor cannot make his own work without bronze, nor a carpenter without timber, nor a builder without stones, we must ask him about the power of God: whether God, having willed to bring into being whatever he wishes, his will being neither at a loss nor feeble, is able to bring into being what he wishes. For by the same reasoning by which, according to all who admit Providence, he brings into being by his own word, as he wishes, qualities that did not exist, for the ordering of the universe, by his invisible power and wisdom, by this same reasoning his will is able also to make the substance come to be, as much of it as he needs. For we shall put this difficulty to those who do not wish this to be so: does it not follow for them that God was fortunate, since he found the substance unbegotten? If the unbegotten had not lain ready beneath him, he would have been able to make no work at all, but would have remained no creator, no father, no benefactor, not good, nor anything else that is rightly said of God. And whence came the measuring of the underlying substance to just such an amount, so that it sufficed for the existence of so great a world? For as if

Chapter 49

49PG 12:49a–49d

τερενοιὰ τις πρεσβυτέρα Θεοῦ, ἀναγκαῐως τὴν ὓληνΙ εσται ὑποδεδληκυῖα τῷ Θεῷ, προνοουμένη τὴν τέχνην τὴν ἐνυπάρχουσαν αὑτῷ μὴ κενοπαθῆσαι, οὑκ οὑσης οὐσίας, ᾖ ὁμιλῆσαι δυνάμενος κατεκόσμησε τὸ τηλικοῦτο κόσμου κᾶλλος. Πόθεν δὲ καὶ δεκτικὴ γεγένηται πάσης ἦς βούλεται ὁ Θεὸς ποιότητος, μὴ αὑτοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐαυτῷ τοσαύτην καὶ τοιαύτην ποιήσαντος, ὁποίαν ἔχειν ἐὸούλετος Καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν γοῦν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸ ἀγέννητον εἶναι τὴν ῦλην, ταῦτα ἐροῦμεν πρὸς τοὺς τοῦτο βουλομένους, ὅτι εί Προνοίας οὑχ ὑποβαλλούσης τὴν οὑσίαν τῷ Θεῷ, τοιαύτη γεγένηται. εἰ Πρόνοια ἦν ὑφεστῶσα, τί· ἂν πλέον πεποιήκει τοῦ αὑτομάτσυ; καὶ εί αὑτὸς μὴ οὔσης ὕλης ἐβούλετο κατασκευάσαι αὐτὴν, τί ἂν πλέον ἡ σοφία, καὶ ἡ θειότης αὑτοῦ πεποιήκει τοῦ ἐξ ἀγεννήτου ὑποστάντοςς Εἰ γὰρ εὑρίσκεται ταυτὸν γενόμενον ἂν ὑπὸ τῆς Προνοίας, ὅπερ καὶ χωρὶς Προνοίας ὑπέστη, διὰ τί οὑχὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἀθετήσομεν τὸν δημιουργὸν καὶ τὸν τεχνίτην; Ὠσπερ γὰρ ἄτοπον ἐπὶ τοῦ κόσμου είπεῖν οὑτω τεχνικῶς κατεσκευασμένου τὸ χωρὶς τε· χνίτου σοφοῦ τὸν αὑτοτοιοὺτον γεγονέναι,οὑτω καὶ τὸ τὴν ὑλην τοσαύτην καῖ τοιαύτην καὶ οὕτως εἱκτικὴν τῷ τεχνίτῃ λόγῳ Θεοῦ, ὑφεστηκέναι ἀγεννήτως, suis σης ἐστὶν ἄλογον. Πρὸς μέντοιγε τοὺς παραβάλλοντας, ὃτι οὐδεὶς δη μιουρθίῦς χωρϊς ὑλης ποιεῖ, λεκτέον, ὅτι ἀνομοίως παραβάλλουσι. Πρόνοια γὰρ παντὶ τε· χνίτῃ ὑποβάλλει τὴν ὓλην, ἀπὸ προτέρας τέχνης, ἢ ἀνθρωπίνης, ἢ θείας ἐρχομένην. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀρκέσει πρὸς τοὺς διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ι Ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος, ι οἰομένους ἀγέννητον εἶναι τὴν σωματικὴν φύσιν.

terenoia tis presbytera Theou, anankaiōs tēn hylēnI estai hypodedlēkuia tǭ Theǭ, pronooumenē tēn technēn tēn enyparchousan hautǭ mē kenopathēsai, houk housēs ousias, ę̄ homilēsai dynamenos katekosmēse to tēlikouto kosmou kallos. Pothen de kai dektikē gegenētai pasēs ēs bouletai ho Theos poiotētos, mē hautou tou Theou eautǭ tosautēn kai toiautēn poiēsantos, hopoian echein eoouletos Kathʼ hypothesin goun apodexamenoi to agennēton einai tēn ylēn, tauta eroumen pros tous touto boulomenous, hoti ei Pronoias houch hypoballousēs tēn housian tǭ Theǭ, toiautē gegenētai. ei Pronoia ēn hyphestōsa, ti; an pleon pepoiēkei tou hautomatsy? kai ei hautos mē ousēs hylēs ebouleto kataskeuasai autēn, ti an pleon hē sophia, kai hē theiotēs hautou pepoiēkei tou ex agennētou hypostantoss Ei gar heurisketai tauton genomenon an hypo tēs Pronoias, hoper kai chōris Pronoias hypestē, dia ti houchi kai epi tou kosmou athetēsomen ton dēmiourgon kai ton technitēn? Ōsper gar atopon epi tou kosmou eipein houtō technikōs kateskeuasmenou to chōris te; chnitou sophou ton hautotoiouton gegonenai,houtō kai to tēn hylēn tosautēn kai toiautēn kai houtōs heiktikēn tǭ technitę̄ logǭ Theou, hyphestēkenai agennētōs, suis sēs estin alogon. Pros mentoige tous paraballontas, hoti oudeis dē miourthiys chōrïs hylēs poiei, lekteon, hoti anomoiōs paraballousi. Pronoia gar panti te; chnitę̄ hypoballei tēn hylēn, apo proteras technēs, ē anthrōpinēs, ē theias erchomenēn. Tauta men oun epi tou parontos arkesei pros tous dia to legesthai i Hē de gē ēn aoratos kai akataskeuastos, i oiomenous agennēton einai tēn sōmatikēn physin.

there were some providence older than God, which of necessity will have put matter beneath God, taking care that the art present in him should not be idle for lack of a substance with which he could work and so adorn the world in its great beauty. And whence has it become receptive of every quality that God wishes, unless God himself made it for himself of such amount and such kind as he wished it to have? Granting, then, by way of hypothesis that matter is unbegotten, we shall say this to those who hold it: if, without Providence supplying the substance to God, it came to be of such a kind, then, had Providence been at work, what more would it have done than chance? And if he himself had wished to fashion matter when there was none, what more would his wisdom and divinity have made than what has come into being from the unbegotten? For if it is found that the very same thing would have come about by Providence as came into being without Providence, why should we not, in the case of the world too, set aside the creator and the craftsman? For just as it is absurd to say of the world, so skilfully fashioned, that it came to be such of itself without a wise craftsman, so to say that matter, of such amount and such kind and so yielding to God's craftsman Word, has existed without being begotten is … irrational. To those, however, who offer the comparison that no craftsman makes anything without matter, it must be said that they compare unlike things. For Providence supplies the matter to every craftsman, matter coming from a prior art, either human or divine. These things, then, will suffice for the present against those who, because it is said, “But the earth was invisible and unformed,” suppose that bodily nature is unbegotten.

Chapter 51

51PG 12:52a–52d

μαρμὲνης τόπον τῇ τῶν πλανωμένων ἀστέρων ἑπιπλοκῇ πρὸς τοὺς ὲν τῷ ζωδιακῷ πάντων αὐτοῖς νομιζομένων συμβαίνειν τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῦ περὶ ἕκαστον ἀνθρώπων, τάχα δὲ καὶ ἀλόγων ζώων· ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ πολλῶν τῶν πεπιστευκέναι ὑπολαμβανομένων περισπωμένων, μὴ ἄρα ἠνάγκασται τὰ ἀνθρώπων πράγματα, καὶ ἀμήχανον ἄλλως γενέσθαι, ἢ ὡς οι ἀστέρες κατὰ τοὺς διαφόρους σχηματισμοὺς ἐπιτέλει λουσιν, ’Ἐπεται δὲ τοῖς ταῦτα. δογματίζουσιν ἐξ ὅλων τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἀναιρεῖν· διόπερ καὶ ἔπαινον, καὶ ψόγον καὶ πράξεις ἀποδεκτὰς, πάλιν τε αὖ dextri; ' ἅπερ si οὕτως ἔχει, τὰ τῆς κεκηρυγμένης τοῦ Θεοῦ κρίσεως οἴχεται, καὶ ἀπειλαὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας, ὡς κολασθησομένους, τιμαί τε αῦ πρὸς τοὺς τοῖς κρείτιιοσιν ἑαυτοὺς ὲπιδεῑωκότιις καὶ μακαριότητεςο οἱοδὲν γὰρ ἔτι τούτων εὐλόγως ἔσται γενόμενον. Kal. εἰ τὶ ἁκόλονθά τις ἐαυτῷ ἐφʼ οἷς δογματίζει βλέποι, καὶ ὴ πίστις ἔσται ματαία, ἦ τε Χριστοῦ, ἐπιδημία οὐδὲν ἀνύουσα, καὶ πᾶσα ὴ διὰ νόμου καὶ, apsenti?” οἰκονομία, κάματοί τε ἀποστόλων ὑπὲρ τοῦ σνστῆσαι τὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἐκκλησιας (ιι)ei μὴ ἄρα. καὶ Χριστὸς κατὰ τοὺς οὕτω τολιιιὶὀνταςι ὑπὸ τὴν ἀνάγκην τῆςιτῶν ἄστρων κινήσεως τῷ γένεειν

marmenēs topon tę̄ tōn planōmenōn asterōn hepiplokę̄ pros tous en tǭ zōdiakǭ pantōn autois nomizomenōn symbainein tōn epi tēs gēs kai tou peri hekaston anthrōpōn, tacha de kai alogōn zōōn; alla gar kai pollōn tōn pepisteukenai hypolambanomenōn perispōmenōn, mē ara ēnankastai ta anthrōpōn pragmata, kai amēchanon allōs genesthai, ē hōs oi asteres kata tous diaphorous schēmatismous epitelei lousin, ’Epetai de tois tauta. dogmatizousin ex holōn to ephʼ hēmin anairein; dioper kai epainon, kai psogon kai praxeis apodektas, palin te au dextri? ' haper si houtōs echei, ta tēs kekērygmenēs tou Theou kriseōs oichetai, kai apeilai pros tous hēmartēkotas, hōs kolasthēsomenous, timai te au pros tous tois kreitiiosin heautous epideiōkotiis kai makariotēteso hoioden gar eti toutōn eulogōs estai genomenon. Kal. ei ti hakolontha tis eautǭ ephʼ hois dogmatizei blepoi, kai ē pistis estai mataia, ē te Christou, epidēmia ouden anyousa, kai pasa ē dia nomou kai, apsenti?” oikonomia, kamatoi te apostolōn hyper tou snstēsai tas tou Theou dia Christou Ekklēsias (ii)ei mē ara. kai Christos kata tous houtō toliiiiontasi hypo tēn anankēn tēsitōn astrōn kinēseōs tǭ geneein

[Gen 1:14] … the topic of fate: the intertwining of the planets with the signs in the zodiac, from which they think everything on earth happens, both to each human being and perhaps even to irrational animals. Moreover, many of those who are supposed to have believed are distracted by the question whether human affairs are under compulsion and cannot possibly happen otherwise than as the stars bring them about in their various configurations. And it follows for those who teach these things that they wholly abolish what is in our power, and with it praise and blame, and deeds worthy of approval and again deeds worthy of censure. If this is so, the proclaimed judgment of God is gone, and the threats against those who have sinned, that they will be punished, and the honours and blessednesses held out to those who have given themselves to better things; for none of these will any longer happen with reason. And if anyone follows out consistently what he teaches, faith too will be vain, and the coming of Christ achieves nothing, and the whole economy through the law and the prophets, and the labours of apostles to establish the churches of God through Christ; unless indeed, according to those who dare such things, Christ too, under the compulsion of the motion of the stars at his birth,

Chapter 53

53PG 12:53a–53d

ἀνειληφέναι γενόμενος, πάντα πεποιήκοι τε xui πάθοι, ού τοῦ Θεού καὶ ΙΙατρὺς τῶν ὅλων αύτῷ τὰς παραδόξους δυνάμεις δωρησαμένου, ἀλλά τῶν. ἀστέρων. Οἷς ἀθέοις καὶ ἀσεβέσι τυγχάνουσι λόγοις ἀκολουθεῖ καὶ τὸ τοὺς πιστεύοντας ὑπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων ἀγομένους πιστεύειν έις Θεὸν λέγεσθαι. Πυθοίμεβα δʼ ἂν αὐτῶν τί 6 Θεὸς βουλόμενος τοιοῦτον ἐποίει κόσμον, ἵνʼ οἱ μὲν ὲναύτῷ ἄνδρες ὄντες, τὰ γυναικῶν πάσχωσιν,.ούδαμῶς ἑαυτοῖς αῐτιοι τῆς ἀσελγείας γε· γενημένοι, ἕτεροι δὲ ἀγρίων ζώων κατάστασιν εἱληφότεςῌ 5), τῷ τὴν φορὰν τοῦ παντὸς τοιούτους αύτοὺς πεποιηκέναι, διὰ τὸ τὸν Θεὸν οὕτω κεκοσμηκέναι τὸ πᾶν, ἐπιδιδόασιν ἑαυτοὺς ὼμοτάτοις καὶ σφόδρα ἀπανθρώπως πράγμασιν, ἀνδροφονίαις καὶ πειραδς σείαις. Καὶ τί δεῖ λέγειν ἡμᾶς περὶ τῶν συμβαινόντων ὲν ἀνθρώποις, καὶ ἁμαρτανομένων ὑπʼ αύτῶι μυρίων ὅσων τυγχανόντων, οὕστινας οἱ τῶν γενναίων προϊστάμενοι τούτων λόγων ἀπολύοντες παντὸς ἐγκλήματος, τῷ ’Θεῷ προσγράφουσι πάντων τῶν κακῶς (id) καὶ ψεκτῶς πραττομένων τὴν αἱτίαν; Ἐὰν δέ τινες αὐτῶν, ὼς ἀπολογούμενοι περὶ Θεοῦ, ἕτερον μὲν εἶναι λέγωσι τὸν ἀγαθὸν, οὐδενὸς τούτων ἔχοντα τὴν ἀρχὴν, τῷ δὲ δημιουργῷ πάντων τὰ τοιαῦτα προσάπτωσι, πρῶτον μὲν οὐδὲ ὼς βούλονται δυνήσονται ἀποδεικνύναι, ὅτι ὲστλ δίκαιος πῶς γὰρ 6 τοσούτων κατʼ αὐτοὺς Πατὴρ, εὐλόγως χρηματίζοιδὶκαιος; δεύτερον δὲ περὶ ἑαυτῶν τί ποτε φήσουσιν, ἐξεταστέον· πότερον ὑπόκεινται τῇ φορᾷ τῶν ἀστέρων, ἢ ὴλευθέρωνται, καὶ ὲν τῷ βίῳ τυγχάνοντες, οὐδὲν -ὲνεργού μενον εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἔχουσιν ἐκεῖθεν; El μὲν γὰρ φήσουσιν ὑποκεῖσθαιτοὴ ἄστροις, δῆλον ὅτι τὰ ἄστρα τὸ νοῆσαι αὑτοξς τοῦτο ὲχαρίσατο, καὶ ὁ δημιουργὸς ύποδεβληκὼς ἔσται διὰ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κινήσεως τὸν λόγον τὸν περὶτοῦ ἀνωτέρω ἀναπεπλασμένου Θεοῦ, ὅπερ οὐ βούλονται · εἰδὲ ἀποκρινοῦνται, ὅτι ἔξω τῶν νόμων τυγχάνουσι τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τῶν κατά τοὺς ἀστέρας, ἵνα μὴ ἀπόφασις τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἀναπόδεικτος, πειραθήτωσαν ἡμᾶς προσάγειν ἀναγκαστικὼτερον, διαφορὰν

aneilēphenai genomenos, panta pepoiēkoi te xui pathoi, ou tou Theou kai IIatrys tōn holōn autǭ tas paradoxous dynameis dōrēsamenou, alla tōn. asterōn. Hois atheois kai asebesi tynchanousi logois akolouthei kai to tous pisteuontas hypo tōn asterōn agomenous pisteuein eis Theon legesthai. Pythoimeba dʼ an autōn ti 6 Theos boulomenos toiouton epoiei kosmon, hinʼ hoi men enautǭ andres ontes, ta gynaikōn paschōsin,.oudamōs heautois aitioi tēs aselgeias ge; genēmenoi, heteroi de agriōn zōōn katastasin heilēphotesĘ̄ 5), tǭ tēn phoran tou pantos toioutous autous pepoiēkenai, dia to ton Theon houtō kekosmēkenai to pan, epididoasin heautous ōmotatois kai sphodra apanthrōpōs pragmasin, androphoniais kai peirads seiais. Kai ti dei legein hēmas peri tōn symbainontōn en anthrōpois, kai hamartanomenōn hypʼ autōi myriōn hosōn tynchanontōn, houstinas hoi tōn gennaiōn proïstamenoi toutōn logōn apolyontes pantos enklēmatos, tǭ ’Theǭ prosgraphousi pantōn tōn kakōs (id) kai psektōs prattomenōn tēn haitian? Ean de tines autōn, ōs apologoumenoi peri Theou, heteron men einai legōsi ton agathon, oudenos toutōn echonta tēn archēn, tǭ de dēmiourgǭ pantōn ta toiauta prosaptōsi, prōton men oude ōs boulontai dynēsontai apodeiknynai, hoti estl dikaios pōs gar 6 tosoutōn katʼ autous Patēr, eulogōs chrēmatizoidikaios? deuteron de peri heautōn ti pote phēsousin, exetasteon; poteron hypokeintai tę̄ phorą tōn asterōn, ē ēleutherōntai, kai en tǭ biǭ tynchanontes, ouden -energou menon eis heautous echousin ekeithen? El men gar phēsousin hypokeisthaitoē astrois, dēlon hoti ta astra to noēsai hautoxs touto echarisato, kai ho dēmiourgos ypodeblēkōs estai dia tēs tou pantos kinēseōs ton logon ton peritou anōterō anapeplasmenou Theou, hoper ou boulontai ; eide apokrinountai, hoti exō tōn nomōn tynchanousi tou dēmiourgou tōn kata tous asteras, hina mē apophasis to legomenon hypʼ autōn anapodeiktos, peirathētōsan hēmas prosagein anankastikōteron, diaphoran

having been born, did and suffered everything, the God and Father of the universe not having given him his wonderful powers, but the stars. And with these godless and impious doctrines it also follows that believers are said to believe in God because they are led by the stars. We would ask them what God intended in making such a world that some in it, being men, suffer the things of women, though they are in no way themselves the cause of their licentiousness; while others, having taken on the condition of wild beasts, because the motion of the universe made them such, since God so ordered the universe, give themselves up to the most savage and utterly inhuman deeds, murders and piracies. And why need we speak of what happens among human beings and of the countless sins they commit, whom the champions of these noble doctrines release from every charge, ascribing to God the cause of everything that is done wickedly and blameworthily? And if some of them, as if defending God, say that the good God is another, who is the source of none of these things, and attach all such things to the creator, first, not even so will they be able to show, as they wish, that he is just; for how, on their view, could the father of so many evils reasonably be called just? Second, we must examine what they will say about themselves: are they subject to the motion of the stars, or have they been set free, so that, though living in this life, they have nothing worked upon them from that source? For if they say that they are subject to the stars, it is plain that the stars granted them to think this, and the creator, through the motion of the universe, will have suggested the doctrine about the God whom they have fashioned higher up, which they do not want. But if they answer that they are outside the creator's laws concerning the stars, then, so that what they say may not be an unproved assertion, let them try to bring us something more compelling, setting forth a difference

Chapter 55

55PG 12:56a–56d

περιστάντες νοῦ τινος ὑποκειμένου γενέσει καὶ εξμαρμένῃ, καὶ ἐτέρου ἀπὸ τούτων ἐλευθέρου· δῆλον γάρ ἐστι τοῖς εἰδόσι τοὺς τοιούτους, ὅτι λόγον ἀπαιτηθέντες διδόναι αὐτοῖς ούδαμῶς δυνήσονται. Πρὸς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ εὐχαὶ παρέλκουσι μάτην παραλαμβανόμεναι· εἰ γάρ κατηνάγκασται τάδε τινὰ γενέσθαι, καί οἰ ἀστέρες ποιοῦσιν, οὐδὲν δὲ παρὰ τήν τούτων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπιπλοκὴν δύναται γενέσθαι, Θεὸν ἀλογίστως ἀξιοῦμεν τάδε τινά ἡμῖν δωρήσασθαι. Καὶ τί ἐπὶ πλεῖον μηκύνειν λόγον δεῖ, παριστάντα τὸ ἀσεβὲς τοῦ κατημαξευμένου ἀβασανίστως παρά τοῖς πολλοῖς περί εἱμαρμένης τόπου ςΔύτἀρκη γάρ εἰς ὑπογραφὴν καὶ τὰ εἰρημένα. Πόθεν δὲ, ἐξετάζοντες τό ο ι Ἔστωσαν εἰς σημεῖα οἰ φωστῆρες, ι ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἐληλύθαμεν. ἑαυτοὺς ὑπομνήσωμεν. Οἰ μανθάνοντες περί τινων άληθῆ, ἦτοι αὐτόπται τῶν πραγμάτων γενόμενοι, ἀποφαίνονται τάδε τινὰ ὑγειῶς, τὸ πάθος καὶ τήν ἐνέργειαν τῶν πεπονθότων, ἢ ἐνεργησάντων θεασάμενοι, ἢ ἀπαγγελλόντων τῶν οὐδαμῶς αἰτίων τοῖς γεγενημένοις ἀκούσαντες, τάδε τινὰ γινώσκουσιν. Ὑπεξ-, ’θρήσθω δὲ νῦν τού λόγου τὸ δύνασθαι τοὺς δεδρακότας ἢ πεπονθότας, διηγουμένους ἀ δεδράκασιν, ἤ πεπόνθασιν, ἐνάγειν εἰς γνῶσιν τῶν πεπραγμένων τὸν μὴ παρατετυχότα. Ἐὰν οὖν ό διδασκόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ μηδαμῶς αἰτίου τῶν γινομένων, τὸ τάδε τινὰ τοῖσιδε γεγονέναιῆ συμβήσεσθαι, μὴ διακρίνῃ ὅτι οὐ πάντως ὁ διδάσκων περί τινος ὡς γενομένου ὲσομένου, αἴτιός ἐστι τοῦ τὸ πρᾶγμα τοιόνδε τι τυγχάνειν, οἰήσεται τὸν παραστήσαντα περί τοῦ τάδε. τινὰ γεγονέναι, ἢ τάδε τινά ἔσεσθαι, πεποιηκέναι ἢ ποιήσειν τὰ περί ὧν διδάσκει· οἰήσεται δὲ δηλονότι ἐσφαλμένως· ὡς εἴτις, ἐντυχὼν προφητικῇ βίβλῳ, προδηλούσῃ τὰ περ). Ἰούδαν τὸν προδότην, νομίσαι μαθὼν τὸ ἐσόμενον, ὁρῶν αὐτὸ ἀποτελούμενον, τὴν βίβλον αἰτίαν εἶναι τοῦ τόδε τι γεγονέναι ὔστερον, ἐπεὶ ἀπὸ τῆς βίβλου μεμάθηκε τά ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰούδα πραχθησόμενα ὕστερον ἢ πάλιν μή τὴν βίβλον ύπολάβοι εἶναι αἰτίαν, ἀλλά τὸν πρῶτον γράψαντα αὐτὴν, ἢ τὸν ἐειεργήσαντα,φέρε εἰπεῖν τὸν Θεόν. ’Ὠσπερ δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα προφητεύομένων αὐταὶ αἰ λέξεις ὲξεταζόμεναι ἐμφαίνουσι τὸν Θεὸν ποιητήν μὴ γεγονέναι τῆς τοῦ ’ἰούδα προδοσίας, ἀλλὰ μόνον δεδηλωκέναι προεγνωκότα τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τούτου κακίας πριχθησόμενα παρὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ αἰτίαν οὕτως εἴ τις ἐμβαθύναι τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ προειδέναι τά πάντα τὸν Θεὸν, καὶτοῖς ἐν οἷς οἷον ἐνετύπωσε τῆς ἑαυτοῦ

peristantes nou tinos hypokeimenou genesei kai exmarmenę̄, kai eterou apo toutōn eleutherou; dēlon gar esti tois eidosi tous toioutous, hoti logon apaitēthentes didonai autois oudamōs dynēsontai. Pros de tois eirēmenois kai euchai parelkousi matēn paralambanomenai; ei gar katēnankastai tade tina genesthai, kai oi asteres poiousin, ouden de para tēn toutōn pros allēlous epiplokēn dynatai genesthai, Theon alogistōs axioumen tade tina hēmin dōrēsasthai. Kai ti epi pleion mēkynein logon dei, paristanta to asebes tou katēmaxeumenou abasanistōs para tois pollois peri heimarmenēs topou sDytarkē gar eis hypographēn kai ta eirēmena. Pothen de, exetazontes to o i Estōsan eis sēmeia oi phōstēres, i epi tauta elēlythamen. heautous hypomnēsōmen. Oi manthanontes peri tinōn alēthē, ētoi autoptai tōn pragmatōn genomenoi, apophainontai tade tina hygeiōs, to pathos kai tēn energeian tōn peponthotōn, ē energēsantōn theasamenoi, ē apangellontōn tōn oudamōs aitiōn tois gegenēmenois akousantes, tade tina ginōskousin. Hypex-, ’thrēsthō de nyn tou logou to dynasthai tous dedrakotas ē peponthotas, diēgoumenous a dedrakasin, ē peponthasin, enagein eis gnōsin tōn pepragmenōn ton mē paratetychota. Ean oun o didaskomenos hypo tou mēdamōs aitiou tōn ginomenōn, to tade tina toiside gegonenaiē symbēsesthai, mē diakrinę̄ hoti ou pantōs ho didaskōn peri tinos hōs genomenou esomenou, aitios esti tou to pragma toionde ti tynchanein, oiēsetai ton parastēsanta peri tou tade. tina gegonenai, ē tade tina esesthai, pepoiēkenai ē poiēsein ta peri hōn didaskei; oiēsetai de dēlonoti esphalmenōs; hōs eitis, entychōn prophētikę̄ biblǭ, prodēlousę̄ ta per). Ioudan ton prodotēn, nomisai mathōn to esomenon, horōn auto apoteloumenon, tēn biblon aitian einai tou tode ti gegonenai ysteron, epei apo tēs biblou memathēke ta hypo tou Iouda prachthēsomena hysteron ē palin mē tēn biblon ypolaboi einai aitian, alla ton prōton grapsanta autēn, ē ton eeiergēsanta,phere eipein ton Theon. ’Ōsper de epi tōn peri tou Iouda prophēteuomenōn autai ai lexeis exetazomenai emphainousi ton Theon poiētēn mē gegonenai tēs tou ’iouda prodosias, alla monon dedēlōkenai proegnōkota ta apo tēs toutou kakias prichthēsomena para tēn autou aitian houtōs ei tis embathynai tǭ logǭ tou proeidenai ta panta ton Theon, kaitois en hois hoion enetypōse tēs heautou

between a mind subject to nativity and fate and another free from them; for it is plain to those who know such people that, when asked to give an account, they will be quite unable to give one. In addition to what has been said, prayers too are superfluous, offered in vain. For if it has been compelled that certain things should happen, and the stars bring them about, and nothing can happen apart from their intertwining with one another, we ask God unreasonably to grant us certain things. And why need one lengthen the discussion further, setting forth the impiety of the doctrine of fate, a doctrine worn smooth among the many without examination? What has been said suffices for an outline. But let us remind ourselves from what point we have come to these matters: from examining the words “Let the lights be for signs.” Those who learn true things about anything either, having been eyewitnesses of the events, declare such things soundly, having seen what was undergone and what was done by those who underwent or acted; or they know such things by hearing from those who report them while being in no way the causes of what happened. Let us set aside for now from the discussion the fact that those who acted or suffered can, by narrating what they did or suffered, bring to knowledge of what was done someone who was not present. If, then, the one who is taught, by someone in no way the cause of the events, that such things have happened or will happen to such people, does not distinguish that the one who teaches about something as having happened or as about to happen is by no means the cause of the thing's being such, he will suppose that the one who showed that such things happened or will happen has done or will do the things he teaches about; but plainly he will suppose this wrongly. It is as if someone came upon a prophetic book which foretells what concerns Judas the betrayer and, having learned what would be and seeing it fulfilled, should think the book the cause of this having happened later, because he had learned from the book what Judas would do later; or again should suppose not the book to be the cause, but the one who first wrote it, or the one who worked through him, God, say. But just as, in the case of the prophecies about Judas, the words themselves, when examined, show that God was not the maker of Judas's betrayal, but only revealed, foreknowing them, the things that would be done by Judas's wickedness through his own fault, so if anyone penetrates the doctrine that God foreknows all things, and the things in which he has as it were stamped the words of his own

Chapter 57

57PG 12:57a–57d

προγνώσεως τοὺς λόγους, κατανοῆσαι ἂν, ὅτι οὔτε 6 προγνοὺς πάντως αἴτιος τῶν προεγνωσμένων, οὔτε τὰ τοὺς τύπους τῶν λόγων τῆς προγνώσεως τοῦ προεγνωκότος δεξαμενα. Ὀτι μὲν οὖν ἕκαστον τῶν ἐσομένων πρὸ πολλοῦ οἶδεν 6 Θεὸς γενησόμενον καὶ χωρὶς μὲν Γραφῆς αὐτόθεν ὲκ τῆς ἐννοίας τῆς περὶ Θεοῦ, δῆλον τῷ συνιέντι ἀξίωμα δυνάμεως νοῦ Θεοῦ. Ei δὲ δεῖ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν τοῦτο παραστῆσαι, πλήρεις μέν εἰσιν αἱ προφητεῖαι τοιούτων παραδειγμάτων· καὶ τὰ. κατὰ τὴν Σωσάνναν δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ γινώσκοντος τὰ πάντα, πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν, οὕτω λέγουσαν ° ι Ὀ Θεὸς 6 αἰώνιος, 6 τῶν κρυπτῶν γνώστης, 6 εἰδὼς τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν, σὺ ἐπίστασαι, ὅτι ψευδῆ μου κατεμαρτύρησαν οῦτοι. ι Σαφέστατα δὲ ὲν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν καὶ ὄνομα βασιλεύσοντος, καὶ πράξεις ἀνεγράφησαν, πρὸ πλειόνων ἐτῶν τοῦ γενέσθαι προφητευόμενα, οὕτως ι Καὶ ἐποίησεν Ἰεροδοὰμ ἑορτὴν ὲν τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ργδοῳ, ὲν τῇ πέμπτῃ καὶ δεκάτῃ ἡμέρα τοῦ μηνὸς, κατὰ τὴν ἑορτὴν τὴν ὲν γῇ Ἰούδα. Καὶ ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐν Βαιθὴλ, ὅ ἐποίησε τοῦ θύειν ταῖς δαμάλεσι-ι, αἷς ἐποίησεν. ι Εἶτα μετʼ ὀλίγα-ι Καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνο ρωπος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξ Ἰούδα παρεγένετο ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου ἐν Βαιθὴλ, καὶ Ἱεροὸοαμ εἱστήκει ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ ὲπιθῦσαι. Καὶ ἐπεκάλεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου, καὶ εἷπε· Θυσιαστήριον, τάδε λέγει Κύριος · Ἰδοὺ υἱὸς τίκτεται τῷ οἴκῳ Δαυῒδ, Ἰωσίας ὄνομα αύτῷ, καὶ θύσει ἐπὶ σὲ τοὺς ἱερεῖς τῶν ὑψηλῶν τῶν ἐπιθυόντων ἐπὶ σὲ, καὶ ἐστᾶ ἀνθρώπων καύσει ἐπὶ σέ. Καὶ ἔδωκεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρα ἐκείνῃ τέρας, ὃ ἐλάλησε Κύριος λέγων· Ἰδοὺ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ῥήγνυται, καὶ ἐκχυθήσεταιή πιότης ή ἐπʼ αὐ·τῷ. ι Καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα δηλοῦται, ὅτι καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐρράγη, καὶ ἐξεχύθη ἡ πιότης ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου κατὰ τὸ τέρας ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὲν λόγῳ Κυρίου. Καὶ ὲν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ γενομένῳ πρὸ πολλοῦ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς εἰς Βαβυλῶνα, μεθʼ ἢν αἰχμαλωσίαν ὕστερον ποτε γίνεται Κῦρος 6 Περσῶν βασιλεὺς, συνεργήσας τῇ οἰκοδομῇ τοῦ ναοῦ, γενομένῃ κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους Ἔσδρα, ταῦτα περὶ Κύρου ὀνο· μαστι προφητεύεται· ι Οὕτω λέγει Κύριος 6 Θεὸς τῷ χριστῷʼμου Κύρῳ, οὗ ἐκράτησα τῆς δεξιᾷς αὐτοῦ ἐπακοῦσαι ἔμπροσθεν αὑτοῦ ἔθνη, καὶ ἰσχὺν βασιλέων διαρῤήξωʼ ἁνοίξω ἔμπροσθεν αὑτοῦ θύρας, καὶ πύλαι ού συγκλεισθήσονταιι Ἐγὼ ἔμπροσθέν σου πορεύσομαι, καὶ ὅρη ὁμαλιῶ ' θύρας χαλκᾶς συντρίψω, καὶ μοχλοὺς σιδηροῦς συνθλάσω. Καὶ δώσω σοι θησαυροὺς σκοτεινοὺς, ἀποκρύφους, ἀορὰὅτι

prognōseōs tous logous, katanoēsai an, hoti oute 6 prognous pantōs aitios tōn proegnōsmenōn, oute ta tous typous tōn logōn tēs prognōseōs tou proegnōkotos dexamena. Oti men oun hekaston tōn esomenōn pro pollou oiden 6 Theos genēsomenon kai chōris men Graphēs autothen ek tēs ennoias tēs peri Theou, dēlon tǭ synienti axiōma dynameōs nou Theou. Ei de dei kai apo tōn Graphōn touto parastēsai, plēreis men eisin hai prophēteiai toioutōn paradeigmatōn; kai ta. kata tēn Sōsannan de tou Theou ginōskontos ta panta, prin geneseōs autōn, houtō legousan ° i O Theos 6 aiōnios, 6 tōn kryptōn gnōstēs, 6 eidōs ta panta prin geneseōs autōn, sy epistasai, hoti pseudē mou katemartyrēsan outoi. i Saphestata de en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Basileiōn kai onoma basileusontos, kai praxeis anegraphēsan, pro pleionōn etōn tou genesthai prophēteuomena, houtōs i Kai epoiēsen Ierodoam heortēn en tǭ mēni tǭ rgdoǭ, en tę̄ pemptę̄ kai dekatę̄ hēmera tou mēnos, kata tēn heortēn tēn en gę̄ Iouda. Kai anebē epi to thysiastērion en Baithēl, ho epoiēse tou thyein tais damalesi-i, hais epoiēsen. i Eita metʼ oliga-i Kai idou ano rōpos tou Theou ex Iouda paregeneto en logǭ Kyriou en Baithēl, kai Hieroooam heistēkei epi to thysiastērion tou epithysai. Kai epekalesen epi to thysiastērion en logǭ Kyriou, kai heipe; Thysiastērion, tade legei Kyrios ; Idou huios tiktetai tǭ oikǭ Dauïd, Iōsias onoma autǭ, kai thysei epi se tous hiereis tōn hypsēlōn tōn epithyontōn epi se, kai esta anthrōpōn kausei epi se. Kai edōken en tę̄ hēmera ekeinę̄ teras, ho elalēse Kyrios legōn; Idou to thysiastērion rhēgnytai, kai ekchythēsetaiē piotēs ē epʼ au;tǭ. i Kai metʼ oliga dēloutai, hoti kai to thysiastērion erragē, kai exechythē hē piotēs apo tou thysiastēriou kata to teras ho edōken ho anthrōpos en logǭ Kyriou. Kai en tǭ Hēsaïą genomenǭ pro pollou tēs aichmalōsias tēs eis Babylōna, methʼ ēn aichmalōsian hysteron pote ginetai Kyros 6 Persōn basileus, synergēsas tę̄ oikodomę̄ tou naou, genomenę̄ kata tous chronous Esdra, tauta peri Kyrou ono; masti prophēteuetai; i Houtō legei Kyrios 6 Theos tǭ christǭʼmou Kyrǭ, hou ekratēsa tēs dexiąs autou epakousai emprosthen hautou ethnē, kai ischyn basileōn diarrēxōʼ hanoixō emprosthen hautou thyras, kai pylai ou synkleisthēsontaii Egō emprosthen sou poreusomai, kai horē homaliō ' thyras chalkas syntripsō, kai mochlous sidērous synthlasō. Kai dōsō soi thēsaurous skoteinous, apokryphous, aoraoti

foreknowledge, he would perceive that neither is the one who foreknows by any means the cause of the things foreknown, nor are the things that received the imprints of the words of the foreknower's foreknowledge. That God knows long beforehand each thing that will come to be is plain, even without Scripture, straight from the notion of God, to anyone who understands what befits the power of God's mind. But if this must also be shown from the Scriptures, the prophecies are full of such examples. So also in the story of Susanna, God knowing all things before they come to be, since she says: “O eternal God, who knows hidden things, who knows all things before they come to be, you know that these men have borne false witness against me.” Most clearly, in the third book of Kingdoms, both the name of one who would reign and his deeds were recorded, prophesied many years before they happened, thus: “And Jeroboam made a feast in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month, like the feast in the land of Judah, and he went up to the altar in Bethel which he had made, to sacrifice to the heifers which he had made.” Then a little later: “And behold, a man of God came out of Judah by the word of the Lord to Bethel, and Jeroboam was standing at the altar to offer sacrifice. And he cried out against the altar by the word of the Lord, and said: Altar, thus says the Lord: Behold, a son is born to the house of David, Josiah is his name, and he shall sacrifice upon you the priests of the high places who sacrifice upon you, and he shall burn men's bones upon you. And he gave a sign on that day, which the Lord had spoken, saying: Behold, the altar is torn apart, and the fat that is on it shall be poured out.” And a little later it is shown that the altar was indeed torn apart and the fat poured out from the altar, according to the sign which the man had given by the word of the Lord. And in Isaiah, who lived long before the captivity to Babylon, after which captivity Cyrus, king of the Persians, later arose and helped in the building of the temple that took place in the times of Ezra, these things are prophesied about Cyrus by name: “Thus says the Lord God to my anointed, Cyrus, whose right hand I have held, that nations may obey before him; and I will break the strength of kings; I will open doors before him, and gates shall not be shut. I will go before you and level mountains; I will shatter doors of bronze and break bars of iron. And I will give you dark treasures, hidden, unseen, that

Chapter 59

59PG 12:60a–60d

ἐγὼ Κύριος 6 θεὶς, τους ἀνοίξω σοι, ἵνα γνῷς, 6 καλῶν τὸ ὄνομά σου, Θεὸς Ἰσραήλ. Ἕνεκεν» τοῦ παιδός μου Ἰακὼβ καὶ Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ ἐκλεκτοῦ μου ἐγὼ καλέσω σε τῷ ὀνόματί σου. καὶ προσδέξομαί σε · ι σαφῶς γὰρ καὶ ἐκ τούτων δεδήλωται, ὃτι διὰ τὸν λαὸν ὃν εὐεργέτησεν 6 Κῦρος, 6 Θεὸς μὴ γινὼσκοντι αὐτῷ τὴν καθʼ Ἐβραίους θεοσέβειαν ἐδωρήο σατο ἐθνῶν πλειόνων ἄρξαι · καὶ ἔστι ταῦτα μαθεῖν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τῶν ἀναγραψάντων τὰ περὶ τὸν προφητευοὲατα Κῦρον. Ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὲν τῷ Δανιὴλ, Βαβυλωνίων βασιλευόντων τότε τῷ Ναβουχοδονόσορ δείκνυνται αἱ ἑσόμεναι βασιλεῖαι μετʼ αὐτόν·δεέκνυνται δὲ διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος · χρυσίου μὲν τῆς Βαβυλωνίων ἀρχῆς ὀνομαζομένης, ἀργυρέου δὲ τῆς Περσῶν, χαλκοῦ δὲ τῆς Μακεδόνων, σιδήρου δὲ τῆς Ῥωμαίων. Καὶ πάλιν ὲν τῷ αὐτῷ προφήτῃ τὰ περὶ, Δαρεῖον, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρον, καὶ τοὺς τέσσαρας διαδόχους Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Μακεδόνων βασιλέως, καὶ Πτολεμαῖον τὸν τῆς Λὲγυπτου ἄρξαντα, τὸν ἐπικαα λούμενον Δαγὼν οὕτω προᾳητεύεται · t Καὶ ἰδοὺ τράγος αἰγῶν ἤρχετο ἀττὲ λιβὸς ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆςʼ»καὶ τῷ τράγῳ κέρας ἀνὰν μέσον τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν. Καὶ ἦλθεν ἕως τοῦ κριοῦ τοῦ τα κέραταοι ἔχοντος, οὗ εὒον ἑστῶτος ἐνώπιον. τοῦ Οὑβἀλ, καὶ ἔδραμε πρὸς αὑτὸν ἐνώπιον τῆς ἰσχύος αὑτοῦ. Καὶ εἶδον αὑτὸν φθάνοντα ἕως τοῦ κριοῦ, καὶ ἐξηγριώθη πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔπαισε τὸν κριὸν, καὶ συνέτριψεν ἀμφότερα τὰ κέρατα αὑτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἰσχὺς κριῷ στῆναι ἐνώπιον αὑτοῦ, καὶ ἒρῤιξιεν αὑτὸν ἐπὶ. τὴν γῆν, καὶ συνεπάτησεν αὐτόν· καὶ οὐκ ἧν 6 ἐξαιμρούμενος τὸν κριὸν ὲκ χειρὸς αὑτοῦ. Καὶ 6 τράγος» τῶν αἰγῶν ὲμεγαλύνθη Em; σφόδρα · καὶ ὲν τῷ ἰσχῦσαι αὐτον συνετρίβη τὸ κέρας αὑτοῦ τὺ μέγα· καὶ ἀνέβη ἕτερα τέσσαρα (il) κέρατα ὑποκάτω αὐτοῦ εὶς τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀνέμους τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Καὶ ὲκ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐξῆλθε κέρας ἓν ἰσχυρὸν, καὶ ὲμεγαλῦνθη περισσῶς πρὸς τὸν νότον καὶ τὴν δύσιν. ι Τί δὲ δεῖ λέγειν τὰς περὶ Χριστοῦ προφητείαςς οἷον τόπον γενέσεως αὑτοῦ Βηθλεὲμ, καὶ τόπον ἀνατροφῆς αὑτοῦ Ναζαρὲτ, καὶ εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀναχώῃσιν, καὶ τεράστια ἃ εποίησεμ καὶ τίνα τρόπον ὑπὸ ’ἰούδα τοῦ εἰς ἀποστολὴν κεκλημένου προεδόθη; Πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα σημεῖα ἐστι τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ προγνώσεως. Ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς 6 Σωτὴρ, ι ’οταν, φησιν, ἴδητε κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, τότε γνώσεσθε. ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς. ι Προείπε γὰρ τὸ ὕστερον συμβεβηκὸς τὸ τέλος τῆς κατασκαφῆς Ἰερουσαλήμ. ’Δποδεδειγμένου τοίνυν ἡμῖν περὶ τοῦ προγνώστην

egō Kyrios 6 theis, tous anoixō soi, hina gnǭs, 6 kalōn to onoma sou, Theos Israēl. Heneken» tou paidos mou Iakōb kai Israēl tou eklektou mou egō kalesō se tǭ onomati sou. kai prosdexomai se ; i saphōs gar kai ek toutōn dedēlōtai, hoti dia ton laon hon euergetēsen 6 Kyros, 6 Theos mē ginōskonti autǭ tēn kathʼ Ebraious theosebeian edōrēo sato ethnōn pleionōn arxai ; kai esti tauta mathein kai apo tōn Hellēnōn tōn anagrapsantōn ta peri ton prophēteuoeata Kyron. Eti de kai en tǭ Daniēl, Babylōniōn basileuontōn tote tǭ Nabouchodonosor deiknyntai hai hesomenai basileiai metʼ auton;deeknyntai de dia tēs eikonos ; chrysiou men tēs Babylōniōn archēs onomazomenēs, argyreou de tēs Persōn, chalkou de tēs Makedonōn, sidērou de tēs Rhōmaiōn. Kai palin en tǭ autǭ prophētę̄ ta peri, Dareion, kai Alexandron, kai tous tessaras diadochous Alexandrou tou Makedonōn basileōs, kai Ptolemaion ton tēs Legyptou arxanta, ton epikaa loumenon Dagōn houtō proąēteuetai ; t Kai idou tragos aigōn ērcheto atte libos epi prosōpon pasēs tēs gēsʼ»kai tǭ tragǭ keras anan meson tōn ophthalmōn. Kai ēlthen heōs tou kriou tou ta kerataoi echontos, hou euon hestōtos enōpion. tou Houbal, kai edrame pros hauton enōpion tēs ischyos hautou. Kai eidon hauton phthanonta heōs tou kriou, kai exēgriōthē pros auton, kai epaise ton krion, kai synetripsen amphotera ta kerata hautou, kai ouk ēn ischys kriǭ stēnai enōpion hautou, kai errixien hauton epi. tēn gēn, kai synepatēsen auton; kai ouk hēn 6 exaimroumenos ton krion ek cheiros hautou. Kai 6 tragos» tōn aigōn emegalynthē Em? sphodra ; kai en tǭ ischysai auton synetribē to keras hautou ty mega; kai anebē hetera tessara (il) kerata hypokatō autou eis tous tessaras anemous tou ouranou. Kai ek tou henos exēlthe keras hen ischyron, kai emegalynthē perissōs pros ton noton kai tēn dysin. i Ti de dei legein tas peri Christou prophēteiass hoion topon geneseōs hautou Bēthleem, kai topon anatrophēs hautou Nazaret, kai eis Aigypton anachōę̄sin, kai terastia ha epoiēsem kai tina tropon hypo ’iouda tou eis apostolēn keklēmenou proedothē? Panta gar tauta sēmeia esti tēs tou Theou prognōseōs. Alla kai autos 6 Sōtēr, i ’otan, phēsin, idēte kykloumenēn hypo stratopedōn tēn Ierousalēm, tote gnōsesthe. hoti ēngiken hē erēmōsis autēs. i Proeipe gar to hysteron symbebēkos to telos tēs kataskaphēs Ierousalēm. ’Dpodedeigmenou toinyn hēmin peri tou prognōstēn

you may know that I am the Lord God, who calls your name, the God of Israel. For the sake of my servant Jacob and Israel my chosen I will call you by your name, and I will receive you.” For from these words too it is clearly shown that, because of the people whom Cyrus benefited, God granted him, though he did not know the Hebrews' worship of God, to rule over many nations; and one can learn these things also from the Greeks who recorded the history of the Cyrus who had been prophesied. Further, in Daniel too, when Nebuchadnezzar was then reigning over the Babylonians, the kingdoms that would come after him are shown; they are shown through the image: the rule of the Babylonians being named gold, that of the Persians silver, that of the Macedonians bronze, and that of the Romans iron. And again, in the same prophet, the things concerning Darius, and Alexander, and the four successors of Alexander king of the Macedonians, and Ptolemy who ruled Egypt, the one surnamed Lagus, are prophesied thus: “And behold, a he-goat came from the southwest over the face of the whole earth, and the goat had a horn between its eyes. And it came up to the ram that had the horns, which I saw standing before the Oubal, and it ran at it in the force of its strength. And I saw it reaching the ram, and it was enraged against it, and struck the ram, and shattered both its horns, and the ram had no strength to stand before it; and it threw it to the ground and trampled it, and there was no one to rescue the ram from its hand. And the he-goat of the goats was magnified exceedingly; and when it had grown strong, its great horn was broken, and four other horns came up beneath it toward the four winds of heaven. And out of one of them came one strong horn, and it was magnified greatly toward the south and the west.” And why need we speak of the prophecies about Christ, such as the place of his birth, Bethlehem, and the place of his upbringing, Nazareth, and the withdrawal into Egypt, and the wonders he did, and the manner in which he was betrayed by Judas, who had been called to be an apostle? For all these are signs of God's foreknowledge. But the Saviour himself also says: “When you see Jerusalem surrounded by armies, then you will know that its desolation has come near.” For he foretold what happened later, the end, the razing of Jerusalem. Since, then, it has been shown by us that God foreknows

Chapter 61

61PG 12:61a–61d

εἶναι τὸν Θεὸν, οὐκ ἀκαίρως. ἵνα διήγησώμεθα πῶς oi ἀστέρες γίνονται εἰς σημεῖα, νοητέον τοὺς ἀστέρας οὕτω τετάχθαι κινεῖσθαι ὲναντιοφορούντων τῶν καλουμένων πλανωμένων τοῖς ἀπλανέσιν, ἵνα, σημεῖα ἀπὸ τοῦ σχηματισμοῦ τῶν ἀστέρων πάντων τῶν περὶ 't ἕκαστον γινομένων καὶ τῶν καθὸλου λαμβάνοντες, ίινὼσκωσιν, ουχὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι, (πολλῷ γὰρ μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον τὸ δύνασθαι κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐκλαμβάνειν ἀπὸ τῆς κινήσεως τῶν ἀστέρων τὰ περὶ ἐκάστου τῶν ὅ τι ποτὲ ἐνεργούντων ἢ πασχόντων ο) ἀλλʼ αἱ δυνάμεις, ἃς ἀναγκαῖον διὰ πολλὰ ταῦτα γινώη mw, ὡς κατὰ δύναμιν διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς δείξομεν. Συνέντες δὲ οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκ τινων τηρήσεων, ἢ καὶ ὲκ διδασκαλίας ἀγγέλων τὴν ἰδίαν τάξιν παραβεβηκότων, ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ γένους ήμῶν ὲπιτριβῇ διδαξάντων περ) τούτων τινὰ, ᾠήθησαν τοὺς ἀφʼ ὧν τὰ σημεῖα οἴονται λαμβάνειν, αἰτίους ὑπάρχειν τούτων, ἃ σημαίνειν ὁ λόγος φησι, περὶ ὧν καὶ αὐτῶν ὡς ὲν ἐπιτομῇ κατὰ δύναμιν ἐπιμελέστερον εὐθέως διαληπψόμεθα. Προκείσεται τοίνυν ταῦτα τὰ προβλήματα, πῶς, πρμογνὼστου ὄντος ἐξ αἰῶνος τοῦ Θεοῦ περὶ τῶν ὑφʼ ἑκάστου πράττεσθαι νομιζομένων, τὸ ἐφʼ ήμῖν σώζεται· καὶ τίνα τρόπον οἱ ἀστέρες οὒκ εἰσι ποιητικοὶ τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, σημαντικοὶ δὲ μόνον· καὶ ὅτι ἄνθρωποι τὴν περὶ τούτων γνῶσιν ἀκριβῶς ἔχειν οὐ δύνανται, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεσιν ἀνθρὼπων κρείττοσι τὰ σημεῖα ἔγκειται. Ti; γὰρ ή αἰτία τοῦ τὰ σημεῖα τὸν Θεὸν πεποιηκέναι εἰς γνῶσιν τῶν δυνάμεων, τέταρτον ἐξετασθήσεται. Καὶ τοίνυν ἴδωμεν τὸ πρῶτον, ὅπερ εὐλαβηθέντες πολλοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, οἰόμενοι κατηναγκάσθαι τὰ πράγματα, καὶτὸ ἐφʼ ήμῖν μηδαμῶς σώζεσθαι, εξ ὁ Θεὸς προγινώσκει τὰ μέλλοντα, ἀσεβὲς δόγμα ἐτόλμησαν ἁναδέξασθαι μᾶλλον ἢ προσέσθαι τὸ, ὥς φασιν ἐκεῖ· νοι, ἔνδοξον μὲν περὶ Θεοῦ, ἀναιροῦν δὲ τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἔπαινον, καὶ ψόγον, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἁποδεκτδν, τῶν τε κακιῶν ψεκτόν· καί φασιν ο Et ἐξ αἰῶνος ἔγνω ὀ Θεὸς τόνδε τινὰ ἀδικήσειν, καὶ τάδε ποιήσειν ἀδικήματα, ἀψευδής δὲ ὴ γνῶσις τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ πάντως ἔσται ἄδικος, ποιήσων τάδε τὰ ἀδικήματα, ὁ τοιοῦτοςʼ εἶναι προεωραμένος, καὶ ἀμήι χανον μὴ ἀδικήσειν αὒτάν. El δὲ ἀμήχανον μή ἀδικήέ σειν αὑτὸν, κατηνάγηκασται τὸ ἀδικήσειν αὐτὸν,

einai ton Theon, ouk akairōs. hina diēgēsōmetha pōs oi asteres ginontai eis sēmeia, noēteon tous asteras houtō tetachthai kineisthai enantiophorountōn tōn kaloumenōn planōmenōn tois aplanesin, hina, sēmeia apo tou schēmatismou tōn asterōn pantōn tōn peri 't hekaston ginomenōn kai tōn katholou lambanontes, iinōskōsin, ouchi hoi anthrōpoi, (pollǭ gar meizon ē kata anthrōpon to dynasthai kata alētheian eklambanein apo tēs kinēseōs tōn asterōn ta peri ekastou tōn ho ti pote energountōn ē paschontōn o) allʼ hai dynameis, has anankaion dia polla tauta ginōē mw, hōs kata dynamin dia tōn hexēs deixomen. Synentes de hoi anthrōpoi ek tinōn tērēseōn, ē kai ek didaskalias angelōn tēn idian taxin parabebēkotōn, epi tę̄ tou genous ēmōn epitribę̄ didaxantōn per) toutōn tina, ǭēthēsan tous aphʼ hōn ta sēmeia oiontai lambanein, aitious hyparchein toutōn, ha sēmainein ho logos phēsi, peri hōn kai autōn hōs en epitomę̄ kata dynamin epimelesteron eutheōs dialēppsometha. Prokeisetai toinyn tauta ta problēmata, pōs, prmognōstou ontos ex aiōnos tou Theou peri tōn hyphʼ hekastou prattesthai nomizomenōn, to ephʼ ēmin sōzetai; kai tina tropon hoi asteres ouk eisi poiētikoi tōn en anthrōpois, sēmantikoi de monon; kai hoti anthrōpoi tēn peri toutōn gnōsin akribōs echein ou dynantai, alla dynamesin anthrōpōn kreittosi ta sēmeia enkeitai. Ti? gar ē aitia tou ta sēmeia ton Theon pepoiēkenai eis gnōsin tōn dynameōn, tetarton exetasthēsetai. Kai toinyn idōmen to prōton, hoper eulabēthentes polloi tōn Hellēnōn, oiomenoi katēnankasthai ta pragmata, kaito ephʼ ēmin mēdamōs sōzesthai, ex ho Theos proginōskei ta mellonta, asebes dogma etolmēsan hanadexasthai mallon ē prosesthai to, hōs phasin ekei; noi, endoxon men peri Theou, anairoun de to ephʼ hēmin, kai dia touto epainon, kai psogon, kai to tōn aretōn hapodektdn, tōn te kakiōn psekton; kai phasin o Et ex aiōnos egnō o Theos tonde tina adikēsein, kai tade poiēsein adikēmata, apseudēs de ē gnōsis tou Theou, kai pantōs estai adikos, poiēsōn tade ta adikēmata, ho toioutosʼ einai proeōramenos, kai amēi chanon mē adikēsein autan. El de amēchanon mē adikēe sein hauton, katēnagēkastai to adikēsein auton,

is one who foreknows, it is not out of place, in order that we may explain how the stars come to be for signs, to say that the stars must be understood to have been ordered to move in such a way, the so-called planets moving contrary to the fixed stars, that those who take signs from the configuration of the stars about everything that happens to each individual and in general may know them: not human beings (for to be able truly to discern from the motion of the stars what concerns each one of those who act or suffer anything whatever is far greater than human capacity), but the powers, who must necessarily know these things for many reasons, as we shall show in what follows as far as we can. But human beings, having understood something from certain observations, or else from the teaching of angels who transgressed their own order and, to the ruin of our race, taught some things about these matters, supposed that the stars from which they think they take the signs are the causes of the things which the word says they signify. About these also we shall at once treat more carefully, as in summary, as far as we can. Let these problems, then, be set forth: how, though God foreknows from eternity what is thought to be done by each, what is in our power is preserved; and in what way the stars are not producers of human affairs but only signifiers; and that human beings cannot have exact knowledge of these things, but the signs are set out for powers greater than human beings. What the reason is for God's having made the signs for the knowledge of the powers will be examined fourth. Let us see, then, the first problem. Fearing it, many of the Greeks, thinking that events are compelled and what is in our power is in no way preserved if God foreknows the future, dared to accept an impious doctrine rather than admit a doctrine which, as they say, is glorious about God but abolishes what is in our power, and with it praise and blame, and the acceptability of the virtues and the blameworthiness of the vices. And they say: “If God knew from eternity that this person would do wrong, and would do these wrongs, and God's knowledge is unerring, then the one foreseen to be such will certainly be unjust, doing these wrongs, and it is impossible that he not do wrong. And if it is impossible that he not do wrong, it has been compelled that he do wrong,

Chapter 63

63PG 12:64a–64d

καὶ ἀδυνατὸν ἐστιν (Βῖ) ἄλλο τι πρᾶξαι αὐτὸν ἢ ὅπερ ὁ Θεὸς ἔγνω. Et δὲ ἀδύνατον ἄλλο τι πρᾶξαι αὑτὸν, οὐδεὶς δὲ ἀδύνατα μὴ ποιήσας ψεκτός ἐστι, μάτην αἰτιώμεθα τοὺς ἀδίκους. Ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἀδίκου καὶ τῶν ἀδικημάτων ἐπέρχονται καὶ· ἐπὶ τά ἄλλα ἁμαρτήματα· εἶτα ὲκ τοῦ ἐναντίου καὶ τά νομιζόμενα κατορθώματα· καί φασιν ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ τὸν Θεδν τὰ μέλλοντα προεγνωκέναι τὺ μὴ δύνασθαι τὰ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν-σώζεσθαιι Πρὸς οὓς λεκτέον, δτι, mea».th ὁ Θεὸς τῇ ἀρχῇ τῆς κοσμοποιίας, οὐδενὸς ἀναιτίως γινομέά νου, ἐπιπορεύεται τῷ νῷ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐσομένων, ὁρῶν, ὅτι, ἐπεὶ τόδε γέγονε, τόδε ἕπεται · ἐὰν δὲ γένηται τάδε τὸ ἑπόμενον, τόδε ἀκολουθεῖ, οὗ ὑποστάντος, τόδε ἔσται · καὶ οὕτω μέχρι τέλους τῶν πραο γμάτων ὲπιπορευθεὶς, οἶδεν ἀ ἔσται, οὗ πάντως ἐκάστῳ τῶν γινωσκομένων αἴτιος τοῦ αὐτδ συμβῆναι τυγχάνων. Ὠσπερ γὰρ εἴ τις ὁρῶν τινα διὰ μὲν ἀμαθίαν προπετῆ, διὰ δὲ τὴν προπέτειαν ἀλογίστως ἐπιβαίνοντα ὁδοῦ ὀλισθηρᾶς, καὶ καταλάβοι πεσεῖσθαι ὀλισθήσαντα, οὐχὶ αἴτιος τοῦ ὀλίσθου ἐκείνῳ γίνεται* οὕτω νοητέον τὸν Θεὸν προεωρακότα, ὁποῖος ἔσται ἕκαστος, καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τοῦ τοιοῦτον αὐτὸν ἔσεσθαι καθορᾷν, καὶ ὃτι ἁμαρτήσεται τάδε, ῆ κατορθώσει τάδε- καὶ εἰ χρὴ λέγειν, οὐ τὴν πρόγνωσιν αἰτίαν γινομένων, (οὐ γὰρ ἐφάπτεται τοῦ προεγνωσμένου ἀμαρτησομένου 6

kai adynaton estin (Bi) allo ti praxai auton ē hoper ho Theos egnō. Et de adynaton allo ti praxai hauton, oudeis de adynata mē poiēsas psektos esti, matēn aitiōmetha tous adikous. Apo de tou adikou kai tōn adikēmatōn eperchontai kai; epi ta alla hamartēmata; eita ek tou enantiou kai ta nomizomena katorthōmata; kai phasin akolouthein tǭ ton Thedn ta mellonta proegnōkenai ty mē dynasthai ta ephʼ hēmin-sōzesthaii Pros hous lekteon, dti, mea».th ho Theos tę̄ archę̄ tēs kosmopoiias, oudenos anaitiōs ginomea nou, epiporeuetai tǭ nǭ hekaston tōn esomenōn, horōn, hoti, epei tode gegone, tode hepetai ; ean de genētai tade to hepomenon, tode akolouthei, hou hypostantos, tode estai ; kai houtō mechri telous tōn prao gmatōn epiporeutheis, oiden a estai, hou pantōs ekastǭ tōn ginōskomenōn aitios tou autd symbēnai tynchanōn. Ōsper gar ei tis horōn tina dia men amathian propetē, dia de tēn propeteian alogistōs epibainonta hodou olisthēras, kai katalaboi peseisthai olisthēsanta, ouchi aitios tou olisthou ekeinǭ ginetai* houtō noēteon ton Theon proeōrakota, hopoios estai hekastos, kai tas aitias tou toiouton auton esesthai kathorąn, kai hoti hamartēsetai tade, ē katorthōsei tade- kai ei chrē legein, ou tēn prognōsin aitian ginomenōn, (ou gar ephaptetai tou proegnōsmenou amartēsomenou 6

and it is impossible for him to do anything other than what God knew. And if it is impossible for him to do anything else, and no one who fails to do the impossible is blameworthy, we blame the unjust in vain.” And from the unjust man and his wrongs they pass on to the other sins as well; then, from the opposite side, to the deeds thought to be right; and they say it follows from God's having foreknown the future that what is in our power cannot be preserved. To them it must be said that God, … at the beginning of the making of the world, nothing happening without a cause, passes over in his mind each thing that will be, seeing that, since this has happened, this follows; and if this, the consequent, happens, this follows, and when that has come about, this will be; and having so passed through to the end of events, he knows what will be, without being in every case the cause of the occurrence of each of the things known. For just as, if someone sees a person rash through ignorance, and through his rashness setting foot recklessly on a slippery road, and perceives that he will slip and fall, he does not become the cause of that man's slip; so we must understand that God, having foreseen what each person will be like, also sees the causes of his being such, and that he will commit these sins or do these right deeds. And if we must say it, foreknowledge is not the cause of what happens (for God does not lay hold of the one foreknown as going to sin

Chapter 65

65PG 12:65a–65d

Θεὸς, όταν ἁμαρτάνῃ· ἀλλὰ παραδοξότεμν μὲν, ἀληθὲς δὲ ὲροῦμεν, τὸ ἐσόμενον αἴτιὀν τοῦ τοιάνδε εἶναι τὴν περὶ αὑτοῦ πρόγνωσιν. Οὑ γάρ ἐπεὶ ἔγνωσται, γίνεται,·ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ γίνεσθαι ἔμελλεν, ἔγνωσται. Διαστολῆς δὲ δεῖται. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ τὸ, πάντως ἔσται, οὕτω τις ’ἑρμηνεύει, ὡς ἀνάγκην εῖναι γενέσθαι τὸ προεγνωσμένον, οὺ διδόαμεν αὐτῷ· ού γὰρ ἐροῦμεν, ἐπεὶ προέγνωσται Ἰούδαν προδότην γενέσθαι, δτι πᾶσα ἀνάγκη ἦν Ἰούδαν ’προδότην γενέσθαι. υ Ἐν γοῦν ταῖς περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα προφητείαις μέμψεις καὶ κατηγορίαι τοῦ Ἰούδα ἀναγεγραμμέναι εἰσὶ, παντί τῳ παριστᾶσαι τὸ ψεκτὸν αὑτοῦ. Οὐκ ἂν δὲ ψόγος αὐτῷ ’προσήπντετω εἰ ἐπάναγκες προδότης ἦν, καὶ μὴ ἐνεδέχετο αὐτὸν ὅμοιον τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀποιστόλοις γενέσθαι. Ὅρα δὲ εὶ μὴ ταῦτα δηλοῦται, διʼ ὧν παραθησόμεθα ῥητῶν οὕτως ἐχόντων· ι Μηδὲ γε· νηβήτω οἰκτίρμων τοῖς ὀρφανοῖς αὐτοῦ, ἀνθʼ ὧν οὐκ ἐμνήσθη ποιῆσαι ἔλεος, καὶ κατεδίωξεν ἄνθρωπον πένητα καὶ πτωχὸν, καὶ κατανενυγμένον τῇ καρδία τοῦ θανατῶσαι. Καὶ ἠγάπησε κατάραν, κα) ἥξει αὐτῷ, καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν εὐλογίαν, καὶ μακρννθήσετοι ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ. ι Εἰ δέ τις διηγήσεται τὸ, πάντως ἔσται, κατά τὸ σημαίνειν αὐτὸ, λέγων, δτι ἔσται μὲν τάδε τινὰ, ἐνεδέχετο δὲ καὶ ἑτέρως γενέσθαι, τοῦτο ὠς ἀληθὲς συγχωρούμεν. Τὸν μὲν γὰρ Θεὸν οὐκ ἐνδέχεται ψεύσασθαι· ἐνδέχεται δὲ περὶ τῶν ἐνδεχομένων γε·νέσοαι, καὶ μὴ γενέσθαι φρονῆσαι τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὰ καὶ τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι. Σαφέστερον δὲ τοῦτο ἐροῦμεν οὕτως · Ei ἐνδέχεται Ἰούδαν εἶναι ἀπόστολον ὁμοίως Πέτρῳ, ἐνδέχεται τὸν Θεὸν νοῆσαι περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα, δτι μενεῖ ἀπόστολος ὁμοίως Πέτρῳ. Εἰ ἐνδέχεται Ἰούδαν προδότην γενέσθαι, ἐνδέχεται τὸ Θεὸν φρονῆσαι περὶ αὑτοῦ, ὅτι προδότης ἔσται. Ei δὲ προδότης ἔσται Ἰούδας, ό Θεὸς τῇ προγνώσει αὐτοῦ τῶν προειρημένων δύο, ἐνδεχομένου τοῦ εἶναι ἐνὶ αὐτῶν, τὸ ἀληθὲς προγινώσκων, προγνώσεται τὸν Ἰούδαν προδότην γενέσθαι· τὸ δὲ περὶ οὗ ἡ γνῶσις, ἐνδέχεται καὶ ἑτέρως γενέσθαι. Καὶ λέγοι ἂν ἡ γνῶσις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὃτιἘνδέχεται μὲν τόνδε τόδε ποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον· ἐνδεχομένων δὲ ἀμφοτέρων, οἴδα, ὅτι τόδε ποιήσει ο οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ ό Θεὸς εῐποι ἂν, Οὐκ ἐνδέχεται τόνδε τινὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον πτῆναι, οὕτω

Theos, otan hamartanę̄; alla paradoxotemn men, alēthes de eroumen, to esomenon aition tou toiande einai tēn peri hautou prognōsin. Hou gar epei egnōstai, ginetai,;allʼ epei ginesthai emellen, egnōstai. Diastolēs de deitai. Ei men gar to, pantōs estai, houtō tis ’hermēneuei, hōs anankēn einai genesthai to proegnōsmenon, ou didoamen autǭ; ou gar eroumen, epei proegnōstai Ioudan prodotēn genesthai, dti pasa anankē ēn Ioudan ’prodotēn genesthai. y En goun tais peri tou Iouda prophēteiais mempseis kai katēgoriai tou Iouda anagegrammenai eisi, panti tǭ paristasai to psekton hautou. Ouk an de psogos autǭ ’prosēpntetō ei epanankes prodotēs ēn, kai mē enedecheto auton homoion tois loipois apoistolois genesthai. Hora de ei mē tauta dēloutai, diʼ hōn parathēsometha rhētōn houtōs echontōn; i Mēde ge; nēbētō oiktirmōn tois orphanois autou, anthʼ hōn ouk emnēsthē poiēsai eleos, kai katediōxen anthrōpon penēta kai ptōchon, kai katanenygmenon tę̄ kardia tou thanatōsai. Kai ēgapēse kataran, ka) hēxei autǭ, kai ouk ēthelēsen eulogian, kai makrnnthēsetoi apʼ autou. i Ei de tis diēgēsetai to, pantōs estai, kata to sēmainein auto, legōn, dti estai men tade tina, enedecheto de kai heterōs genesthai, touto ōs alēthes synchōroumen. Ton men gar Theon ouk endechetai pseusasthai; endechetai de peri tōn endechomenōn ge;nesoai, kai mē genesthai phronēsai to genesthai auta kai to mē genesthai. Saphesteron de touto eroumen houtōs ; Ei endechetai Ioudan einai apostolon homoiōs Petrǭ, endechetai ton Theon noēsai peri tou Iouda, dti menei apostolos homoiōs Petrǭ. Ei endechetai Ioudan prodotēn genesthai, endechetai to Theon phronēsai peri hautou, hoti prodotēs estai. Ei de prodotēs estai Ioudas, o Theos tę̄ prognōsei autou tōn proeirēmenōn dyo, endechomenou tou einai eni autōn, to alēthes proginōskōn, prognōsetai ton Ioudan prodotēn genesthai; to de peri hou hē gnōsis, endechetai kai heterōs genesthai. Kai legoi an hē gnōsis tou Theou, hotiEndechetai men tonde tode poiēsai, alla kai to enantion; endechomenōn de amphoterōn, oida, hoti tode poiēsei o ou gar hōsper o Theos eipoi an, Ouk endechetai tonde tina ton anthrōpon ptēnai, houtō

when he sins); but we shall say something more paradoxical, yet true: that what will be is the cause of the foreknowledge about it being such as it is. For it does not happen because it has been known; rather, it has been known because it was going to happen. But a distinction is needed. If someone interprets “it will certainly be” as meaning that what is foreknown must happen by necessity, we do not grant it to him; for we shall not say that, because it was foreknown that Judas would become a betrayer, it was entirely necessary that Judas become a betrayer. At any rate, in the prophecies about Judas reproaches and accusations against Judas are recorded, setting before everyone his blameworthiness. But blame would not attach to him if he was a betrayer of necessity and it was not possible for him to become like the other apostles. See whether this is not shown by the texts we shall cite, which run thus: “Let there be none to pity his orphans, because he did not remember to show mercy, and he persecuted a poor and needy man, and one pierced in heart, to put him to death. And he loved cursing, and it shall come to him; and he did not desire blessing, and it shall be far from him.” But if someone interprets “it will certainly be” as meaning that these things will be, yet it was possible for them to happen otherwise, this we grant as true. For it is not possible for God to lie; but it is possible, concerning things that may happen and may not happen, to think both that they will happen and that they will not. We shall say this more clearly thus. If it is possible for Judas to be an apostle like Peter, it is possible for God to think concerning Judas that he will remain an apostle like Peter. If it is possible for Judas to become a betrayer, it is possible for God to think concerning him that he will be a betrayer. And if Judas will be a betrayer, God, by his foreknowledge of the two alternatives just stated, one of which may come to be, foreknowing the true one, will foreknow that Judas will become a betrayer; yet what the knowledge is about could also happen otherwise. And God's knowledge might say: “It is possible for this man to do this, but also the opposite; and both being possible, I know that he will do this.” For it is not as God would say, “It is not possible for this man to fly,” that he would,

Chapter 67

67PG 12:68a–68d

χρησμὸν, φέρε εἰπεῖν, πε.ρί τινος διδους. ipsi, ὅτι Οὐκ ἐνδέχεται τόνδε σωφρονὴσαι. Δύναμις μὲν γάρ πάντη οὐκ ἔστι τοῦ πτῆναι οὐδαμῶς ὲν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, δύναμις δέ ἐστι τοῦ σωφρονῆσαι, καὶ τοῦ ἀκολαστῆσαι. Ἦν ἀμφοτέρων δυνάμεων ὑπαρχουσῶν, ό μὴ προσέχων λόγοις ἐιπιστρεπτικοίς καὶ παιδευτικοῐς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδίδωσι τῇ χειρίστῃο κρείττονι δὲ ὁ ζητήσας τὸ ἀληθὲς, κα). βιῶσαι βεβουλημένος κατʼ αὑτό. Οὐ ζητεῖ δὲ ὁδε μὲν τάληθῆ, ἐπεὶ ᾶπιρρἐει ἐπὶ τὴν ἡδονήν· ὅδε δὲ ἐξετάζει περ) αὐτῶν, αἱρεο θεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν κοινῶν ἐννοιῶν, καὶ λόγου προ· τρεπτικοῢ. Πάλιν τε αὖ ὅδε μὲν αἱρεῖται τὴν ἡδονὴν, οὐχὶ οὐ δυνάμενος ἀντιβλέπειν αὐτῇ. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀγωνιζόμενοςδ ὅδε δὲ καταφρονεῖ αὐτῆς, τὸ ἄσχημον ὁρῶν τὸ ὲν αὐτῇ πολλάκις τυγχάνον. Ὀτι μέντοιγε ἡ πρόγνωσις τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἀνάγκην ἐπιτίθησι τοις περ). ὧν κατείληφε, πρὸς τοῖς προειρημένοις καὶ τοῦτο λελέξεται, ὃτι πολλαχοῦ τῶν Γραφῶν Θεὸς κελεύει τοὺς προφήτας κηρύσσειν μετάνοιαν, ού προσποιησάμενος τὸ ὲγνωκέναι πότερον ol ἀκούσανο τες ἐπιστρέφουσιν, ἢ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ἑαυτῶν ιμμενοῦσιν· ὥσπερ ὲν τῷ Ἱερεμίᾳ λέγεταιʼ ι Ἴσως ἀκούσονται καὶ μετανοήσουσιν. ι Οὐ γάρ ἀγνοῶν ό ea; πότερον ἀκούσουσιν,ῆ οὒ, φησιν, ι ἴσως ἀκούσονται, και μετανοήσουσιν· ι ἀλλʼ οἱονεὶ τὸ ἰσοστάσιον τῶν δυνάμεων γενέσθαι δεικνὺς ὲκ τῶν λεγομένων· ἵνα μὴ προκατηγγελμένη ἠ πρόγνωσις αὐτοῦ. καταπεσεῖν ποιήσῃ τοὺς ἀκούοντας, 66ξαν ἀνάγκης παριστᾶσα, ὡς οὐκ όντος ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι, καὶ οἱονεὶ καὶ αὑτὴ αἰτία γένηται τεν ἁμαρτημάτων · ἢ πάλιν τοῖς ὲκ τοῦ ἀγνοεῖν τὸ atpoἐγνωσμένον καλὸν, δυναμένοις ἑν τῷ ἀγωνίσασθαι, καὶ ἀντιτείνειν πρὸς την κακίαν ἐν. ἀρετῇ βιῶσαις αξτια γένηται ἠ πρόγνωσις ἑκλύσεως, οὐκ In εὑτόυ νως ἱσταμένοις κατά τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ὡς πάντως ισομένου τοῦ προειρημένου. Καὶ οὕτω γὰρ οἷον ἐμ· πόδιον γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡ πρόγνωσις τοῦ ἐσομένου καλοῦ. Πάντα γοῦν χρησίμως ό Θεὸς τά κατά τὸν κόσμον οἰκονομῶν, εὐλόγως ἡμᾶς καὶπρὸς τά μέλλοντα leoφλωσεν· η γάρ γνῶσις αὐτῶν ἀνῆκε μὶν ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀθλεῖν κατὰ τῆς κακίας, ὶπέτριιιε δʼ ἂν 66ξασα κατειλῆφθαι, πρὸς τὸ μὴ άντιπαλαξσαντας ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, τάχιον αὐτῇ ὑποχειρίους γενέσθαι. ’Ἅμα δὲ καὶ μαχόμενον ἐγίνετο τῷ καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν γενέσθαι τινὰ τὸ τὴν πρόγνωσιν omnem. εἰς τόνδε τινὰ, ὃτι πάντως ἔσται ἀγαθός. Πρὸς οἷς γὰρ ἔχομεν, καὶ σφοδρότητος καὶ τάσεως πλείου νος χρεία πρὸς τὺ καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν γενέσθαι· προκαταληφθεῖσα δὲ ἡ γνῶσις, τοῦ πάντως καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν ἔσεσθαι ὑπεκλύειν τὴν ἄσκησιν. Διόπερ συμφερόντως οὐκ ἴσμεν οὔτε εἰ ἀγαθοὶ, οὕτε σι πονηροὶ ἐσόμεθα.

chrēsmon, phere eipein, pe.ri tinos didous. ipsi, hoti Ouk endechetai tonde sōphronēsai. Dynamis men gar pantē ouk esti tou ptēnai oudamōs en tǭ anthrōpǭ, dynamis de esti tou sōphronēsai, kai tou akolastēsai. Ēn amphoterōn dynameōn hyparchousōn, o mē prosechōn logois eipistreptikois kai paideutikois heauton epididōsi tę̄ cheiristę̄o kreittoni de ho zētēsas to alēthes, ka). biōsai beboulēmenos katʼ hauto. Ou zētei de hode men talēthē, epei apirreei epi tēn hēdonēn; hode de exetazei per) autōn, haireo theis hypo tōn koinōn ennoiōn, kai logou pro; treptikoÿ. Palin te au hode men haireitai tēn hēdonēn, ouchi ou dynamenos antiblepein autę̄. allʼ ouk agōnizomenosd hode de kataphronei autēs, to aschēmon horōn to en autę̄ pollakis tynchanon. Oti mentoige hē prognōsis tou Theou ouk anankēn epitithēsi tois per). hōn kateilēphe, pros tois proeirēmenois kai touto lelexetai, hoti pollachou tōn Graphōn Theos keleuei tous prophētas kēryssein metanoian, ou prospoiēsamenos to egnōkenai poteron ol akousano tes epistrephousin, ē tois hamartēmasin heautōn immenousin; hōsper en tǭ Hieremią legetaiʼ i Isōs akousontai kai metanoēsousin. i Ou gar agnoōn o ea? poteron akousousin,ē ou, phēsin, i isōs akousontai, kai metanoēsousin; i allʼ hoionei to isostasion tōn dynameōn genesthai deiknys ek tōn legomenōn; hina mē prokatēngelmenē ē prognōsis autou. katapesein poiēsę̄ tous akouontas, 66xan anankēs paristasa, hōs ouk ontos epʼ autois tou epistrepsai, kai hoionei kai hautē aitia genētai ten hamartēmatōn ; ē palin tois ek tou agnoein to atpoegnōsmenon kalon, dynamenois hen tǭ agōnisasthai, kai antiteinein pros tēn kakian en. aretę̄ biōsais axtia genētai ē prognōsis heklyseōs, ouk In heutou nōs histamenois kata tēs hamartias, hōs pantōs isomenou tou proeirēmenou. Kai houtō gar hoion em; podion genoitʼ an hē prognōsis tou esomenou kalou. Panta goun chrēsimōs o Theos ta kata ton kosmon oikonomōn, eulogōs hēmas kaipros ta mellonta leophlōsen; ē gar gnōsis autōn anēke min hēmas apo tou athlein kata tēs kakias, ipetriiie dʼ an 66xasa kateilēphthai, pros to mē antipalaxsantas hēmas tę̄ hamartią, tachion autę̄ hypocheirious genesthai. ’Hama de kai machomenon egineto tǭ kalon kai agathon genesthai tina to tēn prognōsin omnem. eis tonde tina, hoti pantōs estai agathos. Pros hois gar echomen, kai sphodrotētos kai taseōs pleiou nos chreia pros ty kalon kai agathon genesthai; prokatalēphtheisa de hē gnōsis, tou pantōs kalon kai agathon esesthai hypeklyein tēn askēsin. Dioper sympherontōs ouk ismen oute ei agathoi, houte si ponēroi esometha.

when giving an oracle about someone, say, declare, “It is not possible for this man to be self-controlled.” For in a human being there is no power at all of flying, but there is a power of being self-controlled and of being licentious. Both these powers being present, the one who does not attend to words that turn him back and instruct him gives himself over to the worse; the one who has sought the truth and wished to live according to it, to the better. One man does not seek the truth because he flows away toward pleasure; another examines it, moved by the common notions and by exhortation. And again, one man chooses pleasure, not because he is unable to resist it, but because he does not struggle; another despises it, seeing the shamefulness often found in it. That God's foreknowledge, however, imposes no necessity on the things it has grasped, besides what has been said, this too shall be said: in many places of the Scriptures God commands the prophets to preach repentance, not pretending to know whether those who hear will turn or will remain in their sins; as in Jeremiah it is said: “Perhaps they will hear and repent.” For God, who is not ignorant whether they will hear or not, says, “Perhaps they will hear and repent,” as if showing from what is said that the powers are equally balanced; so that his foreknowledge, announced beforehand, may not make the hearers despair, presenting an appearance of necessity, as though turning were not in their power, and itself become, as it were, a cause of their sins; or again, so that for those who, from ignorance of the good that is foreknown, are able by struggling and resisting vice to live in virtue, foreknowledge may not become a cause of slackness, since they would no longer stand vigorously against sin, as though what was foretold would certainly happen. For in this way too the foreknowledge of a future good might become a kind of hindrance. God, then, ordering all things in the world for our benefit, has with good reason blinded us toward the future. For knowledge of it would have released us from contending against vice and, by seeming to have been settled, would have led us not to wrestle against sin and so to become subject to it more quickly. At the same time, foreknowledge … concerning someone, that he will certainly be good, would be at war with his becoming noble and good. For besides what we have, there is need of greater vigour and effort to become noble and good; but knowledge grasped beforehand that one will certainly be noble and good would slacken the discipline. Therefore it is to our advantage that we do not know whether we shall be good or wicked.

Chapter 69

69PG 12:69a–69d

Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰρήκαμεν, ὃτι ἀπετύψλωσεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα ὁ Θεὸς, ζητούμενόν τι ῥητὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἔξόδου ὅρα εἰ δυνάμεθα οὕτω σαφηνίσαι· ι Τίς ἐποίησε δύσκωφον, καὶ κωφὸν, καὶ βλέποντα, καὶ τυφλόνς οὐκ ἐγὼ Κύριος ό Θεός; ι ἴνα τὸν αὑτὸν καὶ τυφλὸν καὶ βλέποντα πεποιηκὼς βλέποντα μὲν πρὸς τὰ ἐνεστηκότα, τυφλὸν δέ πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα. Τὸ γὰρ περὶτοῦ δυσκὼιρου καὶ κωφοῦ οὐ τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ διηγήσασθαι. Ὅτι μέντοιγε πολλῶν ’τῶν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν αἴτια πλεῖστα τῶν οὐκ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἐστι, καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμολογήσομεν · ὧν μὴ γενομένων, λέγω δὲ τῶν οὐκ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, οὐκ ἂν τάδε τινὰ τῶν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἐπράττετοο πράττεται δὲ τάδε τινὰ τῶν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἀκόλουθα τοῖσδε τοῖς προγενομένοις, οὐκ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν. ἐνδεχομένου τοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς προγενομένοις, καὶ ἕτερα πρᾶξαι παρʼ 5. πράττομεν. EE δέ τις ζητεῖ τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἀπολελυμένον εἶναι τοῦ παντὸς, ὥστε μὴ διὰ τάδε τινὰ συμβεβηκότα ἡμῖν ἡμᾶς αξρεῖσθαι τάδε, ἐπιλέλησται κόσμον μέρος ὢν, καὶ ἐμπεριεχόμενος ἀνθρώπων κοινωνία καὶ τοῦ περιηίχοντος.Μετρίως μὲν οὖν ὡς ἐν ἐπιτομῇ οἶμαι 511:0δεδεῖχθαι τὸ τὴν πρόγνωσιν τοῦ Θεοῦ μὴ εἶναι καταναγκαστικὴν τῶν προεγνωσμένων πάντως. Φέρε δὲ ἀγωνισώμεθα καὶ περὶ τοῦ τοὺς ἀστὲρας μηδαμῶς εἶναι ποιητικοὺς τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, σημαντικοὺς δὲ μόνον. Σαεξὲς δὲ, ὅτι, εξ ὅδε τις ό σχηματισμὸς τῶν ἀστέρων ποιητικὸς νομίζοιτο τῶν· δέ τινων τῶν γινομένων περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, (ἔστω γὰρ περὶ τούτου νῦν ζητεῖσθαι τὸν λόγονʼ) οὐκ ἂν ό σήμερον, φέρε εἰπεῖν, γενόμενος σχηματισμὸς περὶ τόνδε δύναται νοεῖσθαι πεποιηκέναι τὰ παρεληλυο θότα περὶ ἕτερον ἢ καὶ περὶ ἐτέρους (ὃὸ). Πᾶν γὰρ τι ποιοῦν πρεσβύτερον τοῦ πεποιημένου. Ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς μαθήμασι τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπαγγελλομένων

Epei de eirēkamen, hoti apetypslōsen hēmas pros ta mellonta ho Theos, zētoumenon ti rhēton apo tēs Exodou hora ei dynametha houtō saphēnisai; i Tis epoiēse dyskōphon, kai kōphon, kai bleponta, kai typhlons ouk egō Kyrios o Theos? i ina ton hauton kai typhlon kai bleponta pepoiēkōs bleponta men pros ta enestēkota, typhlon de pros ta mellonta. To gar peritou dyskōirou kai kōphou ou tou parontos kairou diēgēsasthai. Hoti mentoige pollōn ’tōn ephʼ hēmin aitia pleista tōn ouk ephʼ hēmin esti, kai hēmeis homologēsomen ; hōn mē genomenōn, legō de tōn ouk ephʼ hēmin, ouk an tade tina tōn ephʼ hēmin eprattetoo prattetai de tade tina tōn ephʼ hēmin akoloutha toisde tois progenomenois, ouk ephʼ hēmin. endechomenou tou epi tois autois progenomenois, kai hetera praxai parʼ 5. prattomen. EE de tis zētei to ephʼ hēmin apolelymenon einai tou pantos, hōste mē dia tade tina symbebēkota hēmin hēmas axreisthai tade, epilelēstai kosmon meros ōn, kai emperiechomenos anthrōpōn koinōnia kai tou periēichontos.Metriōs men oun hōs en epitomę̄ oimai 511:0dedeichthai to tēn prognōsin tou Theou mē einai katanankastikēn tōn proegnōsmenōn pantōs. Phere de agōnisōmetha kai peri tou tous asteras mēdamōs einai poiētikous tōn en anthrōpois, sēmantikous de monon. Saexes de, hoti, ex hode tis o schēmatismos tōn asterōn poiētikos nomizoito tōn; de tinōn tōn ginomenōn peri ton anthrōpon, (estō gar peri toutou nyn zēteisthai ton logonʼ) ouk an o sēmeron, phere eipein, genomenos schēmatismos peri tonde dynatai noeisthai pepoiēkenai ta parelēlyo thota peri heteron ē kai peri eterous (hoo). Pan gar ti poioun presbyteron tou pepoiēmenou. Hoson de epi tois mathēmasi tōn ta toiauta epangellomenōn

But since we have said that God has blinded us toward the future, see whether we can clarify in this way a text from Exodus that is in question: “Who made the hard of hearing and the deaf, the seeing and the blind? Is it not I, the Lord God?” That is, he has made the same person both blind and seeing: seeing toward the present, blind toward the future. What concerns the hard of hearing and the deaf it is not the present occasion to explain. That many of the things in our power have very many things not in our power as their causes, we too shall confess: if these had not happened (I mean the things not in our power), certain of the things in our power would not be done. But certain things in our power are done in consequence of these prior things not in our power, while it remains possible, on the same prior circumstances, to do other things besides what we do. But if anyone seeks for what is in our power to be detached from the universe, so that we do not choose these things because certain things have happened to us, he has forgotten that he is a part of the world and is enclosed in the community of human beings and of what surrounds us. I think, then, that it has been shown sufficiently, as in summary, that God's foreknowledge does not compel what is foreknown at all. Come, let us contend also that the stars are in no way producers of what happens among human beings, but only signifiers. It is clear that, if some configuration of the stars were thought to produce some of the things that happen to a human being (for let the argument now be about this), the configuration that occurred today, say, concerning this person cannot be understood to have produced what has happened in the past to another or to others. For everything that produces is prior to what is produced. But according to the teachings of those who profess such things,

Chapter 71

71PG 12:72a–72d

πρεσβύτερα τοῦ σχηματισμοῦ προλέγεσθαι νομίζεται τά πε ρὶ τους ἀνθῴηους. Ἐπαγγὲλλονται γάρ, τόνδε τινά τρόπον τὴν ὦραν λαβόντες τοῦδε τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καταλαμβάνειν πῶς ἕκαστος τῶν πλάνων μένων κατὰ κάθετον, ἢ τῆσδε τῆς μοίρας τοῦ ζωδίθυνῆ τῶν ἐν αὖτῇ λεπτῶν. καὶ ποῖος ἀστὴρ ξωδιακοῦ, κατά τοῦ ἀνατολικοῦ ἐτύγχανεν ὁρίζοντος, ποῖός τε κατά τοῦ ὁυτικοῦ, καὶ τίς κατά τοῦ μεσουρανήματος, καὶ τίς κατὰ τοῦ ἀντιμεσουρανηματος. Καὶ ἐπάν θῶσι τοὺς ἀστέρας, οὓς νομίζουσιν ἑαυτοῖς ἐσχηματικὲναι, κατά τον καιρὸν τῆς τοῦ δεῖο νος γενέσεως ὲσχηματισμένους οὑτωσὶ, τῷ χρόνῳ τῆς ἀποτέξεως τοῦ περὶ οὗ σκοποῦσιν, οὐ μόνον τά μέλλοντα ἐξετάζουσιν, ἀλλά καὶ τά παρεληλυθότα, καὶ τά πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως καὶτῆς σπορᾶς τοῦ περὶ οὗ ὁ λόγος γεγενημένου, περί πατρὸς ποταπὸς ὢν τυγχάνει, πλούσιος ἦ πένης, ὁλόκληρος τὸ σῶμα ἧ σεσινωμένος, τὸ ἦθος βελτίων ἦ χείρων, ἀκτήμων ἦ πολυκτήμωνδ τήνδε τὴν πρᾶξιν ἢ ἔχων τὰ δʼ αὑτά καὶ περὶ τῆς μητρκ, καὶ περὶ πρεσβυτέρων ἀδελφῶν, ἐάν τύχωσιν ὄντες. Ἔστω δὲ ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τοῦ παῴντος πωσίεσθαι αὐτοὺς καταλαμβάνειν τά ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἀληθῆ, περὶ οὗ καὶ αυτοῦ ὕστερον δείξομεν, ὅτι οὐχ οὕτως ἔχειʼ πευσώμεθα τοίνυν τῶν ὑπολαμ- 6ανόντων κατηναγκάσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἄστρων τά τῶν ἀνθρώπων πράγματα, τίνα τρόπον ὀ σήμερον σχημσητισμος ὀ τοιόσδε δύναται πεποιηκέναι τά 7:93:66τερα. Εἰ γάρ τοῦτο ἀμήχανον καθʼ ὃ δὴ ὅτι (Sil) εὑτρίσκεται τὸ περὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ χμνου μὴ ἀληθὲς, σαφὲς τὸ μὴ πεποιηκέναι τοὺς ἀστέρας οὐδ τωσὶ κινουμένους ἐν οὐρανῷ τά παρεληλυθότα ut γενόμενα, πρὸ τοῦ οὕτως ἔχειν αὐτούς. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο. τάχα ὁ προσιέμενος ἀληθεύειν αὐτοὺς, ἐπιστήσας τοῖς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων λεγομένοις, ἐρεῖ ἀληθεύειν αὐτοὺς οὐ τῷ ποιεῖν τοὺς ἀστέρας, ἀλλά τῷ σημαίνε.ν μόνον. Ἐάν δέ τις φάσκῃ τά μξν παρεληλυθότα μὴ ποιεῖν τοὺς ἀστέρας, ἀλλά ἄλλους μὲν σχηματισμοὺς τοὺς τῆς ἐκείνων γνώσεως αἰτίους γεγονέναι· τον δὲ νῦν σχη ματισμον σεσημαγκέναι μόνον · τά μέντοι μυ.. λοντα δηλοῦσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐνεστηκότος σχηματισμοῦ ἑκάστου σχέσις ἐπὶ τῶν ἄστρων ποιεῖ. ἆ-ἦδη εκ πατέρων οὕτως Ξξειν λέγεταιξ- ἢ,γάρ gntus; πρός τερα ἔσται τά ποιοῦντα, ἦ εἰ ἐκεῖνα ποιεῖ,

presbytera tou schēmatismou prolegesthai nomizetai ta pe ri tous anthǭēous. Epangellontai gar, tonde tina tropon tēn ōran labontes toude tou anthrōpou, katalambanein pōs hekastos tōn planōn menōn kata katheton, ē tēsde tēs moiras tou zōdithynē tōn en autę̄ leptōn. kai poios astēr xōdiakou, kata tou anatolikou etynchanen horizontos, poios te kata tou houtikou, kai tis kata tou mesouranēmatos, kai tis kata tou antimesouranēmatos. Kai epan thōsi tous asteras, hous nomizousin heautois eschēmatikenai, kata ton kairon tēs tou deio nos geneseōs eschēmatismenous houtōsi, tǭ chronǭ tēs apotexeōs tou peri hou skopousin, ou monon ta mellonta exetazousin, alla kai ta parelēlythota, kai ta pro tēs geneseōs kaitēs sporas tou peri hou ho logos gegenēmenou, peri patros potapos ōn tynchanei, plousios ē penēs, holoklēros to sōma hē sesinōmenos, to ēthos beltiōn ē cheirōn, aktēmōn ē polyktēmōnd tēnde tēn praxin ē echōn ta dʼ hauta kai peri tēs mētrk, kai peri presbyterōn adelphōn, ean tychōsin ontes. Estō de hēmas epi tou paǭntos pōsiesthai autous katalambanein ta en tǭ topǭ alēthē, peri hou kai autou hysteron deixomen, hoti ouch houtōs echeiʼ peusōmetha toinyn tōn hypolam- 6anontōn katēnankasthai hypo tōn astrōn ta tōn anthrōpōn pragmata, tina tropon o sēmeron schēmsētismos o toiosde dynatai pepoiēkenai ta 7:93:66tera. Ei gar touto amēchanon kathʼ ho dē hoti (Sil) heutrisketai to peri tōn presbyterōn tou chmnou mē alēthes, saphes to mē pepoiēkenai tous asteras oud tōsi kinoumenous en ouranǭ ta parelēlythota ut genomena, pro tou houtōs echein autous. Ei de touto. tacha ho prosiemenos alētheuein autous, epistēsas tois peri tōn mellontōn legomenois, erei alētheuein autous ou tǭ poiein tous asteras, alla tǭ sēmaine.n monon. Ean de tis phaskę̄ ta mxn parelēlythota mē poiein tous asteras, alla allous men schēmatismous tous tēs ekeinōn gnōseōs aitious gegonenai; ton de nyn schē matismon sesēmankenai monon ; ta mentoi my.. lonta dēlousthai apo tou enestēkotos schēmatismou hekastou schesis epi tōn astrōn poiei. a-ēdē ek paterōn houtōs Xxein legetaix- ē,gar gntus? pros tera estai ta poiounta, ē ei ekeina poiei,

things older than the configuration are thought to be foretold about human beings. For they profess, taking in some such way the hour of this person, to grasp where each of the planets stands in the perpendicular, or at which degree of the zodiacal sign, or at which minutes within it; and which star of the zodiac was on the eastern horizon, which on the western, which at mid-heaven, and which at the point opposite mid-heaven. And when they set out the stars which they think were configured thus at the time of so-and-so's birth, at the moment of the delivery of the one they are examining, they investigate not only the future but also the past, and what happened before the birth and the conception of the person concerned: about the father, what sort of man he is, rich or poor, sound in body or maimed, better or worse in character, without property or with much property, having this or that occupation; and the same about the mother and about older brothers, if there happen to be any. But let us for the present suppose that they grasp the truth in this matter, though we shall show later that it is not so. Let us then ask those who suppose that human affairs are compelled by the stars how today's configuration, being such and such, can have produced the older things. For if this is impossible, then, since what concerns the things older than the time is found not to be true … , it is clear that the stars, moving thus in heaven, did not produce the past events that happened before they were so placed. And if this is so, perhaps the one who admits that they speak the truth, attending to what is said about the future, will say that they speak the truth not by the stars' producing but by their signifying only. But if someone says that the stars do not produce the past, but that other configurations were the causes of those events, while the present configuration has only signified them, yet that the future is shown from the present configuration …

Chapter 73

73PG 12:73a–73d

τῆς τοῦ δεῖνος γενέσεως, παραστησάτω τὴν διαφορὰν, τοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων δύνασθαι δεῖξαι, ὅτι τάδε μὲν νενόηται ἀληθῆ ὡς ἀπὸ ποιούντων, τάδε δέ ὡς ἀπὸ σημαινόντων μόνονʼ μὴ ἔχοντες δὲ δοῦναι τὴν διαφορὰν, εὐγνωμόνως συγκαταθήσονται, μηδὲν τῶν κατά τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων γίνεσθαι, ἀλλʼ, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, εί ἄρα σημαίνεσθαι, ὡς εἰ μὴ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων τις ἐλάμβανε τὰ παρεληλυθότα καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα, ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ νοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, διά τινος λόγου προφητικοῦ. Ὥσπερ γὰρ προαπεδείξαμεν, ὅτι οὐδὲν λυπεῖ τὸν περὶ τοῦ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν λόγον τὸ τὸν Θεὸν εἰδέναι τὰ πραχθησόμενα ἑκάστῳ, οὕτως οὺδέ τά σημεῖα, ἃ ἔταξεν ό Θεὸς εἰς τὸ σημαίνειν, ἐμποδίζει τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν· ἀλλά παραπλησίως βιβλίῳ περιέχοντι τὰ μέλλοντα προφητικῶς ὁ πᾶς οὐρανὸς δύναται, οἱονεὶ βίβλος ὣν Θεοῦ, περιέχειν τά μέλλοντα. Διόπερ ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ δύναται οὕτω νοεῖσθαι τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰακώβ· ι Ἀνέγνων γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πλαξὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὅσα συμβήσεται ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς υίοίς ὑμῶν. ι Τάχα δὲ καὶ τὸ, ι Είλιγήσεται ὁ οὐρανὸς ὡς βιβλίον, ι τοὺς λόγους τοὺς περιεχομένους, σημαντικοὺς τῶν ἐσομένων, δηλοῖ ἀπαρτισθησομένους, καὶ ἵνʼ οὕτως εἴπω, πληρωθησομένους, ὥσπερ λέγονται αἱ προφητεῖαι πεπληρῶσθαι τῷ ἐκίεὸηκέναι. Καὶ οὓτως ἔσται εἰς σημεῖα τὰ ἄστρα γεγονότα, κατά τὴν λέγουσαν φωνήν · ι Ἔστωσαν είς σημεῖα. ι '0 δέ Ἱερεμίας, ἐπιστρέφων ἡμᾶς πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς, καὶ περιαιρῶν φόβον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς voμιζομένοις σημαίνεσθαι, τάχα δέ καὶ ὑπολαμβανομένοις ἐκεῖθεν ἔρχεσθαι, φησίν· ι ’Δπὸ τῶν σημείων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ μὴ φοβεῖσθε. ι Ἴδωμεν καὶ δεύτερον ἐπιχείρημα, πῶς οὐ δύνανται οἱ ἀστέρες εῖναι ποιητικοί, ἀλλʼ εί ἄρα σημαντικοί. Ἀπὸ τῶν πλείστων γὰρ ὅσων γενέσεων ἔστι λαβεῖν τὰ περὶ, ἐνὸς ἀνθρώπου· τοῦτο δέ καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν λέγομεν, συγχωροῦντες τὸ ἐπιστήμην αὐτῶν ἀναὴμὸάνεσθαι ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων δύνασθαι. Φέρε γὰρ elπεῖν περὶτοῦ τόνδε πείσεσθαι τόδε, καὶ τεθνήξεσθαι περιπεσόντα λῃσταῖς καὶ ἀναιρεθέντα, φασὶ δύνασθαι λαμβάνειν ἀπό τε τῆς ἰδίας αὑτοῦ γενέσεως, κᾶν τύχῃ ἔχων ἀδελφοὺς πλείονας, ἀπὸ τῆς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν. Περιέχειν γὰρ οἴονται τὴν ἑκάστου γένεσιν ἀδελφὸν ὑπὸ λῃστῦινυτεθνηξόμενον ὁμοίως καὶ τὴι

tēs tou deinos geneseōs, parastēsatō tēn diaphoran, tou apo tōn asterōn dynasthai deixai, hoti tade men nenoētai alēthē hōs apo poiountōn, tade de hōs apo sēmainontōn mononʼ mē echontes de dounai tēn diaphoran, eugnōmonōs synkatathēsontai, mēden tōn kata tous anthrōpous apo tōn asterōn ginesthai, allʼ, hōs proeirēkamen, ei ara sēmainesthai, hōs ei mē kai apo tōn asterōn tis elambane ta parelēlythota kai ta mellonta, allʼ apo tou nou tou Theou, dia tinos logou prophētikou. Hōsper gar proapedeixamen, hoti ouden lypei ton peri tou ephʼ hēmin logon to ton Theon eidenai ta prachthēsomena hekastǭ, houtōs oude ta sēmeia, ha etaxen o Theos eis to sēmainein, empodizei to ephʼ hēmin; alla paraplēsiōs bibliǭ periechonti ta mellonta prophētikōs ho pas ouranos dynatai, hoionei biblos hōn Theou, periechein ta mellonta. Dioper en tę̄ proseuchę̄ tou Iōsēph dynatai houtō noeisthai to legomenon hypo tou Iakōb; i Anegnōn gar en tais plaxi tou ouranou, hosa symbēsetai hymin kai tois uiois hymōn. i Tacha de kai to, i Eiligēsetai ho ouranos hōs biblion, i tous logous tous periechomenous, sēmantikous tōn esomenōn, dēloi apartisthēsomenous, kai hinʼ houtōs eipō, plērōthēsomenous, hōsper legontai hai prophēteiai peplērōsthai tǭ ekieoēkenai. Kai houtōs estai eis sēmeia ta astra gegonota, kata tēn legousan phōnēn ; i Estōsan eis sēmeia. i '0 de Hieremias, epistrephōn hēmas pros heautous, kai periairōn phobon ton epi tois vomizomenois sēmainesthai, tacha de kai hypolambanomenois ekeithen erchesthai, phēsin; i ’Dpo tōn sēmeiōn tou ouranou mē phobeisthe. i Idōmen kai deuteron epicheirēma, pōs ou dynantai hoi asteres einai poiētikoi, allʼ ei ara sēmantikoi. Apo tōn pleistōn gar hosōn geneseōn esti labein ta peri, enos anthrōpou; touto de kathʼ hypothesin legomen, synchōrountes to epistēmēn autōn anaēmoanesthai hypʼ anthrōpōn dynasthai. Phere gar elpein peritou tonde peisesthai tode, kai tethnēxesthai peripesonta lę̄stais kai anairethenta, phasi dynasthai lambanein apo te tēs idias hautou geneseōs, kan tychę̄ echōn adelphous pleionas, apo tēs hekastou autōn. Periechein gar oiontai tēn hekastou genesin adelphon hypo lę̄stuinytethnēxomenon homoiōs kai tēi

of so-and-so's birth, let him set forth the difference, showing that he can establish from the stars that these things have been understood truly as coming from producers, and those as coming from signifiers only. And if they cannot give the difference, they will in fairness agree that nothing in human affairs comes from the stars, but, as we said before, if anything, it is signified; as if someone took the past and the future not from the stars but from the mind of God, through some prophetic word. For just as we showed earlier that God's knowing what each person will do in no way harms the doctrine of what is in our power, so neither do the signs which God appointed for signifying hinder what is in our power; but, like a book containing the future prophetically, the whole heaven, being as it were God's book, can contain the future. Therefore in the Prayer of Joseph what is said by Jacob can be understood in this way: “For I read in the tablets of heaven all that will befall you and your sons.” And perhaps also “The heaven will be rolled up like a scroll” shows that the words it contains, which signify what will be, will be brought to completion and, so to speak, fulfilled, just as prophecies are said to be fulfilled by coming to pass. And thus the stars will have come to be for signs, according to the voice that says, “Let them be for signs.” But Jeremiah, turning us back to ourselves and removing the fear about the things thought to be signified, and perhaps also supposed to come from there, says: “Do not fear the signs of heaven.” Let us look also at a second argument showing how the stars cannot be producers but, if anything, signifiers. From very many nativities one can take what concerns one human being; this we say by hypothesis, granting that knowledge of them can be acquired by human beings. For suppose that, concerning this person, it is said that he will suffer this, and die by falling among robbers and being killed: they say that this can be taken both from his own nativity and, if he happens to have several brothers, from that of each of them. For they think that each one's nativity contains a brother who will die at the hands of robbers; likewise also

Chapter 75

75PG 12:76a–76d

τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τὴν της μητρὸς, καὶ τὴν τῆς γαμετῆς. καὶ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν, καὶ τῶν φιλτάτων, τάχα δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀναιρούντων. Πῶς οὖν δυνατὸν τὸν τοσαύταις γενέσεσιν, ἵνα αὐτοῖς τοῦτο συγχωρηθῇ, ἐμπεριεχόμενον γίνεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ σχηματισμοῦ τῶν ἀστέρων, τῆσδε μᾶλλον τῆς γενέσεως ἢ τῶνδες Ἀπέθανον γὰρ καὶ τὸ φάσκειν, τὸν σχηματισμὸν τὸν ὲν τῇ ἰδίᾳ τοῦδέ τινος γενέσει ταῦτα πεποιηκέναι, τὸν δὲ έν τῇ τῶνδε γενέσει μὴ πεποιηκέναι, ἀλλὰ σεσημαγκέναι μόνον· ἠλίθιον γὰρ τὸ ειπείν, ὅτι ή πάντων γένεσις περιεῖχε καθʼ ἕκαστον ποιητικὸν τοῦ τόνδε ἀναιρεθῆναι, ὥστε έν γενέσεσιν, καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν λέγω, πεντήκοντα περιέχεσθαι τὸ τόνδε τινὰ ἀναιρεθῆναι. Οὐκ οἶδα δʼ ὅπως δυνήσονται σῶσαι τδ.τῶν μὲν ὲν Ἰουδαίᾳ σχεδον πάντων Β τοιόνδε εἶναι τὸν σχηματισμὸν ἐπὶ τῆς γενέσεως, ὡς ὀκταήμερον αὐτοὺς λαμβάνειν περιτομὴν, ἀκρωτηριαζομένους καὶ ἑλκουμένους, καὶ φλεγμονῇ περιπεσομένους καὶ τραύμασι, καὶ ἃμα τῇ εἰς τὸν βίον εἰσόδῳ ἰατρῶν δεομένους · τῶν δὲ έν Ἰσμαηλίταις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀραδίαν τοιόνδε, ὡς πάντας περιτέμνεσθαι τρισκαιδεκαετεῖς · τοῦτο γὰρ ἱστόρηται περὶ αὐτῶν, καὶ πάλιν τῶνδέ τινων τῶν ἐν Αἰθίοψι, τοῖσδε τὰς κόγχας τῶν γονάτων περιαιρεῖσθαι, καὶ τῶν Ἀμαζόνων τοὺς ἑτέρους τῶν μαστῶν. Πῶς γὰρ ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν (l) οἱ ἀστέρες τοῖσδε τοῖς ἔθνεσιν;

tou patros kai tēn tēs mētros, kai tēn tēs gametēs. kai tōn huiōn autou, kai tōn oiketōn, kai tōn philtatōn, tacha de kai autōn tōn anairountōn. Pōs oun dynaton ton tosautais genesesin, hina autois touto synchōrēthę̄, emperiechomenon ginesthai hypo tou schēmatismou tōn asterōn, tēsde mallon tēs geneseōs ē tōndes Apethanon gar kai to phaskein, ton schēmatismon ton en tę̄ idią toude tinos genesei tauta pepoiēkenai, ton de en tę̄ tōnde genesei mē pepoiēkenai, alla sesēmankenai monon; ēlithion gar to eipein, hoti ē pantōn genesis perieiche kathʼ hekaston poiētikon tou tonde anairethēnai, hōste en genesesin, kathʼ hypothesin legō, pentēkonta periechesthai to tonde tina anairethēnai. Ouk oida dʼ hopōs dynēsontai sōsai td.tōn men en Ioudaią schedon pantōn B toionde einai ton schēmatismon epi tēs geneseōs, hōs oktaēmeron autous lambanein peritomēn, akrōtēriazomenous kai helkoumenous, kai phlegmonę̄ peripesomenous kai traumasi, kai hama tę̄ eis ton bion eisodǭ iatrōn deomenous ; tōn de en Ismaēlitais tois kata tēn Aradian toionde, hōs pantas peritemnesthai triskaidekaeteis ; touto gar historētai peri autōn, kai palin tōnde tinōn tōn en Aithiopsi, toisde tas konchas tōn gonatōn periaireisthai, kai tōn Amazonōn tous heterous tōn mastōn. Pōs gar tauta poiousin (l) hoi asteres toisde tois ethnesin?

that of the father, and that of the mother, and that of the wife, and of his sons, and of the servants and his dearest friends, and perhaps even that of the killers themselves. How then is it possible that one who is contained in so many nativities (to grant them this) should be subject to the configuration of the stars of this nativity rather than of those? For it is unconvincing to say that the configuration in this person's own nativity produced these things, while that in the nativity of the others did not produce them but only signified them; and it is foolish to say that the nativity of all of them, each one, contained what produced this person's being killed, so that in, say, fifty nativities (I speak hypothetically) this person's being killed is contained. I do not know how they will be able to maintain that the configuration at the birth of nearly all those in Judea is such that they receive circumcision at eight days old, being mutilated and wounded, and falling into inflammation and wounds, and needing physicians at their very entrance into life; while that of those among the Ishmaelites in Arabia is such that all are circumcised at thirteen years old (for this is recorded about them); and again that of some among the Ethiopians is such that they have their kneecaps removed, and that of the Amazons that they have one of their breasts removed. For how do the stars do these things to these nations?

Chapter 77

77PG 12:77a–77d

Οἶμαι, ὄτι, εί ἐπιστήσαιμεν, οὐδὲ μέχρι τοῦ στῆσαι δυνησόμεθα τι ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῶν. Toσούτων δὲ φερομένων ὁδῶν προγνωστικῶν, οὐκ οἷδʼ ὅπως ἐξώκειλαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐπὶ τὸ τὴν μὲν οἰωνιστικὴν καὶ τὴν θυτικὴν μὴ λέγειν περιέχειν τὸ ποιοῦν αἴτιον, ἀλλὰ σημαίνειν μόνον, καὶ τὴν ἀστεροσκοπικὴν, οὐκ ἐτι δὲ τὴν γενεθλιαλογικήν. Εἰ γὰρ ὲπιγινώσκεται, ἵνα καὶ χαρισώμεθα τὺ γινώσκεσθαι, γίνεται δὲ ἐκεῖθεν ὅθεν ἠ γνῶσις λαμβάνεται, τί μᾶλλον ἀπὸ τῶν ἀστέρων ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰωνῶν ἔσται τὰ γινόμενα; καὶ μᾶλλον ἀπὸ ’τῶν οἰωνῶν, ἦ ἀπὸ τῶν σπλάγχνων τῶν θυομένων, ἦ ἀπὸ τῶν διαττόντων ἀστέρωνς Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀρκέσει είς ἀναίρεσιν τοῦ ποιητικοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἀστέρας τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων. Ὅπερ δὲ συγκεχωρήκαμεν, οὐ γὰρ ἐλύπει τὸν λόγον, ὡς τῶν ἀνθρώπων δυναμένων καταλαμβάνειν τοὺς οὐρανίους σχηματισμοὺς καὶ τὰ σημεῖα, καὶ ὧν ἐστι σημεῖα, τοῦτο φέρε νῦν ἐξετάσωμεν εἰ ἀληθές ἐστι. Φασὶ τοίνυν οἱ περὶ ταῦτα δεινοὶ, τὸν μέλλοντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν γενεθλιαλογικὴν ἀληθῶς καταλαμβάνειν εἰδέναι οὐ μόνον τὸ κατὰ πόστον δωδεκατημορίου ἔστὶν ὁ καλούμενος ἀστὴρ, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ ποίας μοίρας τοῦ δωδεκατημορίου, καὶ κατὰ ποίου ἑξηκοστοῦο οἱ δὲ ἀκριβέστεροι mi. κατὰ ποίου ἑξηκοστοῦ τοῦ ἑξηκοστοῦ. Καὶ τοῦτό φασι δεῖν ποιεῖν ἐφʼ ἑκάστου τῶν πλανωμένων ἐξετάζοντα τὴν σχέσιν τὴν πρὸς

Oimai, oti, ei epistēsaimen, oude mechri tou stēsai dynēsometha ti alēthes eipein peri autōn. Tosoutōn de pheromenōn hodōn prognōstikōn, ouk hoidʼ hopōs exōkeilan hoi anthrōpoi epi to tēn men oiōnistikēn kai tēn thytikēn mē legein periechein to poioun aition, alla sēmainein monon, kai tēn asteroskopikēn, ouk eti de tēn genethlialogikēn. Ei gar epiginōsketai, hina kai charisōmetha ty ginōskesthai, ginetai de ekeithen hothen ē gnōsis lambanetai, ti mallon apo tōn asterōn ē apo tōn oiōnōn estai ta ginomena? kai mallon apo ’tōn oiōnōn, ē apo tōn splanchnōn tōn thyomenōn, ē apo tōn diattontōn asterōns Tauta men oun epi tou parontos arkesei eis anairesin tou poiētikous einai tous asteras tōn anthrōpinōn. Hoper de synkechōrēkamen, ou gar elypei ton logon, hōs tōn anthrōpōn dynamenōn katalambanein tous ouranious schēmatismous kai ta sēmeia, kai hōn esti sēmeia, touto phere nyn exetasōmen ei alēthes esti. Phasi toinyn hoi peri tauta deinoi, ton mellonta ta kata tēn genethlialogikēn alēthōs katalambanein eidenai ou monon to kata poston dōdekatēmoriou estin ho kaloumenos astēr, alla kai kata poias moiras tou dōdekatēmoriou, kai kata poiou hexēkostouo hoi de akribesteroi mi. kata poiou hexēkostou tou hexēkostou. Kai touto phasi dein poiein ephʼ hekastou tōn planōmenōn exetazonta tēn schesin tēn pros

I think that, if we were to look closely, we shall not be able to say anything true about them, not even so far as to establish it. With so many methods of foretelling current, I do not know how people ran aground on saying that augury and divination by sacrifices do not contain the producing cause but only signify, and astronomy likewise, but no longer saying this of the casting of nativities. For if events are known (to grant that they are known), but happen from that source from which the knowledge is taken, why should events come from the stars rather than from birds, and rather from birds than from the entrails of victims or from shooting stars? These things, then, will suffice for the present to refute the stars' being producers of human affairs. But what we granted (for it did no harm to the argument), namely that human beings can grasp the heavenly configurations and the signs, and the things of which they are signs, let us now examine whether this is true. Those skilled in these matters say that the one who is to grasp truly what concerns the casting of nativities must know not only in which twelfth-part the so-called star is, but also at which degree of the twelfth-part and at which sixtieth; and the more precise say, at which sixtieth of the sixtieth. And they say that this must be done for each of the planets, examining its relation to

Chapter 79

79PG 12:80a–80d

τοὺς ἀπλανεῖς. Πάλιν αὖ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνατολικοῦ ὁρίζοντος δεήσει, φασὶν, ἰδεῖν ού μόνον rb δωδεκατημόριον ποῖον ἦν ἐπʼ αὑτοῦ, ἀλλά καὶ τὴν μοῖραν, καὶ τὸ ἑξηκοστὸν τῆς μοίρας, rb πρῶτον ἦ τὺ δεύτερον ἑξηκοστόν. Πῶς τοίνυν, τῆς ὥρας πλατεῖ λόγῳ ἥμισυ δωδεκατημορίου περιεχούσης, δύναταί τις λαβεῖν τὺ ἑξηκοστὸν, μὴ ἔχων τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς διαιρέσεως τῶν ὡρῶν, ὥστε, φέρε εἰπεῖν, εἰδέναι, ὃτι γεγέννηται ό δεῖνα ὥρᾳ τετάρτῃ, καὶ ἡμίσει ὥρας, καὶ τετάρτῳ, ὀγδόῳ, καὶ ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ, καὶ δυοτριακοστῷς παραπολὺ γάρ φασι παραλλάττειν τὰ σημαινόμενα παρά τὴν ἀγνωσίαν οὐ τῆς ὅλης ὧρας, ἀλλά καὶ τοῦ ποστημορίου αὐτῆς. Ἐν γοῦν τοίς διδύμοις γεννωμένοις πολλάκις τὸ μεταξὺ κα) ἀκαριαῖον ὧρας ἐστὶ, καὶ πολλαὶ παραλλαγαὶ τῶν συμβαινόντων καὶ τῶν πραττομένων ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ἀπαντῶσιν, ὦς φασιν ἐκεῖνοι, παρά τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς σχέσεως τῶν ἀστέρων καὶ τὸ μόριον τοῦ δωδεκατημορίου rb παρὰ τὸν ὁρίζοντα, οὐ καταλαμβανόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν νομιζομένων τὴν ὥραν τετηρηκέναι. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται λέγειν, ὅτι rb μεταξύ τοῦδε τῆς γενέσεως πρὸς τὴν τοῦδέ. ὲστινῶρας τριακοστόν, Ἀλλʼ ἔστω συγκεχωρημένον αὐτοῖς τόδε κατὰ τὸ ἐκλαβεῖν τὴν ὥραν. Φέ ρεται δὴ θεώρημα ἀποδεικνύον τὸν ζωδιακὸν κύκλον ὁμοίως τοῖς πλανωμένοις φέρεσθαι ἀπὸ δυσμῶν ἐπὶ ἀνατολὰς διʼ ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν μοῖραν μίαν, καὶ τοῦτο τῷ πολλῷ χρόνῳ ἐναλλάττειν τὴν θέσιν τῶν δωδεκατημορίων· ἑτέρου μὲν τυγχάνοντος τοῦ νοητοῦ δωδεκατημορίου· ἑτέρου δὲ τοῦ ὡσανεὶ μορφώματος ἀλλʼ ὲκ τοῦ νοητοῦ ζωδίου, ὅπερ οὐ πάνυ τι δυνατὸν καταλαμβάνεσθαι. Ἔστω δὲ καὶ τοῦτο συγκεχωρημένον rb καταλαμβάνεσθαι τὸ νοητὸν δωδεκατημόριον, ἦ δύνασθαι ἐκ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ δωδεκατημορίου λαμβάνεσθαι rb ἀληθές· ἀλλά τήν γε σύγκρασιν παρʼ αὐτοῖς καλουμένην τῶν ὲν τοῖσδε τοῖς σχηματισμοῖς τυγχανόντων, καὶ αὐτοὶ ὁμολογήσουσιν, οὐχ οἷοί τε σῶσαι κατὰ πᾶν. ἀμαυρουμένου τοῦ δηλουμένου, φέρε είπεῖν, χείρονος ἀπὸ τοῦδε (ll), διὰ rb ἐπιβλέπεσθαι αὑτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦδε τοῦ κρείττονος, καὶ ἐπὶ τοσόνδε, ἢ τοσόνδε ἀμαυρουμένου· πολλάκις πάλιν τῆς ἀμαυρώσεως τῆς τοῦ χείρονος ὑπὸ τῆς ἐπιβλέψειας τῆς τοῦ κρείττονος ἐμποδιζομὲνης, ἐκ τοῦ ἕτερον οὑτωσὶ ἐσχηματίσθαι χειρόνων ὄντα σημαντικόν. Καὶ οἶμαι, ἐπιστήσαντά τινα ᾡταπῖμορφώματᾷς, οὺ μὲν-λαμβανομένου τοῦ ἀληθοῦς ὲκʼτοʼὖʼμόρφὼματος, ἀλλʼ ὲκ τού νοητοῦ, etc. υς εκ του μορν υματος, aut εκ του νοητου, ctu. (IO) Ἔστω (εἶπαί-τοῦτο,συγκεχωρημέγον, etc. (ξηνγίει-ικ, χείρονοςο τοῦδε δὲ χείρονος, ἀπὸ τουοε ο

tous aplaneis. Palin au epi tou anatolikou horizontos deēsei, phasin, idein ou monon rb dōdekatēmorion poion ēn epʼ hautou, alla kai tēn moiran, kai to hexēkoston tēs moiras, rb prōton ē ty deuteron hexēkoston. Pōs toinyn, tēs hōras platei logǭ hēmisy dōdekatēmoriou periechousēs, dynatai tis labein ty hexēkoston, mē echōn tēn analogian tēs diaireseōs tōn hōrōn, hōste, phere eipein, eidenai, hoti gegennētai o deina hōrą tetartę̄, kai hēmisei hōras, kai tetartǭ, ogdoǭ, kai hekkaidekatǭ, kai dyotriakostǭs parapoly gar phasi parallattein ta sēmainomena para tēn agnōsian ou tēs holēs hōras, alla kai tou postēmoriou autēs. En goun tois didymois gennōmenois pollakis to metaxy ka) akariaion hōras esti, kai pollai parallagai tōn symbainontōn kai tōn prattomenōn epʼ autōn apantōsin, ōs phasin ekeinoi, para tēn aitian tēs scheseōs tōn asterōn kai to morion tou dōdekatēmoriou rb para ton horizonta, ou katalambanomenon hypo tōn nomizomenōn tēn hōran tetērēkenai. Oudeis gar dynatai legein, hoti rb metaxy toude tēs geneseōs pros tēn toude. estinōras triakoston, Allʼ estō synkechōrēmenon autois tode kata to eklabein tēn hōran. Phe retai dē theōrēma apodeiknyon ton zōdiakon kyklon homoiōs tois planōmenois pheresthai apo dysmōn epi anatolas diʼ hekaton etōn moiran mian, kai touto tǭ pollǭ chronǭ enallattein tēn thesin tōn dōdekatēmoriōn; heterou men tynchanontos tou noētou dōdekatēmoriou; heterou de tou hōsanei morphōmatos allʼ ek tou noētou zōdiou, hoper ou pany ti dynaton katalambanesthai. Estō de kai touto synkechōrēmenon rb katalambanesthai to noēton dōdekatēmorion, ē dynasthai ek tou aisthētou dōdekatēmoriou lambanesthai rb alēthes; alla tēn ge synkrasin parʼ autois kaloumenēn tōn en toisde tois schēmatismois tynchanontōn, kai autoi homologēsousin, ouch hoioi te sōsai kata pan. amauroumenou tou dēloumenou, phere eipein, cheironos apo toude (ll), dia rb epiblepesthai hauton hypo toude tou kreittonos, kai epi tosonde, ē tosonde amauroumenou; pollakis palin tēs amaurōseōs tēs tou cheironos hypo tēs epiblepseias tēs tou kreittonos empodizomenēs, ek tou heteron houtōsi eschēmatisthai cheironōn onta sēmantikon. Kai oimai, epistēsanta tina hǭtapimorphōmatąs, ou men-lambanomenou tou alēthous ekʼtoʼyʼmorphōmatos, allʼ ek tou noētou, etc. ys ek tou morn ymatos, aut ek tou noētou, ctu. (IO) Estō (eipai-touto,synkechōrēmegon, etc. (xēngiei-ik, cheironoso toude de cheironos, apo touoe o

the fixed stars. Again, on the eastern horizon, they say, one will need to see not only which twelfth-part was on it, but also the degree and the sixtieth of the degree, the first or the second sixtieth. How then, when the hour, broadly reckoned, contains half a twelfth-part, can anyone take the sixtieth without having the proportion of the division of the hours, so as to know, for example, that so-and-so was born in the fourth hour, and a half, a quarter, an eighth, a sixteenth, and a thirty-second of an hour? For they say that what is signified varies very greatly through ignorance not only of the whole hour but even of a fraction of it. At any rate, with twins the interval between births is often a momentary part of an hour, and many variations in what befalls them and what they do occur, as those people say, owing to the relation of the stars and the portion of the twelfth-part at the horizon, which is not grasped by those who are thought to have observed the hour. For no one can say that the interval between this one's birth and that one's is a thirtieth of an hour. But let this be granted to them as regards taking the hour. A theorem is current which proves that the zodiacal circle, like the planets, moves from west to east one degree every hundred years, and in this long time changes the position of the twelfth-parts, the intelligible twelfth-part being one thing and the visible shape, so to speak, another; and that the outcomes come from the intelligible sign, which can scarcely be grasped. But let this too be granted, that the intelligible twelfth-part can be grasped, or that the truth can be taken from the perceptible twelfth-part. Yet the blending, as they call it, of the stars that stand in these configurations they themselves will confess they cannot preserve in every respect, when, say, the worse star indicated by one is dimmed because it is aspected by this better one, and dimmed to such or such a degree

Chapter 81

81PG 12:81a–81d

τοῖς τόποις, ἀπογνῶναι τὴν περὶ τούτων κατάληψιν, οὐδαμῶς ἀνθρώποις ἐκκειμένην, ἀλλʼ εἰ ἀρα μέχρι τοῦ σημανθῆναι μόνον φθάνουσαν. El δέ τις ὲν πείρᾳ γεγένηται τῶν πραγμάτων, μᾶλλον εἴσεται τὸ ὲν τῷ στοχάζεσθαι ἀποπτωτικὸν τῶν λεγόντων, καὶ αὐτῶν συγγραψαμένων, ἤπερ νομιζόμενον (l ‘2) ὲπιτευκτικόν. Καὶ Ἡσαΐας γοῦν, ὡς οὺ δυναμένων τούτων εὑρίσκεσθαι ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων, φησι πρὸς τὴν θυγατέρα τῶν Χαλδαίων, τῶν ταῦτα μάλιστα παρὰ πάντας ἐπαγγελλομένων· ι Στήτωσαν δὴ καὶ σωσάτωσάν σε οἱ ἀστρολόγοι τοῦ ούρανοῦ· ἀναγγειλάτωσάν σοι τί μέλλει ἐπὶ σὲ ἔρχεσθαι· ι διὰ γάρ τούτων διδασκόμεθα μὴ δύνασθαι τοὺς πάνυ περὶ ταῦτα φιλομαθεῖς προδηλοῦν, ἀ βεβούληται Κύριος ἑκάστῳ ἔθνει επαγαγεῖν. Νῦν γὰρ ὡς πρὸς τὴν λέξιν τὸ προφητικὸν ὲξειλήφαμενο εἰ δέ φησιν ό Ἰακὼβ ἀνεγνωκέναι ὲν ταῖς πλαξὶ τοῦ ούρανοῦ τά συμβησόμενα τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὅσον ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἀντιλέγοι τις ἂν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐναντία οἷς εἰρήκαμεν δηλοῦται διὰ τῆς Γ ραφῆς· ὲλέ· γομεν γὰρ ἄνθρωπον ἀκαταλήπτως ἔχειν τῶν σημείων· ό δὲ Ἰακώβ φησιν ἀνεγνωκέναι ἐν ταῖς πλαξὶ τοῦ ούρανοῦ ἁπολογησόμεθα,ὃτι οἱ καθʼ ἡμᾶς σοφοὶ, πνεύματι περισσοτέρῳ χρησάμενοι τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως, οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνως, θείως δὲ διδάσκονται τά ἀπόρρητα· ὥσπερ ό Παῦλος, λέγωνʼ ι Ἤκουσα ἄῤῥητα ῥήματα, ἀ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ λαλῆσαι· ι ἴσασι γάρ τροπῶν ἀλλαγὰς καὶ μεταβολάς καιρῶν, ἐνιαυτῶν κύκλους, καὶ ἀστέρων θέσεις, οὐκ ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων, ούδὲ διʼ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ἀποκαλύπτοντος αὐτοῖς, καὶ καθαρῶς, ὼς θέλει ό Θεὸς, τὰ θεῖα ἀπαγγέλλοντος. Καὶ ἄλλως δὲ ὁ Ἰακὼβ μείζων ἥ κατά ἄνθρωπον ἦν, πτερνίζων τὸν ἀδελφὺν αύτοῦ, καὶ ὁμολογῶν ὲν αὐτῇ ταύτῃ τῇ βίβλῳ, ἀφʼ ἧς παρεθέμεθα τό· ι Ἀνὲγνων ὲν ταῖς πλαξὶ τοῦ ούρανοῦ, ι εἶναι ἀρχικιλίαρχος δυνάμεως Κυρίου, καὶ δνομα πάλαι κεκτημένος Ἰσραήλ· ὅπερ ὲν σώματι λειτουργῶν ἀναγνωρίιζει, ὑπομιμνήσκοντος αὑτὸν τοῦ ἀρχαγγέλου Οὑριήλ. Μετά ταῦτα λείπεται ἐξετάσαι καὶ παραστῆσαι τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ὅτι είς σημεῖα κεῖνται οἱ φωστῆρες τοῦ ούρανοῦ· σανθήσῃ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν περιεργότερον φερομένων είς τοὺς τόπους, τίς ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ταῦτα τά σημεῖα τὸν Θεὸν πεποιηκέναι ὲν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Καὶ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν πρῶτον μὲν, ὅτι πιστεύομεν τὰ τῆς μεγαλειότητος τοῦ νοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶσαν γνῶσιν τὴν περὶ ἐκάστου τῶν ὄντων ὲμπεριειληφότος, ὥστε μηδὲ τὸ τυχὸν καλ νομιζόμενον ἐλάχιστον λανθάνειν τὴν θειότητα

tois topois, apognōnai tēn peri toutōn katalēpsin, oudamōs anthrōpois ekkeimenēn, allʼ ei ara mechri tou sēmanthēnai monon phthanousan. El de tis en peirą gegenētai tōn pragmatōn, mallon eisetai to en tǭ stochazesthai apoptōtikon tōn legontōn, kai autōn syngrapsamenōn, ēper nomizomenon (l ‘2) epiteuktikon. Kai Hēsaïas goun, hōs ou dynamenōn toutōn heuriskesthai hypo anthrōpōn, phēsi pros tēn thygatera tōn Chaldaiōn, tōn tauta malista para pantas epangellomenōn; i Stētōsan dē kai sōsatōsan se hoi astrologoi tou ouranou; anangeilatōsan soi ti mellei epi se erchesthai; i dia gar toutōn didaskometha mē dynasthai tous pany peri tauta philomatheis prodēloun, a beboulētai Kyrios hekastǭ ethnei epagagein. Nyn gar hōs pros tēn lexin to prophētikon exeilēphameno ei de phēsin o Iakōb anegnōkenai en tais plaxi tou ouranou ta symbēsomena tois huiois autou, kai hoson epi toutǭ antilegoi tis an hēmin, hoti enantia hois eirēkamen dēloutai dia tēs G raphēs; ele; gomen gar anthrōpon akatalēptōs echein tōn sēmeiōn; o de Iakōb phēsin anegnōkenai en tais plaxi tou ouranou hapologēsometha,hoti hoi kathʼ hēmas sophoi, pneumati perissoterǭ chrēsamenoi tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs, ouk anthrōpinōs, theiōs de didaskontai ta aporrēta; hōsper o Paulos, legōnʼ i Ēkousa arrhēta rhēmata, a ouk exon anthrōpǭ lalēsai; i isasi gar tropōn allagas kai metabolas kairōn, eniautōn kyklous, kai asterōn theseis, ouk apʼ anthrōpōn, oude diʼ anthrōpōn, alla tou pneumatos apokalyptontos autois, kai katharōs, ōs thelei o Theos, ta theia apangellontos. Kai allōs de ho Iakōb meizōn hē kata anthrōpon ēn, pternizōn ton adelphyn autou, kai homologōn en autę̄ tautę̄ tę̄ biblǭ, aphʼ hēs parethemetha to; i Anegnōn en tais plaxi tou ouranou, i einai archikiliarchos dynameōs Kyriou, kai dnoma palai kektēmenos Israēl; hoper en sōmati leitourgōn anagnōriizei, hypomimnēskontos hauton tou archangelou Houriēl. Meta tauta leipetai exetasai kai parastēsai tois pisteuousin, hoti eis sēmeia keintai hoi phōstēres tou ouranou; santhēsę̄ de hypo tōn periergoteron pheromenōn eis tous topous, tis hē aitia tou tauta ta sēmeia ton Theon pepoiēkenai en tǭ ouranǭ. Kai estin eipein prōton men, hoti pisteuomen ta tēs megaleiotētos tou nou tou Theou pasan gnōsin tēn peri ekastou tōn ontōn emperieilēphotos, hōste mēde to tychon kal nomizomenon elachiston lanthanein tēn theiotēta

these topics, to despair of grasping these things, which is in no way open to human beings, but reaches, if at all, only as far as their being signified. And if anyone has had experience of these matters, he will rather come to know how often those who speak of them, and those who have written about them, miss the mark in their conjectures than how often they are supposed to hit it. Isaiah, at any rate, as though these things cannot be found out by human beings, says to the daughter of the Chaldeans, who more than all others profess these things: “Let the astrologers of heaven stand up and save you; let them tell you what is about to come upon you.” For by these words we are taught that even those most devoted to learning about these things cannot make known beforehand what the Lord has willed to bring upon each nation. Now we have taken the prophetic word according to the letter. But if Jacob says that he read in the tablets of heaven what would befall his sons, and someone might object to us on this ground that Scripture shows the opposite of what we have said (for we said that a human being cannot grasp the signs, while Jacob says that he read in the tablets of heaven), we shall reply that the wise among us, having made use of a spirit greater than human nature, are taught secret things not in a human way but divinely; as Paul, who says: “I heard inexpressible words, which it is not permitted for a human being to speak.” For they know the changes of the solstices and the alterations of the seasons, the cycles of years and the positions of stars, not from human beings nor through human beings, but by the Spirit revealing them to them and purely announcing divine things, as God wills. And besides, Jacob was greater than a human being: he supplanted his brother, and he confesses in that very book from which we quoted “I read in the tablets of heaven” that he is a chief captain of the power of the Lord and has long possessed the name Israel; this he recognizes while serving in the body, when the archangel Uriel reminds him. After this it remains to examine and set before believers that the lights of heaven are set for signs; and it will be asked by those who go into these topics with more curiosity what the reason is for God's having made these signs in heaven. And one may say, first, that we believe what concerns the greatness of the mind of God, which has encompassed all knowledge concerning each thing that exists, so that not even what happens to be thought the least escapes his divinity;

Chapter 83

83PG 12:84a–84d

αὑτοῦ, δόξαν μὲν περιέχει τοῦ οίονεὶ ἄπειρα ἀριθμῷ οὔτως αὐτὸν ἐμπεριειληφέναι ἐν ἐαυτῷ, οῦ μὴν ἐναργῆ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν, ἀλλά πεπιστευμένην, ώς ἁρμόζουσαν τῷ ἀγεννήτῳ νῷ καὶ ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν φύσιν τυγχάνοντι. ’”Ινʼ οὖν τῇ πείρα τοῦτο καταλαμβάνηται ὑπὸ τῶν μειζόνων ἢ κατά ἄνθρωπον, καὶ τῶν ἁγίων ψυχῶν τοῦ ἐνεστηκότος δεσμοῦ ἀπηλλαγμένων ὡσπερεὶ γράμματα καὶ χαρακτῆρας καὶ διά τῆς τῶν οὐρανίων περιφορᾶς ἐποίησεν ἐν οὐρανῷ ό Θεὸς τοὺς δεδιδαγμένους καὶ διδαχθησομένους ἀναγινώσκειν τά σημεῖα τοῦ Θεοῦ. Οὐ θαυμαστὸν δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐνδείξεως τῆς πρὸς τοὺς μακαρίους ποιεῖν τινα τὸν Θεὸν, τῆς Γραφῆς λεγούσης τῷ Φαραώ· ι Είς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐξήγειρά σε, ὅπως ἐνδείξωμαι ὲν σοὶ τὴν δύναμίν μου, καὶ ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ. ι Θεοῦ, καὶ διαγγελίας τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ, ἐννόει πόσην ἔνδειξιν δυνάμεως Θεοῦ περιέχει τὰ οὐράνια σημεῖα, πάντων τῶν ἀπʼ αίῶνος ἕως συντελείας ἐντετυπωμένων τῇ ἀξία βίβλῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ οὑρανῷ. Δεύτερον δὲ στοχάζομαι ταῖς τά ἀνθρώπινα οἱκονομούσαις δυνάμεσιν ἐγκεῖσθαι τά σημεῖα, τνα τινὰ μὲν γινώσκωσι μόνον, τινὰ δέ ἐνεργῶσι· καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς παρʼ ἡμῖν βίβλοις ἀ μὲν γέγραπται ἵνα γινώσκωμεν, οἷον τά περ) κοσμοποιίας καὶ ἀλλα μυστήρια· ἃ δὲ ἵνα γινώσκοντες ποιῶμεν, ὥσπερ τά περὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς καὶ τά προστάγματα τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἐνδέχεται δὴ τὰ οὐράνια γράμματα, ἃ ἄγγελοι καὶ δυνάμεις θεῖαι ἀναγινώσκειν καλῶς δύνανται, περιέχειν τινὰ μὲν ἀναγνωσθησόμενα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων καὶ λειτουρα γῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα εὐφραίνωνται γινώσκοντες· τινὰ δὲ ὡσπερεὶ-ἐντολάς λαμβάνοντες ποιῶσι. Καὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτησόμεθα τὸ ἀνάλογον τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ λέγοντες ἔχειν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας· ἐὰν δὲ χείρονες καὶ ἕτεραι τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐνέργειαι ποιῶσί τινα τῶν προεγνωσμένων καὶ σημαινομένων ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐκ ἀνάγκη καὶ αὺτάς ἀπὺ τῶν Θεοῦ γραμμάτων ὑπομιμνησκομένας ποιεῖν ἃ ἐνεργοῦσιν· ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἀνθρωποι ἀδικοῦντες, οὐ μανθάνοντες προεγνωκέναι τὸν Θεὸν τὸ τόνδε τινὰ ἀδικήσεσθαι ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, ἐνεργοῦσι τὸ ἀδικεῖν ἐκ τῆς ἑαυτῶν πονηρίας· οὕτως al ἀντικειμεναι δυνάμεις τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν κακίαν τῶν τά μοχθηρά βουλομένων ἀνθρώπων προεγνωκότες, τῇ ἰδίᾳ. αἰσχίστῃ ἐπιτελοῦσι προαιρέσει. Οί μέντοι ἱεροὶ ἀγγελοι, τά λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, τὰ είς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα, εἰκὸς ὅτι ὡς ἀπὸ νόμου Θεοῦ γεγραμμένα τὰ προστάγματα λαμβάνοντες, τεταγμένως, καὶ ὅτε δεῖ, καὶ ὠς δεῖ, καὶ ὅσον δεῖ ποιοῦσι τά κρείττονα· ἄτοπον γὰρ αὐτοὺς θείους ὄντας ἀποκληον ρωτικῶς καὶ οὐχ ὡρισμένως ἔρχεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ, φέρʼ εἰπεῖν, χρηματίσαι τι τῷ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ποιῆσαί τιτῷ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ῥύσασθαι ἐκ κινδύνου τὸν ’1ακὼ6,ἢ ἐπιστῆναι τῷ πνεύματι τοῦδε τοῦ προφήτου. Ἰνα οὖν μὴ ἀποκληρωτικῶς μηδὲ κατὰ συντυχίαν τοῦτο πράττωσιν, ἀναγινώσκουσι τὴν βίβλον τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ οὕτως ποιοῦσι τὰ αὐτοῖς ἐπιβάλλοντα. Ὠς προείπομεν δὲ, ἡμεῖς ἀ ποιοῦμεν, ἢαί ἀντικείμεναι ἐνέργειαι, ἃ ἐπιτελοῦσιν εἰς ἡμᾶς, ἰδίᾳ προαιρέσει

hautou, doxan men periechei tou oionei apeira arithmǭ outōs auton emperieilēphenai en eautǭ, ou mēn enargē tēn apodeixin, alla pepisteumenēn, ōs harmozousan tǭ agennētǭ nǭ kai hyper pasan physin tynchanonti. ’”Inʼ oun tę̄ peira touto katalambanētai hypo tōn meizonōn ē kata anthrōpon, kai tōn hagiōn psychōn tou enestēkotos desmou apēllagmenōn hōsperei grammata kai charaktēras kai dia tēs tōn ouraniōn periphoras epoiēsen en ouranǭ o Theos tous dedidagmenous kai didachthēsomenous anaginōskein ta sēmeia tou Theou. Ou thaumaston de kai hyper endeixeōs tēs pros tous makarious poiein tina ton Theon, tēs Graphēs legousēs tǭ Pharaō; i Eis auto touto exēgeira se, hopōs endeixōmai en soi tēn dynamin mou, kai hopōs diangelę̄ to onoma mou en pasę̄ tę̄ gę̄. i Theou, kai diangelias tou onomatos autou en pasę̄ tę̄ gę̄, ennoei posēn endeixin dynameōs Theou periechei ta ourania sēmeia, pantōn tōn apʼ aiōnos heōs synteleias entetypōmenōn tę̄ axia biblǭ tou Theou tǭ houranǭ. Deuteron de stochazomai tais ta anthrōpina hoikonomousais dynamesin enkeisthai ta sēmeia, tna tina men ginōskōsi monon, tina de energōsi; kathaper en tais parʼ hēmin biblois a men gegraptai hina ginōskōmen, hoion ta per) kosmopoiias kai alla mystēria; ha de hina ginōskontes poiōmen, hōsper ta peri tas entolas kai ta prostagmata tou Theou. Endechetai dē ta ourania grammata, ha angeloi kai dynameis theiai anaginōskein kalōs dynantai, periechein tina men anagnōsthēsomena hypo tōn angelōn kai leitoura gōn tou Theou, hina euphrainōntai ginōskontes; tina de hōsperei-entolas lambanontes poiōsi. Kai ouch hamartēsometha to analogon tois en tǭ nomǭ legontes echein ton ouranon kai tous asteras; ean de cheirones kai heterai tou anthrōpou energeiai poiōsi tina tōn proegnōsmenōn kai sēmainomenōn en ouranǭ, ouk anankē kai autas apy tōn Theou grammatōn hypomimnēskomenas poiein ha energousin; allʼ hōsper anthrōpoi adikountes, ou manthanontes proegnōkenai ton Theon to tonde tina adikēsesthai hypʼ autōn, energousi to adikein ek tēs heautōn ponērias; houtōs al antikeimenai dynameis tou Theou, tēn kakian tōn ta mochthēra boulomenōn anthrōpōn proegnōkotes, tę̄ idią. aischistę̄ epitelousi proairesei. Oi mentoi hieroi angeloi, ta leitourgika pneumata, ta eis diakonian apostellomena, eikos hoti hōs apo nomou Theou gegrammena ta prostagmata lambanontes, tetagmenōs, kai hote dei, kai ōs dei, kai hoson dei poiousi ta kreittona; atopon gar autous theious ontas apoklēon rōtikōs kai ouch hōrismenōs erchesthai epi to, pherʼ eipein, chrēmatisai ti tǭ Abraam, kai poiēsai titǭ Isaak, kai rhysasthai ek kindynou ton ’1akō6,ē epistēnai tǭ pneumati toude tou prophētou. Ina oun mē apoklērōtikōs mēde kata syntychian touto prattōsin, anaginōskousi tēn biblon tou Theou; kai houtōs poiousi ta autois epiballonta. Ōs proeipomen de, hēmeis a poioumen, ēai antikeimenai energeiai, ha epitelousin eis hēmas, idią proairesei

this contains the conviction that he has encompassed in himself in this way things as it were infinite in number, yet not as a clear demonstration but as something believed, since it befits the unbegotten mind which is above every nature. In order, then, that this may be grasped by experience by those greater than human beings, and by holy souls released from the present bond, God made in heaven, through the revolution of the heavenly bodies, as it were letters and characters, so that those who have been taught and will be taught might read the signs of God. And it is not surprising that God does something also to make a display to the blessed, since Scripture says to Pharaoh: “For this very purpose I raised you up, that I might display my power in you, and that my name might be proclaimed in all the earth.” … of God, and of the proclaiming of his name in all the earth, consider how great a display of God's power the heavenly signs contain, since all things from eternity to the consummation are imprinted on the heaven, God's worthy book. Second, I conjecture that the signs are set for the powers that administer human affairs, so that some things they only know and others they carry out; just as, in the books we have, some things are written that we may know them, such as what concerns the making of the world and other mysteries, and others that, knowing them, we may do them, such as what concerns God's commandments and ordinances. It is possible, then, that the heavenly letters, which angels and divine powers are able to read well, contain some things to be read by the angels and ministers of God so that they may rejoice in knowing them, and others which they carry out, receiving them as commandments. And we shall not err if we say that the heaven and the stars correspond to what is in the law. But if worse energies, other than man, do some of the things foreknown and signified in heaven, it is not necessary that they too do what they do because they are reminded by God's letters; rather, just as men who do wrong, without learning that God has foreknown that this person will be wronged by them, do the wrong out of their own wickedness, so the powers opposed to God, having foreknown the wickedness of men who wish for evil things, carry it out by their own most shameful choice. The holy angels, however, “the ministering spirits sent out for service”, probably receive the commands written as from a law of God and do the better things in order, and when they must, and as they must, and as much as they must. For it would be absurd that they, being divine, should come at random and not by determination to give, say, an oracle to Abraham, and do something for Isaac, and rescue Jacob from danger, or stand over the spirit of this or that prophet. So that they may not do this at random or by chance, they read the book of God, and so do what falls to them. But, as we said before, what we do, and what the opposing energies accomplish against us, are done by our own choice

Chapter 85

85PG 12:85a–85d

ποιοῦμενο ἀτάκτῳ μὲν, ὅτε ἁμαρτάνομεν, πεπαιδευμένη δὲ, οὐκ ἄτερ ἀγγέλων, οὐδὲ θείων γραμμάτων, οὐδὲ ’ὑπηρετῶν ἁγίων, ὅτε Θεῷ εύάρεστα πράττομεν. Κα. Κλήμης δὲ ὁ Ῥωμαῖος, Πέτρου ἀποστόλου μαθητὴς, συνῳδὰ τούτοις ὲν τῷ παρόντι προβλήματι πρὸς 7 τὸν πατέρα ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ εἰπὼν ὲν ’ταῖς Περιόδοις, ἀναγκαιότατόν τι ἐπὶ τέλει τῶν τοιούτων λόγων φησὶ περὶ τῶν τῆς γενέσεως δοκούντων ἐκβεβηκέναι λόγῳ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῳ· ι Καῖὸ πατήρ· Σύγγνωθί μοι, ὧ τέκνοψ οἱ μὲν γάρ χθές σου λόγοι ἀληθεῖς ὅντες συνελογίσαντο μοι συνθέσθαι σοι· ἡ δὲ ὲμὴ συνείδησις μικρά με, ὥσπερ πυρετοῦ ἔλλειμμα, πρὸς ἀπιστίαν βραχέα βασανίζει* σύνοιδα γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ τὰ τῆς γενέσεως πάντα μοι ἀποτελεσθέντα. Κάγὼ ἀπεκρινάμηνο Συννόησόν μοι, ὦ πάτερ, οἵαν φύσιν ἔχει τὸ μάθημα, ἐξ ὧν ἐγὼ συμβουλεύω. Μαθηματικῷ συμβαλὼν εἰπὲ πρῶτον αὐτῷ, ὅτι, Τάδε μοι φαῦλα ὲν τῷδε τῷ χρόνῳ γέγονεν· ὲκ τίνος ἄρα μοι τῶν ἀστέρων γέγονε, μαθεῖν ἤθελον. Καὶ ἐρεῖ, ὅτι τοὺς χρόνους κακοποιὸς διεδέξατο Ἀρης ἢ Κρόνος, ἦ τούτων τις ἀποκαταστατικὸς (ιω-ἐγένετο, ἢ τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν τοῦτόν τις ὲπεθεώέ ρησεν ὲκ τετραγώνου, ἢ διαμέτρου, συνὼν, ἢ κεκεντρωμένος, ἢ παρὰ αἵρεσιν. Ὅμως καὶ ἄλλα μυρία εἰπεῖν ἔχει· πρὸς τούτοις δὲ, ἢάγαθοποιὸς κακῷ ἀσύνθετος ἦν, ἢ ἀνεπιθεώρητος, ἦ ὲν σχήματι, ἦ παρά αἵρεσιν, ἢ ἐν ἐκλείψει, ἦ ἀνεπισύναφος,ἢ ὲν ἀμαυροῖς ἄστροις. ’Καὶ ὅμως πολλῶν προφάσεων οὐσῶν, πρὸς ἃ ἢκουσε τάς ἀποδείξεις παρασχεῖν ἔχει. Μετά τοῦτον οὖν τὸν μαθηματικὸν ἑτέρῳ προσελθὼν, τὰ ἐναντία εἰπέ· ὅτι, Τόδε μοι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐν τῷδε τῷ χρόνῳ γέγονεʼ σὺ δὲ τὸν χρόνον τὸν αὐτὸν λέγε ἀπαίτει δὲ ὲκ τίνος ἄρα τῆς γενέσεως τοῦτο γέγονε. Kal. ὅμως, ὡς προεῖπον, ἔχει, σοῦ καταψε αὐτὸς ὲκ πολλῶν σχημάτων ’ἐν τι εὑρεῖν σχῆμα, καὶ δεύτερον, καὶ τρίτον, καὶ πλείονα, ὡς αὐτὸ ἐνεργῆσαν ὅθεν τά ἀγαθά ἐρεῖ γεγενῆσθαιο ἀδύνατον γάρ ὲν πάσῃ γενέσει ἀνθρώπων, μὴ ἐν πάσῃ ὥρᾳ, τῶν ἀστέρων τοὺς μὲν καλῶς κεῖσθαι, τοὺς δὲ κακῶς· κύκλος γάρ ἐστιν ἱσομερὴς, ποικίλος, ἀπείρους ἔχων τὰς προφάσεις· πρὸς ἃς ἕκαστος εἰπεῖν ἔχει ὃ θέλει· ὃν γὰρ τρόπον ἐπὶ τῶν λοξῶν ὀνείρων ἐνίοτε οὐδὲν νοοῦμεν, ἀποβάντων δὲ οἰκειοτάτην προσφέρομεν ὲπίλυσινο οὕτως καὶ τὸ μάθημα, πρὸ τοῦ τι ἀποτελεσθῆναι, οὐδὲν σαφὲς ἡμῖν μηνῦσαι δύναται· μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ γενομένου ἱστορίαν τότε πρόδηλος ή τῆς ἐκβάσεως αἰτία φαίνεται· πολλάκις μὲν οῦν οἱ προλέγοντες πταίουσι, καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἔκβασιν ἑαυτοὺς μέμφονται, λέγοντες ὅτι, Τόδεῆν τὸ ποιῆσαν, καὶ ούκ εἴδομεν. Τὸ μὲν οὖν καὶ τοὺς πάνυ ἐπιστήμονας πταίειν γίέ νεται διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι, ib; χθὲς ἔφην, ποῖα πάντως τῆς γενέσεως αἴτια γίνεται, ποῖα δὲ ού πάντως, καὶ ποῖα πάντως ποιῆσαι ἐπιθυμοῦμεν, ού πάντως δὲ ποιοῦμεν. ’Ἦδε δὲ ἡ αἰτία ἡμῖν, τοῖς μυστήριον με· μαθηκὸσι, σαφής ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐλεύθερον ἔχοντες λογισμὸν, ἐνίοτε ἐπέχειν ταύτην βουλευσάμενοι, νενικήκαμεν. Οἱ δὲ ἀστρολόγοι, τοῦτο αὐτὸ τὸ μυστήριον οὐκ εἰδότες, περὶ πάσης προαιρέσεως ἀποφηνάμενοι ἐξ

poioumeno ataktǭ men, hote hamartanomen, pepaideumenē de, ouk ater angelōn, oude theiōn grammatōn, oude ’hypēretōn hagiōn, hote Theǭ euaresta prattomen. Ka. Klēmēs de ho Rhōmaios, Petrou apostolou mathētēs, synǭda toutois en tǭ paronti problēmati pros 7 ton patera en Laodikeią eipōn en ’tais Periodois, anankaiotaton ti epi telei tōn toioutōn logōn phēsi peri tōn tēs geneseōs dokountōn ekbebēkenai logǭ tessareskaidekatǭ; i Kaio patēr; Syngnōthi moi, hō teknops hoi men gar chthes sou logoi alētheis hontes synelogisanto moi synthesthai soi; hē de emē syneidēsis mikra me, hōsper pyretou elleimma, pros apistian brachea basanizei* synoida gar emautǭ ta tēs geneseōs panta moi apotelesthenta. Kagō apekrinamēno Synnoēson moi, ō pater, hoian physin echei to mathēma, ex hōn egō symbouleuō. Mathēmatikǭ symbalōn eipe prōton autǭ, hoti, Tade moi phaula en tǭde tǭ chronǭ gegonen; ek tinos ara moi tōn asterōn gegone, mathein ēthelon. Kai erei, hoti tous chronous kakopoios diedexato Arēs ē Kronos, ē toutōn tis apokatastatikos (iō-egeneto, ē ton eniauton touton tis epetheōe rēsen ek tetragōnou, ē diametrou, synōn, ē kekentrōmenos, ē para hairesin. Homōs kai alla myria eipein echei; pros toutois de, ēagathopoios kakǭ asynthetos ēn, ē anepitheōrētos, ē en schēmati, ē para hairesin, ē en ekleipsei, ē anepisynaphos,ē en amaurois astrois. ’Kai homōs pollōn prophaseōn ousōn, pros ha ēkouse tas apodeixeis paraschein echei. Meta touton oun ton mathēmatikon heterǭ proselthōn, ta enantia eipe; hoti, Tode moi to agathon en tǭde tǭ chronǭ gegoneʼ sy de ton chronon ton auton lege apaitei de ek tinos ara tēs geneseōs touto gegone. Kal. homōs, hōs proeipon, echei, sou katapse autos ek pollōn schēmatōn ’en ti heurein schēma, kai deuteron, kai triton, kai pleiona, hōs auto energēsan hothen ta agatha erei gegenēsthaio adynaton gar en pasę̄ genesei anthrōpōn, mē en pasę̄ hōrą, tōn asterōn tous men kalōs keisthai, tous de kakōs; kyklos gar estin hisomerēs, poikilos, apeirous echōn tas prophaseis; pros has hekastos eipein echei ho thelei; hon gar tropon epi tōn loxōn oneirōn eniote ouden nooumen, apobantōn de oikeiotatēn prospheromen epilysino houtōs kai to mathēma, pro tou ti apotelesthēnai, ouden saphes hēmin mēnysai dynatai; meta de tēn tou genomenou historian tote prodēlos ē tēs ekbaseōs aitia phainetai; pollakis men oun hoi prolegontes ptaiousi, kai meta tēn ekbasin heautous memphontai, legontes hoti, Todeēn to poiēsan, kai ouk eidomen. To men oun kai tous pany epistēmonas ptaiein gie netai dia to mē eidenai, ib? chthes ephēn, poia pantōs tēs geneseōs aitia ginetai, poia de ou pantōs, kai poia pantōs poiēsai epithymoumen, ou pantōs de poioumen. ’Ēde de hē aitia hēmin, tois mystērion me; mathēkosi, saphēs estin, hoti eleutheron echontes logismon, eniote epechein tautēn bouleusamenoi, nenikēkamen. Hoi de astrologoi, touto auto to mystērion ouk eidotes, peri pasēs proaireseōs apophēnamenoi ex

we do: disorderly when we sin, but instructed, not without angels, nor without divine letters, nor without holy ministers, when we do what is pleasing to God. And Clement of Rome, the disciple of the apostle Peter, speaking in agreement with this on the present problem to his father at Laodicea in the Circuits, says something most necessary at the end of such discussions, concerning the things of the nativity that seemed to have come true, in the fourteenth book: “And my father said: ‘Forgive me, my child. Your arguments of yesterday, being true, reasoned me into agreeing with you; but my conscience, like the remnant of a fever, torments me a little toward unbelief; for I know in myself that everything in my nativity was fulfilled for me.’ And I answered: ‘Consider with me, father, what kind of nature the science has, from what I advise. Meeting an astrologer, say to him first: “Such and such misfortunes happened to me at such a time; I want to learn from which of the stars they happened to me.” And he will say that the maleficent Mars or Saturn took over the periods, or one of them was returning to its place, or some star aspected this year from a square or from opposition, being in conjunction, or on a centre, or out of its sect. And he can say countless other things: besides these, that the beneficent star was not joined to the evil one, or did not aspect it, or was in such a figure, or out of its sect, or in eclipse, or unconnected, or among dim stars. And so, there being many pretexts, he can furnish proofs for what he has heard. After this astrologer, then, go to another and tell him the opposite: “Such a good thing happened to me at such a time” (name the same time), and demand from what in the nativity this happened. And yet, as I said before, even though you have lied, he can himself find among many figures one figure, and a second, and a third, and more, as having worked, from which he will say the good things came about. For it is impossible in any nativity of human beings, indeed at any hour, that some of the stars should not be well placed and others badly; for the circle is of equal parts, varied, holding countless pretexts, from which each can say what he wishes. For just as with ambiguous dreams we sometimes understand nothing, but once they have come to pass we bring forward a most fitting interpretation, so too the science can show us nothing clear before something has been fulfilled, but after the account of what has happened, then the cause of the outcome appears plain. Often, then, those who foretell stumble, and after the outcome they blame themselves, saying, “This was what did it, and we did not see it.” That even the very skilled stumble happens because they do not know, as I said yesterday, which causes in the nativity act necessarily and which not necessarily, and what we desire necessarily to do yet do not necessarily do. The reason is clear to us who have learned the mystery: having a free reasoning, we have sometimes resolved to restrain desire and have conquered it. But the astrologers, not knowing this very mystery, having pronounced on every choice from

Chapter 87

87PG 12:88a–88d

ἀρχῆς, πταίσαντες τοὺς κλιμακτῆρας ἐπενόησαν, εἰς ἀδηλότητα ποιούμενοι τὴν προαίρεσιν, ὼς χθὲς ἀπεδείξαμεν. Σὺ δὲ τοῦ λοιποῦ πρὸς ταῦτα εἴ τι ἔχεις εἰπεῖν, λέγε. Καὶ ὀμόσας ἀπεκρίνατο, μηδὲν τούτων ἀληθέστερον εἶναι, ὧν εἶπεν. ι ι Καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς δύο φωστῆρας τοὺς μεγάλους, τὺν φωστῆρα τὸν μέγαν εἰς τὰς ἀρχὰς τῆς ἡμέρας, καὶ τὸν φωστῆρα ἐλάσσω είς ἀρχὰς τῆς νυκτὸς, καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας. Καὶ ἔθετο αὐτοὺς ό Θεὸς ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὥστε φαίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἄρχειν τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς νυκτός. ι Ζητητέον δὴ εί ταύτόν ἐστι τὸ, είς ἀρχὰς τῆς ἡμέρας, τῷ, καί ἄρχειν τῆς ἡμέρας· καὶ τὸ, είς ἀρχὰς τῆς νυκτὸς, τῷ, καὶ ἄρχειν τῆς νυκτός.Καὶ ό ’Δκύλας γὰρ τὸ ἀνάλογον ἐτήρησε, ποιήσας ἀντὶ μὲν τοῦ, είς ἀρχὰς, εις ἐξουσίαν· ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ, ἄρχειν, ἐξουσιάζὲιν. Φασὶ δὲ οἷς ἐμέλησε τῆς τῶν σημαινομένων ἐξετάσεως, ἐν τοῖς τόποις τοῖς ἔχουσι συζυγίαν προσηγοριῶν καὶ κατηγορημάτων, προῦφίστασθαι τὰ τυγχάνοντα τῶν προσηγοριῶν, καὶ ἐπιγίνεσθαι τὰ κατηγορήματα παρὰ τὰς προσηγορίας· καὶ προσηγορίαν μέν ἔχουσαν κατηγόρημα φασιν, οἷον τὴν φρόνησιν, κατηγόρημα δὲ εἶναι τὸ φρονεῖν· ὁμοίως προσηγορίαν τὴν σωφροσύνην, κατηγόρημα τὸ σωφρονεῖν· καὶ προϋφίστασθαι φασι τὴν φρόνησιν, εἶτʼ ἐπιγίνεσθαι κατηγόρημα, άπὸ φρονήσεως τὸ φρονεῖν. Ταῦτα δέ εί καὶ ὅόξομέν τισι παρὰ τὸ βούλημα ποιεῖν τῆς Γραφῆς, τετηρήκαμεν· ἐπεὶ ὁ μὲν ποιῶν τοὺς φωστῆρας Θεὸς ποιεῖ τὸν μὲν μέγαν εἰς ἀρχὰς τῆς ἡμέρας, τὸν δὲ ἐλάσσω είς ἀρχὰς τῆς νυκτός· τίθεται δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐκέτι είς ἀρχὰς τῆς ἡμέρας καὶτῆς νυκτὸς, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὺ ἄρχειν τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς νυκτός. Τὸ γὰρ τεταγμένως καὶ ἀκολούθως τῷ τεχνολογουμένῳ κατὰ τὸν τόπον προτετάχθαι τὰς προσηγορίας, εἶτʼ ἐπιφέρεσθαι τὰ κατ

archēs, ptaisantes tous klimaktēras epenoēsan, eis adēlotēta poioumenoi tēn proairesin, ōs chthes apedeixamen. Sy de tou loipou pros tauta ei ti echeis eipein, lege. Kai omosas apekrinato, mēden toutōn alēthesteron einai, hōn eipen. i i Kai epoiēsen ho Theos tous dyo phōstēras tous megalous, tyn phōstēra ton megan eis tas archas tēs hēmeras, kai ton phōstēra elassō eis archas tēs nyktos, kai tous asteras. Kai etheto autous o Theos en tǭ stereōmati tou ouranou, hōste phainein epi tēs gēs, kai archein tēs hēmeras kai tēs nyktos. i Zētēteon dē ei tauton esti to, eis archas tēs hēmeras, tǭ, kai archein tēs hēmeras; kai to, eis archas tēs nyktos, tǭ, kai archein tēs nyktos.Kai o ’Dkylas gar to analogon etērēse, poiēsas anti men tou, eis archas, eis exousian; anti de tou, archein, exousiazein. Phasi de hois emelēse tēs tōn sēmainomenōn exetaseōs, en tois topois tois echousi syzygian prosēgoriōn kai katēgorēmatōn, prouphistasthai ta tynchanonta tōn prosēgoriōn, kai epiginesthai ta katēgorēmata para tas prosēgorias; kai prosēgorian men echousan katēgorēma phasin, hoion tēn phronēsin, katēgorēma de einai to phronein; homoiōs prosēgorian tēn sōphrosynēn, katēgorēma to sōphronein; kai proÿphistasthai phasi tēn phronēsin, eitʼ epiginesthai katēgorēma, apo phronēseōs to phronein. Tauta de ei kai hooxomen tisi para to boulēma poiein tēs Graphēs, tetērēkamen; epei ho men poiōn tous phōstēras Theos poiei ton men megan eis archas tēs hēmeras, ton de elassō eis archas tēs nyktos; tithetai de autous en tǭ stereōmati tou ouranou, ouketi eis archas tēs hēmeras kaitēs nyktos, alla eis ty archein tēs hēmeras kai tēs nyktos. To gar tetagmenōs kai akolouthōs tǭ technologoumenǭ kata ton topon protetachthai tas prosēgorias, eitʼ epipheresthai ta kat

the beginning, when they stumbled, invented the climacterics, making choice a matter of uncertainty, as we showed yesterday. But you, if you have anything further to say against this, speak.’ And he answered with an oath that nothing was truer than what had been said.” [Gen 1:16–17] “And God made the two great lights, the great light for the rules of the day and the lesser light for the rules of the night, and the stars. And God set them in the firmament of heaven to shine upon the earth and to rule the day and the night.” We must inquire whether “for the rules of the day” is the same as “and to rule the day,” and “for the rules of the night” the same as “and to rule the night.” For Aquila too kept the correspondence, putting “for authority” in place of “for the rules” and “to exercise authority” in place of “to rule.” Those who have devoted care to the examination of meanings say that, in passages with a pairing of appellatives and predicates, the appellatives come first, and the predicates arise from the appellatives. They call an appellative, for instance, prudence, which has a predicate, and the predicate is “being prudent”; likewise the appellative is self-control, the predicate “being self-controlled.” And they say that prudence comes first, and then the predicate arises from prudence, “being prudent.” These things we have observed, even if some will think we are acting against the intent of Scripture; for when God makes the lights, he makes the great one for the rules of the day and the lesser one for the rules of the night, but when he sets them in the firmament of heaven, it is no longer for the rules of the day and of the night, but for ruling the day and the night. For, in proper order and in keeping with the technical teaching on this topic, the appellatives are set first and then the predicates follow;

Chapter 89

89PG 12:89a–89d

ηγορήματα, κεκίνηκεν ήμᾶς μήποτε τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ παρά τῷ θεράποντι νενόηται, οὕτως ἕχον, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπεὶ 6 κυριώτατα ἑρμηνεύειν φιλοτιμούμενος Ἀκύλας οὑκ ἄλλο πεποίηκε παρά τήν προσηγορίαν καὶ τὸ κατηγόρημα. Ἐπιστησάτω δʼ 6 δυσπαραδέκτως ἔχων τούτων, εί δύναται ἠθικὸν πρόβλημα, ἢ φυσιολογούμενον,ἢ θεολογούμενον χωρὶς ἀκριβείας σημαινομένων καὶ τῶν κατά τὸν λογικὸν τόπον τρανουμένων, ὃν δεῖ τρόπον παρίστασθαι. Τί γὰρ ἄτοπον ἀκούειν τῶν κυριολεκτουμένων ὲν ταῖς διαλέκτοις, καὶ ὲφιστάνειν ἐπιμελῶς τοῖς σημαινομένοις; ἔστι γάρ ὅπου παρά τὴν ἄγνοιαν τῶν λογικῶν μεγάλως περιπίπτομεν μὴ καθαίροντες τὰς ὁμωνυμίας, καὶ ἀμφιβολίας, καὶ καταχρήσεις, καὶ κυριολεξίας, καὶ διαστολάς· οἷον παρά τὸ ἀγνοεῖσθαι τὴν ὁμώνυμον τῆς κόσμου προσηγορίας φωνὴν ἐκπεπτώκασιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀσεβέστατα φρονεῖν περὶ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ οἱ μὴ καθάραντες, ἐπὶ τίνων κεῖται τὸ, ι ’0 κόσμος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται, ι ὅτι ἀντὶ τῶν περιγείων καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων τοῦτο οὕτως ἐκεῖ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ εἴρηται. Οίηθέντες γάρ κόσμον κατʼ αὐτὴν τὴν λέξιν σημαίνεσθαι τὸ σύστημα τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν έν αὐτοῖς, θρασύτατα καὶ ἀνοσιώτατα ἀποφαίνονται περὶ Θεοῦ· μηδαμῶς ἔργῳ δεικνύναι δυνάμενοι πῶς ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη καὶ ἀστέρες, τά οὕτω τεταγμένως κινούμενα, κεῖται ὲν τῷ πονηο ρῷ. Εἶτα ἐὰν προσάγωμεν αὐτοῖς ὲκ τοῦ, ι Οὗτός ἑστιν ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 6 αἴρων τῂν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου, ι ὅτι κόσμος ἔνθα ὴ ἁμαρτία πλεονάζει” κατά ταύτας τάς λέξεις λέγεται, τουτέστιν ὲν τοῖς περιγείοις τόποις, εὐγνωμονοῦντες μὲν προσήσονται τὰ λεγόμενα, φιλονεικοῦντες δὲ, ἠλιθίως ἀναστρεφὸμενοι, ἐπιμενοῦσι τοῖς ἅπαξ κριθεῖσι μοχθηροῖς διά τὴν ἄγνοιαν τῆς ὁμωνυμίαςο πάλιν τε αὖ ὲάν λέγηται, ι Θεὸς ἦν ὲν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ, ι οὐκέτι δυνήσονται ὃ ὲξειλήφασι περὶ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου, τουτέστι περὶ τῶν ὲν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ, μάλιστα κατά τὰς ὑποθέσεις αὐτῶν δεῖξαιο καὶ κατʼ αὑτοῦ γὰρ ἀνάγκη τὴν λέξιν ὡς ὁμώνυμον ἐξετάζεσθαι. Καὶ περὶ τὴν ἀμφιβολίαν δὲ μοχθηρῶν ἐκ· δοχῶν καὶ παρά τὴν διαστολὴν τῶν στιγμῶν, καὶ ἄλλων δὲ μυρίων παραδείγματά ἐστι φιλοτιμησάμενον οὐκ ὀλίγα λαβεῖν. Ταῦτα δὲ παρεξέβημεν, ενα δείξωμεν, ὅτι καὶ καθʼ ἡμᾶς τοὺς θέλοντας μὴ σφάλλεσθαι περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὲν τῷ νοεῖν τὰς θείας Γραφάς ἀναγκαιότατά ἐστι τά πίπτοντα είς τὴν χρῆσιν εἰδέναι λογικά· ὧν καὶ νῦν ἐδεήθημεν είς τὸ εὑρεῖν τὴν διαφορὰν τῶν λεγομένων γεγονέναι ι εἰς ἀρχὰς τῆς νυκτὸς, ικαὶ( είς τὸ ἄρχειν τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς νυκτός.

ēgorēmata, kekinēken ēmas mēpote to pragma kai para tǭ theraponti nenoētai, houtōs hechon, kai malista epei 6 kyriōtata hermēneuein philotimoumenos Akylas houk allo pepoiēke para tēn prosēgorian kai to katēgorēma. Epistēsatō dʼ 6 dysparadektōs echōn toutōn, ei dynatai ēthikon problēma, ē physiologoumenon,ē theologoumenon chōris akribeias sēmainomenōn kai tōn kata ton logikon topon tranoumenōn, hon dei tropon paristasthai. Ti gar atopon akouein tōn kyriolektoumenōn en tais dialektois, kai ephistanein epimelōs tois sēmainomenois? esti gar hopou para tēn agnoian tōn logikōn megalōs peripiptomen mē kathairontes tas homōnymias, kai amphibolias, kai katachrēseis, kai kyriolexias, kai diastolas; hoion para to agnoeisthai tēn homōnymon tēs kosmou prosēgorias phōnēn ekpeptōkasin epi to asebestata phronein peri tou Dēmiourgou hoi mē katharantes, epi tinōn keitai to, i ’0 kosmos en tǭ ponērǭ keitai, i hoti anti tōn perigeiōn kai anthrōpinōn touto houtōs ekei tǭ Iōannę̄ eirētai. Oiēthentes gar kosmon katʼ autēn tēn lexin sēmainesthai to systēma to ex ouranou kai gēs kai tōn en autois, thrasytata kai anosiōtata apophainontai peri Theou; mēdamōs ergǭ deiknynai dynamenoi pōs hēlios kai selēnē kai asteres, ta houtō tetagmenōs kinoumena, keitai en tǭ ponēo rǭ. Eita ean prosagōmen autois ek tou, i Houtos hestin ho amnos tou Theou 6 airōn tę̄n hamartian tou kosmou, i hoti kosmos entha ē hamartia pleonazei” kata tautas tas lexeis legetai, toutestin en tois perigeiois topois, eugnōmonountes men prosēsontai ta legomena, philoneikountes de, ēlithiōs anastrephomenoi, epimenousi tois hapax kritheisi mochthērois dia tēn agnoian tēs homōnymiaso palin te au ean legētai, i Theos ēn en Christǭ kosmon katallassōn heautǭ, i ouketi dynēsontai ho exeilēphasi peri pantos tou kosmou, toutesti peri tōn en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ, malista kata tas hypotheseis autōn deixaio kai katʼ hautou gar anankē tēn lexin hōs homōnymon exetazesthai. Kai peri tēn amphibolian de mochthērōn ek; dochōn kai para tēn diastolēn tōn stigmōn, kai allōn de myriōn paradeigmata esti philotimēsamenon ouk oliga labein. Tauta de parexebēmen, ena deixōmen, hoti kai kathʼ hēmas tous thelontas mē sphallesthai peri tēn alētheian en tǭ noein tas theias Graphas anankaiotata esti ta piptonta eis tēn chrēsin eidenai logika; hōn kai nyn edeēthēmen eis to heurein tēn diaphoran tōn legomenōn gegonenai i eis archas tēs nyktos, ikai( eis to archein tēs hēmeras kai tēs nyktos.

this has moved us to ask whether perhaps the matter was also understood in this way by the servant, especially since Aquila, who strives to translate most literally, did nothing other than render the appellative and the predicate. Let anyone who finds these things hard to accept consider whether an ethical problem, or one of natural philosophy or of theology, can be presented as it should be without precision in meanings and in what is made clear in the field of logic. For what is absurd about learning the proper usages in languages and attending carefully to meanings? There are times when, through ignorance of logic, we fall into great errors by not clearing up homonymies, ambiguities, misuses, proper usages, and distinctions. For instance, through ignorance that the term “world” is homonymous, those who did not clarify to what “The world lies in the evil one” applies (namely, that John said it there of earthly and human things) have fallen into thinking most impiously about the Creator. For supposing that “world” in this very passage signifies the system made of heaven and earth and what is in them, they make the most reckless and unholy pronouncements about God, though they can in no way show in fact how sun and moon and stars, which move in such order, lie in the evil one. Then, if we bring forward to them from “This is the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world” that in these words “world” is said where sin abounds, that is, in the earthly places, if they are fair-minded they will accept what is said; but if they are contentious, behaving foolishly, they will persist in the wicked opinions they once formed, because of their ignorance of the homonymy. And again, if it is said, “God was in Christ reconciling the world to himself,” they will no longer be able to show that they have taken it of the whole world, that is, of the things in the whole world, especially on their own premises; for on their view too the word must be examined as homonymous. And concerning ambiguity, too, one who took pains could collect not a few examples of wicked interpretations, arising also from the placing of punctuation, and of countless other things. We have made this digression to show that for us too, who wish not to err concerning the truth in understanding the divine Scriptures, it is most necessary to know the parts of logic that come into use. We have needed them now too, to find the difference between what are said to have come to be “for the rules of the night” and “for ruling the day and the night.”

Chapter 91

91PG 12:92a–92b

Τῶν δὲ ἱερῶν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμων ἀποστόλων τε καὶ μαθητῶν ἐφʼ ἃπασαν διασπαρέντων τὴν οἰκονμὲνηνν, Θωμᾶς μὲν, ὡς ἡ παράδοσις περιέχει, Παρθίαν εἴληχεν, Ἀνδρέας δὲ τὴν Σκυθίαν·,Ἰωάννης τὴν Ἀσίαψ πρὸς οὓς καὶ διατρίψας ὲν Ἐφέσῳ τελευτᾷ· Πέτρος δʼ ὲν Πόντῳ καὶ Γαλατία, καὶ Βιθυνίᾳ, Καππαδοκίᾳ τε καὶ Ἀσίᾳ καηρυχὲναι τοῖς ἐκ διασπορᾶς Ἰουδαίοις ἔοικεν·,δς, καὶ ἐπὶ τέλει ὲν Ῥώμῃ γενόμενος, ἀνεσκολοπίσθη πατά κεφαλῆς, οὕτως αὐτὸς ἀξιώσας παθεῖν. Τί δεῖ περὶ Παύλου λέγειν, ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ-πεπληρωκότος τὸ Εὑαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ὕστερον ὲν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐπὶ Νέρωνος μεμαρτυρηκότος ; ΕΚΛΟΓΑΙ. Καὶ εἶπεν ό Θεόςʼ Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος καὶ καθʼ ὁμοιότητα. Οὐ παραπεμπτέον ὅτι σολοικισμὸς ἂν δόξειεν εἶναι κατὰ τὴν φράσιν τὸ, Εἶπεν ό Θεός· Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος καὶ καθʼ ὁμοιότηται οὐ γὰρ ἂν εὐχερῶς ἐφαρμόσαι τὸ σπεῖρον τῷ ἷβοτάνην χόρτου. Πῶςξδὲ καὶ χωρὶς σολοικισμοῦ νοεῖσθαι δύναται, τῶν πλείστων ὐποληψομένων τὸ σπεῖρον πρὸς τὸ,βοτάνην χόρτου λέγεσθαι; Ἐστι δὲ, ὑποδιαστολῇ χρησάμενον μέσης στιγμῆς, οὕτως ἀναγνῶναι- Βλαστησάτωῆ Τῆ βοτάνην χόρτου· καὶ διαστήσαντα ἐπενεγκεῖν

Tōn de hierōn tou Sōtēros hēmōn apostolōn te kai mathētōn ephʼ hapasan diasparentōn tēn oikonmenēnn, Thōmas men, hōs hē paradosis periechei, Parthian eilēchen, Andreas de tēn Skythian;,Iōannēs tēn Asiaps pros hous kai diatripsas en Ephesǭ teleutą; Petros dʼ en Pontǭ kai Galatia, kai Bithynią, Kappadokią te kai Asią kaērychenai tois ek diasporas Ioudaiois eoiken;,ds, kai epi telei en Rhōmę̄ genomenos, aneskolopisthē pata kephalēs, houtōs autos axiōsas pathein. Ti dei peri Paulou legein, apo Ierousalēm mechri tou Illyrikou-peplērōkotos to Heuangelion tou Christou, kai hysteron en tę̄ Rhōmę̄ epi Nerōnos memartyrēkotos ? EKLOGAI. Kai eipen o Theosʼ Blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou, speiron sperma kata genos kai kathʼ homoiotēta. Ou parapempteon hoti soloikismos an doxeien einai kata tēn phrasin to, Eipen o Theos; Blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou, speiron sperma kata genos kai kathʼ homoiotētai ou gar an eucherōs epharmosai to speiron tǭ hibotanēn chortou. Pōsxde kai chōris soloikismou noeisthai dynatai, tōn pleistōn ypolēpsomenōn to speiron pros to,botanēn chortou legesthai? Esti de, hypodiastolę̄ chrēsamenon mesēs stigmēs, houtōs anagnōnai- Blastēsatōē Tē botanēn chortou; kai diastēsanta epenenkein

When the holy apostles and disciples of our Saviour were scattered over the whole inhabited world, Thomas, as tradition holds, was allotted Parthia, Andrew Scythia, and John Asia, where he lived and died at Ephesus. Peter seems to have preached in Pontus and Galatia and Bithynia, Cappadocia and Asia to the Jews of the dispersion; and at the end, having come to Rome, he was crucified head downward, having himself asked to suffer in this way. What need is there to speak of Paul, who fully preached the gospel of Christ from Jerusalem to Illyricum, and afterwards was martyred in Rome under Nero? [Selections] [Gen 1:11] “And God said: Let the earth bring forth the plant of grass, sowing seed according to kind and according to likeness.” It should not be passed over that the wording “God said: Let the earth bring forth the plant of grass, sowing seed according to kind and according to likeness” might seem a solecism, for “sowing” would not easily agree with “plant of grass.” How, then, can it be understood without a solecism, since most will take “sowing” as said of “plant of grass”? One may, using a slight pause with a middle stop, read thus: “Let the earth bring forth the plant of grass”; and then, after a break, add

Chapter 93

93PG 12:93a–93d

τὺ, σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος· ἵνʼ ᾖ, Βλαστησάτι ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, κατὰ γένος σπεῖρον σπέρμα· ἐπιφερομένου ἐπὶ τὺ γένος τοῦ σπεῖρον σπέρμα. Αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε. Ση μαίνει ὴ μὲν αὔξησις τὴν είς μέγεθος ἐπίδοσιν, τὸ δὲ πληθύνεσθαι τὴν ἐκ τῆς μίξεως εἰς πλῆθος διαδοχήν. Kal εἶπεν d Θεόςο Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν. Προδιαληπτέον πρότερον, ποῦ συνίσταται τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα, ὲν σώματι ἢ ἐν ψυχῇ. Ἴδωμεν δὲ πρότερον οἷς χρῶνται οἱ τὸ πρῶτον λέγοντες ὧν ὲστι καὶ Μελίτων συγγράμματα καταλελοιπὼς περὶ τοῦ ὲνσώματον εἶναι τὸν Θεόν. Μέλη γὰρ Θεοῦ ὀνομαζόμενα εὑρίσκοντες, ὀφθαλμοὺς Θεοῦ ὲπιβλέποντας τὴν οἰκουμένην, καὶ ὦτα αὑτοῦ εἶναι είς δέησιν δικαίων ἐπινενευκότα, καὶ, Ὠσφράνθη Κύριος ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας· καὶ, Τό στόμα Κυρίου ὲλάλησε ταῦτα, καὶ βραχίονα Θεοῦ, καὶ χεῖρας, καὶ πόδας, καὶ δακτύλους, ἄντικρυς φάσκουσι ταῦτα οὐχ ἕτερόν τι διδάσκειν ἢ τὴν μορφὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Πῶς δὲ, φασὶ, καὶ ὤφθη ό Θεὸς τῷ Ἀὅραὰμ, καὶ Μωσῇ, καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις, μὴ μεμορφωμένοςς μεμορφωμένος δὲ, κατὰ ποῖον χαρακτῆρα ἢ τὸν άνθρὼπινον; καὶ συνάγουσι μυρία ῥητὰ μέλη ὀνομάζοντα Θεοῦ. Πρὸς οὒς ἀγωνιστέον πρῶτον άπὸ τῆς λέξεωςο άντιπαραβαλοῦμεν δὲ ῥητὰ τοῖς πλέον τοῦ γράμματος μηδὲν ἐπισταμένοις, ἐναντιούμενα αὐτῶν τῇ ὑπολήψει· ὲκ μὲν τοῦ Ζαχαρίου, ὅτι Ἑπτὰ ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου οἱ ἐπιβλέποντες ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν. Ei δὲ ἑπτὰ ἔχει ὀφθαλμοὺς ὁ Θεὸς, ἡμεῖς δὲ δύο, οὐ κατʼ εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ γεγόναμεν. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν οὐκ ὲπτερυγώμεθα, περῖ δὲ Θεοῦ λέγει ὲν ὲννενηκοστῷ ψαλμῷ, ὅτι ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτοῦ ἑλπιεῖς. Et δὲ ἐκεῖνος μὲν πτέρυο γας ἔχει, ἡμεῖς δέ ἐσμεν ζῶον ἄπτερον, οὐ κατʼ είκόνα Θεοῦ γέγονεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος. Πῶς δὲ ὁ σφαιροειδὴς οὐρανὸς καὶ ἀεὶ κινούμενος θρόνος εἶναι δύναται, ὠς ὑπολαμβάνουσι, τοῦ Θεοῦ; Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ γῆ πῶς ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὑτοῦ; Ἀπαγγελλέτωσαν ἡμῖν. Ἀρα γὰρ τὸ ἀπὸ γονάτων μέχρι τῶν βάσεων σῶμα τοῦ μεταξὺ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς περιέχοντος, ἐν μέσῳ δὲ οὔσης τῆς γῆς τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου, καὶ περιεχομένης ὑπʼ αὑτοῦ, ὡς γραμμικαῖς ἀποδείξεσι παρίσταται, παρʼ ἡμῖν εἰσιν αἱ βάσεις τοῦ Θεοῦῆ παρὰ τοῖς ἀντίχθοσι; Καὶ ὃλην τὴν οἰκουμένην ἡμῶν πεπληρώκασιν, ἢ καὶ πλέον τι ἐπιλαμβάνουσιν, ἢ ἔλαττόν τις Διεστήκασιν οἱ πόδες αὑτοῦ διὰ τὰς θαλάσσας καὶ τοὺς ποταμοὺς, ἢ καὶ τοῖς ὕδασιν ὲπιβαίνουσι; Πῶς δὲ οὗ ὁ τηλικοῦτος οὐρανὸς θρόνος, καὶ ἡ γῆ ὑποπόδἰον

ty, speiron sperma kata genos; hinʼ ę̄, Blastēsati hē gē botanēn chortou, kata genos speiron sperma; epipheromenou epi ty genos tou speiron sperma. Auxanesthe kai plēthynesthe. Sē mainei ē men auxēsis tēn eis megethos epidosin, to de plēthynesthai tēn ek tēs mixeōs eis plēthos diadochēn. Kal eipen d Theoso Poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona hēmeteran kai kathʼ homoiōsin. Prodialēpteon proteron, pou synistatai to katʼ eikona, en sōmati ē en psychę̄. Idōmen de proteron hois chrōntai hoi to prōton legontes hōn esti kai Melitōn syngrammata kataleloipōs peri tou ensōmaton einai ton Theon. Melē gar Theou onomazomena heuriskontes, ophthalmous Theou epiblepontas tēn oikoumenēn, kai ōta hautou einai eis deēsin dikaiōn epineneukota, kai, Ōsphranthē Kyrios osmēn euōdias; kai, To stoma Kyriou elalēse tauta, kai brachiona Theou, kai cheiras, kai podas, kai daktylous, antikrys phaskousi tauta ouch heteron ti didaskein ē tēn morphēn tou Theou. Pōs de, phasi, kai ōphthē o Theos tǭ Haoraam, kai Mōsę̄, kai tois hagiois, mē memorphōmenoss memorphōmenos de, kata poion charaktēra ē ton anthrōpinon? kai synagousi myria rhēta melē onomazonta Theou. Pros ous agōnisteon prōton apo tēs lexeōso antiparabaloumen de rhēta tois pleon tou grammatos mēden epistamenois, enantioumena autōn tę̄ hypolēpsei; ek men tou Zachariou, hoti Hepta ophthalmoi Kyriou hoi epiblepontes epi pasan tēn gēn. Ei de hepta echei ophthalmous ho Theos, hēmeis de dyo, ou katʼ eikona autou gegonamen. Alla kai hēmeis men ouk epterygōmetha, peri de Theou legei en ennenēkostǭ psalmǭ, hoti hypo tas pterygas autou helpieis. Et de ekeinos men pteryo gas echei, hēmeis de esmen zōon apteron, ou katʼ eikona Theou gegonen ho anthrōpos. Pōs de ho sphairoeidēs ouranos kai aei kinoumenos thronos einai dynatai, ōs hypolambanousi, tou Theou? Alla kai hē gē pōs hypopodion tōn podōn hautou? Apangelletōsan hēmin. Ara gar to apo gonatōn mechri tōn baseōn sōma tou metaxy ouranou kai gēs periechontos, en mesǭ de ousēs tēs gēs tou pantos kosmou, kai periechomenēs hypʼ hautou, hōs grammikais apodeixesi paristatai, parʼ hēmin eisin hai baseis tou Theouē para tois antichthosi? Kai holēn tēn oikoumenēn hēmōn peplērōkasin, ē kai pleon ti epilambanousin, ē elatton tis Diestēkasin hoi podes hautou dia tas thalassas kai tous potamous, ē kai tois hydasin epibainousi? Pōs de hou ho tēlikoutos ouranos thronos, kai hē gē hypopodion

“sowing seed according to kind,” so that it reads: “Let the earth bring forth the plant of grass, according to kind sowing seed,” “sowing seed” being attached to “kind.” [Gen 1:22] “Increase and multiply.” Increase signifies growth in size, multiplying the succession into a multitude that comes from intercourse. [Gen 1:26] “And God said: Let us make man according to our image and according to likeness.” We must first determine where the “according to the image” lies, in the body or in the soul. Let us first see what is used by those who say the former, among whom is Melito, who has left writings on God's being embodied. Finding members of God named, eyes of God looking upon the inhabited world, and his ears inclined to the prayer of the righteous, and “The Lord smelled a fragrant aroma,” and “The mouth of the Lord has spoken these things,” and an arm of God, and hands, and feet, and fingers, they declare outright that these teach nothing other than the form of God. And how, they say, did God appear to Abraham and Moses and the saints if he had no form? And if he had a form, in what character, if not the human? And they collect countless texts naming members of God. Against them we must contend first from the letter; and to those who know nothing beyond the letter we shall oppose texts contrary to their supposition: from Zechariah, that “Seven eyes of the Lord look upon all the earth.” If God has seven eyes and we two, we have not come to be according to his image. Moreover, we have no wings, but of God it says in the ninetieth psalm, “Under his wings you will hope.” If he has wings and we are a wingless animal, man has not come to be according to God's image. And how can the spherical heaven, which is always moving, be the throne of God, as they suppose? And how is the earth the footstool of his feet? Let them tell us. Since the body from the knees to the soles belongs to one who fills the space between heaven and earth, and the earth is in the middle of the whole world and surrounded by it, as is shown by geometrical proofs, are God's soles with us or with the antipodes? Have they filled our whole inhabited world, or do they take in something more, or less? Are his feet set apart because of the seas and rivers, or do they also tread upon the waters? And how is it that he whose throne is so great a heaven, and the earth the footstool

Chapter 95

95PG 12:96a–96d

τῶν ποδῶν, ὲν μόνῳ τῷ παραδείσῳ εὑρίσκεται περιπατῶν, ἢ ὲν τῇ κορυφῇ τοῦ Σινᾶ φαίνεται τῷ Μωσῇ; Καὶ πῶς ταῦτά τις περὶ Θεοῦ δοξάζωνοὺ μωρὸς λεχθήσεται ; Εἶτα πολλὰ πρὸς ἀνατροπὴν εἰπὼν τῆς τοιαύτη( δόξης ἐπάγει. Ὁ δὲ φάσκων τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα μὴ ὲν σώματι εἶναι, ὲν δὲ τῇ λογικῇ ψυχῇ, παραστήσει οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητον δόγμα, καταλαβὼν τίνες δυνάμεις εἰσὶν αὐτῆς. 'fl γὰρ γνωστικὴ δύναμις ἡ ὲν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, κριτική τε καὶ εὐποιητικὴ, δικαιοπρακτική τε καὶ ἐρρωμένη, καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς παντὸς καλοῦ ἑπιτελεστικὴ, κατʼ εἰκόνα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγόνασιν αὐτῷ. Ὅτι δὲ τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα αἰ πράξεκ χαρακτηρίζουσι, καὶ οὐχὶ ή τοῦ σώματος μορφὴ, σαφῶς 6 Ἀπόστολος ὲν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους φησί· Καθὼς ἐφορέσα μεν τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ, οὕτως φορέσωμεν xui τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἑποιῬανίου. Εἰκὸνα μὲν γάρ φορεῖ χοῖκὴν ὁ κατὰ σάρκα ζῶν, καὶ ποιῶν τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός εἰκόνα δὲ τοῦ ἐπουρανίου 6 τῷ πνεύματι τάς πράξεις τῆς σαρκὸς θανατῶν. Καὶ ὲν ἑτέρᾳ δὲ ἐπιστολῇ διδάσκων ὡς δεῖ βιοῦν, ἐπιφέρει ταῖς ὲντολαῖς τὸ, Ἵνα γένησθε κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος. Κύριος μακρόθυμος, καὶ 6 μακρόθυμος ἄνθρωπος ἔχει τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ. Δίκαιος καὶ ὅσιος 6 Κύριος, καὶ οἰκτίρμων καὶ ἐλεήμων 6 Κύριος. Οὐκοῦν 6 ἁγαπῶν δικαιοσύνην κα) ὁσιότητα, καὶ πράττων καὶ τηρῶν τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος τὴν, Γίνεσθε οἰκτίρμονες, ὠς καὶ ὀ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν οἰκτίρμων ἐστὶ, καὶ, c Γίνεσθε τέλειοι, ὠς ό Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ό cupis-ioc τέλειός ἐστιν, εἰκὼν γίνεται κατά πάντα τοῦ Θεοῦ. Kal ἄρχετε τῶν ἰχθύων τῆς θαλάσσης, καί τῶν πετεινῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καί πάντων τῶν κτηνῶν, καὶ πάσης τῆς γῆς, καί πάντων τῶν ἑρπετῶν τῶν spadeτων ἐπί τῆς τῆς. Τηρητέον δὲ, ὅτι ὲν τῷ καταλόγῳ τῆς τῶν ξώων δημιουργίας, ἄλλα τά κήτη, καὶ ἄλλα ἑρπετϊψυχῶν· καὶ ὼς ἄρχειν νῦν τῶν ἰχθύων τῆς Θαλάσσης 6 ἄνθρωπος λέγεται, σεσιώπηται δὲ τὸ τῶν κητῶν γένος καὶ τὸ τῶν Θηρίων. Οὐ γάρ μάτην δεῖ νομίζειν μὴ προστίθεσθαι καὶ ταῦτα, δυναμένου ἀναγεγράφθαι· Καὶ άρχέτωσαν τῶν ἰχθύων, καὶ τῶν κητῶν τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς, καὶ τῶν πετεινῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ τῶν κτηνῶν. Καὶ ἐπίστησον, εἰ δυνατὸν διὰ τὸ σεσιωπῆσθαι, μή πάντα τὰ ζῶα διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον γεγονέναι, ἀλλὰ ταῦτα, ὧν ἄρχειν λέγεται, ἰχθύας θαλάσσης, καὶ πετεινά οὐρανοῦ, καὶ κτήνη τῆς γῆς, τάχα δὲ καὶ τά ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, διὰ τὰς ἀναγκαιοτάτας τῶν φαρμάκων χρείας άπʼ αὐτῶν τελουμένας· οὺ μέντοι διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ταῦτα ἐγεγόνει τὰ κήτη τά μεγάλα καὶ τά θηρία τῆς γῆς. ’ᾙ γάρ ἂν προσετέθη τῇ δεδομένῃ ἐξουσία τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἡ τούτων ὀνομασία. Οὑχ εὑρίσκομενδὲ ἐν τῇ Γραφῇ τὸ τῶν ὄφεων γένος ὲν ἑρπετοῖς τεταγμένον, ἀλλʼ ὲν θηρίοις. Ὀ

tōn podōn, en monǭ tǭ paradeisǭ heurisketai peripatōn, ē en tę̄ koryphę̄ tou Sina phainetai tǭ Mōsę̄? Kai pōs tauta tis peri Theou doxazōnou mōros lechthēsetai ? Eita polla pros anatropēn eipōn tēs toiautē( doxēs epagei. Ho de phaskōn to katʼ eikona mē en sōmati einai, en de tę̄ logikę̄ psychę̄, parastēsei ouk eukataphronēton dogma, katalabōn tines dynameis eisin autēs. 'fl gar gnōstikē dynamis hē en tǭ anthrōpǭ, kritikē te kai eupoiētikē, dikaiopraktikē te kai errōmenē, kai hapaxaplōs pantos kalou hepitelestikē, katʼ eikona hypo tou Theou gegonasin autǭ. Hoti de to katʼ eikona ai praxek charaktērizousi, kai ouchi ē tou sōmatos morphē, saphōs 6 Apostolos en tę̄ pros Korinthious phēsi; Kathōs ephoresa men tēn eikona tou choïkou, houtōs phoresōmen xui tēn eikona tou hepoiRhaniou. Eikona men gar phorei choikēn ho kata sarka zōn, kai poiōn ta erga tēs sarkos eikona de tou epouraniou 6 tǭ pneumati tas praxeis tēs sarkos thanatōn. Kai en heterą de epistolę̄ didaskōn hōs dei bioun, epipherei tais entolais to, Hina genēsthe katʼ eikona tou ktisantos. Kyrios makrothymos, kai 6 makrothymos anthrōpos echei to katʼ eikona Theou. Dikaios kai hosios 6 Kyrios, kai oiktirmōn kai eleēmōn 6 Kyrios. Oukoun 6 hagapōn dikaiosynēn ka) hosiotēta, kai prattōn kai tērōn tēn entolēn tou Sōtēros tēn, Ginesthe oiktirmones, ōs kai o Patēr hymōn oiktirmōn esti, kai, c Ginesthe teleioi, ōs o Patēr hymōn o cupis-ioc teleios estin, eikōn ginetai kata panta tou Theou. Kal archete tōn ichthyōn tēs thalassēs, kai tōn peteinōn tou ouranou, kai pantōn tōn ktēnōn, kai pasēs tēs gēs, kai pantōn tōn herpetōn tōn spadetōn epi tēs tēs. Tērēteon de, hoti en tǭ katalogǭ tēs tōn xōōn dēmiourgias, alla ta kētē, kai alla herpetïpsychōn; kai ōs archein nyn tōn ichthyōn tēs Thalassēs 6 anthrōpos legetai, sesiōpētai de to tōn kētōn genos kai to tōn Thēriōn. Ou gar matēn dei nomizein mē prostithesthai kai tauta, dynamenou anagegraphthai; Kai archetōsan tōn ichthyōn, kai tōn kētōn tēs thalassēs, kai tōn thēriōn tēs gēs, kai tōn peteinōn tou ouranou, kai tōn ktēnōn. Kai epistēson, ei dynaton dia to sesiōpēsthai, mē panta ta zōa dia ton anthrōpon gegonenai, alla tauta, hōn archein legetai, ichthyas thalassēs, kai peteina ouranou, kai ktēnē tēs gēs, tacha de kai ta herpeta tēs gēs, dia tas anankaiotatas tōn pharmakōn chreias apʼ autōn teloumenas; ou mentoi dia ton anthrōpon tauta egegonei ta kētē ta megala kai ta thēria tēs gēs. ’Hę̄ gar an prosetethē tę̄ dedomenę̄ exousia tōn anthrōpōn kai hē toutōn onomasia. Houch heuriskomende en tę̄ Graphę̄ to tōn opheōn genos en herpetois tetagmenon, allʼ en thēriois. O

of his feet, is found walking only in paradise, or appears to Moses on the summit of Sinai? And how will one who holds these opinions about God not be called foolish? Then, after saying much to overturn such an opinion, he adds: But one who says that the “according to the image” is not in the body but in the rational soul will present a doctrine not to be despised, once he has grasped what its powers are. For the knowing power in the human being, which judges and does good, which acts justly and is strong, and in short accomplishes everything good, has come to be in him according to the image, from God. That actions characterize the “according to the image,” and not the form of the body, the Apostle clearly says in the letter to the Corinthians: “As we have borne the image of the earthly, let us also bear the image of the heavenly.” For he bears the earthly image who lives according to the flesh and does the works of the flesh, but the image of the heavenly the one who by the Spirit puts to death the deeds of the flesh. And in another letter, teaching how one must live, he adds to the commandments, “that you may become according to the image of the one who created.” The Lord is long-suffering, and the long-suffering man has what is according to God's image. The Lord is just and holy, and the Lord is compassionate and merciful. Therefore the one who loves justice and holiness, and who does and keeps the Saviour's commandment, “Be compassionate, as your Father is compassionate,” and “Be perfect, as your heavenly Father is perfect,” becomes an image of God in all respects. [Gen 1:28] “And rule over the fish of the sea, and the birds of heaven, and all the cattle, and all the earth, and all the creeping things that creep upon the earth.” One should observe that in the list of the creation of the animals the sea monsters are one thing and the creeping things of living souls another; and how man is now said to rule over the fish of the sea, while the kind of the sea monsters and that of the wild beasts are passed over in silence. For one must not think that these were not added idly, since it could have been written, “And let them rule over the fish, and the sea monsters of the sea, and the wild beasts of the earth, and the birds of heaven, and the cattle.” And consider whether, because of this silence, it is possible that not all the animals came to be for man's sake, but those over which he is said to rule, the fish of the sea, the birds of heaven, and the cattle of the earth, and perhaps also the creeping things of the earth, because of the most necessary uses of the medicines made from them; but that the great sea monsters and the wild beasts of the earth did not come to be for man's sake. For otherwise their naming too would have been added to the authority given to human beings. And we do not find in Scripture the kind of snakes ranked among creeping things, but among wild beasts. For

Chapter 97

97PG 12:97a–97b

γὰρ ὄφις, φησὶν, ἦν φρονιμώτατος πάντων τῶι θηρίων. Καὶ ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν ἔχιδνα δακοῦσα τὸν Παῦλον, ἐκρέματο κατὰ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦʼ καὶ ἐπιφέρει- Ἰδόντες δὲ βάρβαροι κρεμάμενον τὸ θηρίον. Ἐν δὲ τῷ Λευῖτικῷ ὅρα ἐπὶ τίνων τάσσει τὸ ἑρπετὸν, ὡς οὐδαμῶς ἐπί τῶν νῦν ὲν τῇ συνηθείᾳ καλουμένων. Ταῦτα γὰρ, φησὶ, φάγεσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἑρπετῶν τῶν πετεινῶν, ά πορεύονται ἐπὶ τῶν τεσσάρων, ἅ ἔχει σκέλη ἀνώτερον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ, πηδᾷν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς · καὶ ταῦτα φάγεσθε ἀπʼ αύτῶν, τόν βροῦχον καὶ τὰ ὅμοια αὐτῷ, καὶ τὴν ἀκρίδα καὶ τὰ ὅμοια αὐτῇ, καὶ denian καὶτὰ ὅμοια αὐτῷ, καὶ τὸν ὀμιομάχην καὶ τὰ ὅμοια αὐτῷʼ καὶ πᾶν ἑρπετὸν ἀπὸ τῶν πετεινῶν οἷς εισι τέσσαρες πόδες, βδέλυγμα ὑμῖν ἐστι, καὶ ἐν τούτοις μιανθήσεσθε. Οὐκ ἄρχει τοίνυν ἄνθρωπος οὕτε τῶν κητῶν τῶν μεγάλων οὔτε τῶν θηρίων, τάχα τὴν ἀρχὴν οὔτε διʼ αὑτὸν γεγενημένων. Τὸ δὲ ὅμοιον τοῖς ἐνθάδε ἀναγεγραμμένοις ὑπὸ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὲν τῷ ηʼ ψαλμῷ λέγεται· Πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω ποδῶν αὐτοῦ, πρόβατα καὶ βόας ἁπάσας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὰ κτήνη τοῦ πεδίον τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ ούρανοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας τῆς θαλάσσης, τὰ διαπορευόμενα τρίβους θαλασσῶν. Κάνταῦθα γάρ τὰ κήτη καὶ τὰ θηρία σεσιώπηται. Kal συνετέλεσεν ὁ Θεὸς ὲν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἕκτῃ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ d ἐποίησεν.Ἥδη τινὲς ἄτοπον ὑπολαμβάνοντες τὸν Θεὸν δίκην οἰκοδόμου μὴ διαρκέσαντος χωρὶς ἡμερῶν πλειόνων πληρῶσαι τὴν olκοδομὴν, ὲν πλείοσιν ἡμέραις τετελεκέναι τὸν κόσμον, φασὶν ὑφʼ ἓν πάντα γεγονέναι, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν τοῦτο κατασκευάζουσιν · ἕνεκεν δὲ τάξεως οἴονται τὸν κατάλογον τῶν ἡμερῶν εἰρῆσθαι καὶ τῶν ὲν αὑταῖς γενομένων. Πιθανῶς δʼ ἂν πρὸς τοῦτο κατασκευαζομένῳ χρήσαιντο ῥητῷ, τῷ· Αὐτὸς εἶπε, καὶ ἐγενήθησαν · αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο, καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν. Αὕτη ἡ,Βίβλος γενέσεως οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς, ὅτε ἐγένετο · ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε ἐποίησε Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. Τὸ, βίβλος, ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ καθόλου οὐ κεῖται παρʼ Ἐβραίοιςο ἀλλʼ ἐστι πλάνη Ἐβραίου γραφέως, πλανηθέντος ὲν τῇ πλάνῃ ἐκείνου, ἐν ᾧ κεῖται παρὰ μὲν Ἀκύλᾳ· Τοῦτο βιβλίον γεννημάτων Ἀδάμ · παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ο · Αὕτη ή βίβλος γενέσεως ἀνθρώπων. ᾮήθη γὰρ καὶ ὲν τούτῳ τῷ τόπῳ βιβλίον παραλελεῖφθαι, καὶ οὕτως αὐτὸ προσέθηκε. ’Καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ό Θεὸς παράδεισον ἐν Ἐδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολὰς, καὶ ἔθετο ἐκεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὃν ἔπλασε. Καὶ ἐξανέτειλεν ό Θεὸς ἐτι ἐκ τῆς γῆς πᾶν ξύλον ὡραῖον εις ὅρασιν, καὶ καλὸν είς

gar ophis, phēsin, ēn phronimōtatos pantōn tōi thēriōn. Kai en tais Praxesin echidna dakousa ton Paulon, ekremato kata tēs cheiros autouʼ kai epipherei- Idontes de barbaroi kremamenon to thērion. En de tǭ Leuitikǭ hora epi tinōn tassei to herpeton, hōs oudamōs epi tōn nyn en tę̄ synētheią kaloumenōn. Tauta gar, phēsi, phagesthe apo tōn herpetōn tōn peteinōn, a poreuontai epi tōn tessarōn, ha echei skelē anōteron tōn podōn autou, pēdąn en autois epi tēs gēs ; kai tauta phagesthe apʼ autōn, ton brouchon kai ta homoia autǭ, kai tēn akrida kai ta homoia autę̄, kai denian kaita homoia autǭ, kai ton omiomachēn kai ta homoia autǭʼ kai pan herpeton apo tōn peteinōn hois eisi tessares podes, bdelygma hymin esti, kai en toutois mianthēsesthe. Ouk archei toinyn anthrōpos houte tōn kētōn tōn megalōn oute tōn thēriōn, tacha tēn archēn oute diʼ hauton gegenēmenōn. To de homoion tois enthade anagegrammenois hypo tēn exousian tou anthrōpou en tǭ ēʼ psalmǭ legetai; Panta hypetaxas hypokatō podōn autou, probata kai boas hapasas, eti de kai ta ktēnē tou pedion ta peteina tou ouranou kai tous ichthyas tēs thalassēs, ta diaporeuomena tribous thalassōn. Kantautha gar ta kētē kai ta thēria sesiōpētai. Kal synetelesen ho Theos en tę̄ hēmerą tę̄ hektę̄ ta erga autou d epoiēsen.Hēdē tines atopon hypolambanontes ton Theon dikēn oikodomou mē diarkesantos chōris hēmerōn pleionōn plērōsai tēn olkodomēn, en pleiosin hēmerais tetelekenai ton kosmon, phasin hyphʼ hen panta gegonenai, kai enteuthen touto kataskeuazousin ; heneken de taxeōs oiontai ton katalogon tōn hēmerōn eirēsthai kai tōn en hautais genomenōn. Pithanōs dʼ an pros touto kataskeuazomenǭ chrēsainto rhētǭ, tǭ; Autos eipe, kai egenēthēsan ; autos eneteilato, kai ektisthēsan. Hautē hē,Biblos geneseōs ouranou kai tēs, hote egeneto ; hę̄ hēmerą hote epoiēse Kyrios ho Theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn. To, biblos, en tǭ topǭ toutǭ katholou ou keitai parʼ Ebraioiso allʼ esti planē Ebraiou grapheōs, planēthentos en tę̄ planę̄ ekeinou, en hǭ keitai para men Akylą; Touto biblion gennēmatōn Adam ; para de tois O ; Hautē ē biblos geneseōs anthrōpōn. Ǭēthē gar kai en toutǭ tǭ topǭ biblion paraleleiphthai, kai houtōs auto prosethēke. ’Kai ephyteusen o Theos paradeison en Edem kata anatolas, kai etheto ekei ton anthrōpon, hon eplase. Kai exaneteilen o Theos eti ek tēs gēs pan xylon hōraion eis horasin, kai kalon eis

“the snake,” it says, “was the wisest of all the wild beasts.” And in the Acts a viper bit Paul and hung from his hand; and it adds, “When the barbarians saw the beast hanging.” And in Leviticus, see to what it applies “creeping thing,” in no way to what is now called so in common usage: “These,” it says, “you shall eat of the creeping things among the birds which go upon four legs, which have legs above their feet to leap with on the earth; and these you shall eat of them: the bruchus and what is like it, and the locust and what is like it, and the attakes and what is like it, and the ophiomachus and what is like it; and every creeping thing among the birds which has four feet is an abomination to you, and by these you shall be defiled.” Man, then, does not rule over the great sea monsters nor over the wild beasts, which perhaps were not made for his sake at all. Something like what is recorded here as under man's authority is said in the eighth psalm: “You subjected all things under his feet, sheep and all oxen, and further the cattle of the plain, the birds of heaven and the fish of the sea, those that pass through the paths of the seas.” For here too the sea monsters and the wild beasts are passed over in silence. [Gen 2:2] “And God finished on the sixth day his works which he had made.” Some, thinking it absurd that God, like a builder who could not finish the building without several days, should have completed the world in several days, say that all things came to be at once, and establish this from here; and they think the list of the days and of what came to be in them was given for the sake of order. For what they are establishing they might plausibly use the text, “He spoke, and they came to be; he commanded, and they were created.” [Gen 2:4] “This is the book of the origin of heaven and earth, when it came to be, in the day when the Lord God made the heaven and the earth.” The word “book” in this place does not stand at all among the Hebrews; it is an error of a Hebrew scribe, misled by that other place, where Aquila has, “This is the book of the generations of Adam,” and the Seventy, “This is the book of the origin of men.” For he thought that “book” had been omitted in this place too, and so added it. [Gen 2:8–9] “And God planted a paradise in Eden toward the east, and put there the man whom he had formed. And God further made to spring up out of the earth every tree beautiful to the sight and good for

Chapter 99

99PG 12:100a–100d

βμῦσιν. Ὅταν ἀναγινώσκοντες ἀναβαίνωμεν ’ἀπὸ τῶν μύθων καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸ γράμμα ἑκὼχῆς, ζητῶμεν τίνα τὰ ξύλα ἑστὶν ἑκεῖνα, ὃ. ὁ Θεὸς γεωργεῖο λέγομεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἑνι αἰσθητά ξύλα ἑν τῷ τόπῳ. Τοῦ αὑτοῦ. Τὲθειται ἑν τῇ ἑρμηνείᾳ, κῆπον ἐν Ἐδὲμ, αὐτῇ χρησαμένῳ τῇ Ἐβραῖκῇ λέξει. Ἐστι μὲν οὖν ἑρμηνεία τοῦ Ἐδὲμ κυρίως ἡδύ. Οὐκοῦν παραδεδώκασιν Ἑβραῖοι. ὅτι ὁ τόπος ἑν ᾧ ἐφύτευσεν τὸν παράδεισον ἢ τὸν κῆπον Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς, Ἐδεμ καλεῖται· καὶ φασὶν αὑτὸν μέσον εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου, ὡς κόρην ὀφθαλμοῦ ’ διὸ καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν Φείσων, ἑρμηνεύεσθαι στόμα κόρης, ὡς ἑκ τοῦ Ἐδὲμ ἐκπονρευομένου τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ πρώτου. '0 δὲ παραδιδόασιν, τοιοῦτόν ἑστιν· Ἐδὲμ, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται ἡδὺ, ἦν πρὶν τὸν κῆπον γενέσθαι ἑν αύτῷ γὰρ καὶ ὁ κῆπος ἐφυτεύθη. Τὸ δὲ χρυσίον· τῆς γῆς ἐκείνης καλόν. Ὀτε ἀλλοιοῦται ὑπὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἡμῶν τὸ στόμα, καὶ κυριεύει ή καλά νοήματα, τότε τρέφει καλὰ δόγμα.ταʼ άπερ αἰνιττόμενος δ λόγος εἶπεν, χρυσίον καλόν. Καὶ ὄνομα τῷ ποταμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ, Γεών ’ οὗτος ό κυκλῶν πᾶσαν τὴν γῆνΑιθιοπΙας. Αἰθιοπίας (Ml), ἥτις ἐστὶ Ἐὖραῖστὶ Χοῦςο σημαίνει καὶσκότωσιν. Ἀπὸ οὖν τῆς Αἰθιοπίας, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ Χοῦς, διὰ τὸ σκοτῶδες τῆς χροίας,’ἦς ἔσχε παρά τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀδελφούς. Καὶ ἔθετο αὑτὸν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. υἱ ἀναγενο νώμενοι διὰ τοῦ θείου βαπτίσματος ἑν τῷ παρα- δείσῳ τίθενται, τουτέστιν ἑν τῇ Ἐκκλησία, ἑργάζιc σθαι τὰ ἔνδον ὄντα ἑργα πνευματικά· καὶ ἑντολὴν λαμβάνουσι πάντας ἀγαπᾷν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, καιτὸν ἐρχόμενον καρπὸν διʼ ὑπομονῆς ἐσθίειν, κατὰ τὸ ei. ρημένονο Ἀπὸ παντὸς ξύλου τοῦ ἐντῷ παραδείσῳ βρώσει φαγῆ. Παραῦαίνει δέ τις τὴν ἑντολὴν τοῦ ἀναγεννήσαντος ὁ τοῖς ὄφεως λογισμοῖς χρησάμενος, καὶ ἀγαπῶν τοὺς μὲν ὼς χρηστοὺς, τοὺς δὲ ὼς πονηροὺς μισῶν · ὅπερ ἐστὶ τὸ ξύλον τοῦ γινώσκειν καλὸν* οὗ ὁ ἀπογευσάμενος κατʼ ἄδειαν ἀποθνήσκει· οὐχὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν θάνατον ποιήσαντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸν πλησίον μισήσαντος. Θετίς γὰρ θάνατον οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ τέρπεται ἐπʼ ἀπωλείᾳ ἄλη-των · οὔτε κινεῖται πάθει ὀργῆς, οὐδὲ ἐπινοεῖ πρᾶγμα είς ἄμυναν, ούδὲ ἀλλοιοῦται πρὸς τὴν ἑκάστου ἀξίαν ἕξιν, ἀλλά πάντα ἐν σοφία εποίησεν, ὑπὸ νόμῳ πνευματικῷ κρίνεσθαι προορίσας. Διὰ τοῦτο οὖν λέγει τῷ Ἀδάμο ’ῌ δʼ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ φάγητε, θανάτῳ ἀποθανεῖσθε. Καὶ οὕτω δὲ ἑκάστῳ τῷ πράγματι καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ φυσικῶς ἐπακολουθεῖν τὸ δέον ἀπένειμεν· καὶ οὐκ ἑπινοητικῶς, ὥς τινες νομίζουσιν, oi τὸν πνευματικὸν ἀγνοοῦντες νόμον.

bmysin. Hotan anaginōskontes anabainōmen ’apo tōn mythōn kai tēs kata to gramma hekōchēs, zētōmen tina ta xyla hestin hekeina, ho. ho Theos geōrgeio legomen, hoti ouk heni aisthēta xyla hen tǭ topǭ. Tou hautou. Tetheitai hen tę̄ hermēneią, kēpon en Edem, autę̄ chrēsamenǭ tę̄ Ebraikę̄ lexei. Esti men oun hermēneia tou Edem kyriōs hēdy. Oukoun paradedōkasin Hebraioi. hoti ho topos hen hǭ ephyteusen ton paradeison ē ton kēpon Kyrios ho Theos, Edem kaleitai; kai phasin hauton meson einai tou kosmou, hōs korēn ophthalmou ’ dio kai ton potamon ton Pheisōn, hermēneuesthai stoma korēs, hōs hek tou Edem ekponreuomenou tou potamou tou prōtou. '0 de paradidoasin, toiouton hestin; Edem, hos hermēneuetai hēdy, ēn prin ton kēpon genesthai hen autǭ gar kai ho kēpos ephyteuthē. To de chrysion; tēs gēs ekeinēs kalon. Ote alloioutai hypo tēs aretēs hēmōn to stoma, kai kyrieuei ē kala noēmata, tote trephei kala dogma.taʼ aper ainittomenos d logos eipen, chrysion kalon. Kai onoma tǭ potamǭ tǭ deuterǭ, Geōn ’ houtos o kyklōn pasan tēn gēnAithiopIas. Aithiopias (Ml), hētis esti Euraisti Chouso sēmainei kaiskotōsin. Apo oun tēs Aithiopias, toutestin apo tou Chous, dia to skotōdes tēs chroias,’ēs esche para tous loipous adelphous. Kai etheto hauton en tǭ paradeisǭ. hui anageno nōmenoi dia tou theiou baptismatos hen tǭ para- deisǭ tithentai, toutestin hen tę̄ Ekklēsia, hergazic sthai ta endon onta herga pneumatika; kai hentolēn lambanousi pantas agapąn tous adelphous, kaiton erchomenon karpon diʼ hypomonēs esthiein, kata to ei. rēmenono Apo pantos xylou tou entǭ paradeisǭ brōsei phagē. Parauainei de tis tēn hentolēn tou anagennēsantos ho tois opheōs logismois chrēsamenos, kai agapōn tous men ōs chrēstous, tous de ōs ponērous misōn ; hoper esti to xylon tou ginōskein kalon* hou ho apogeusamenos katʼ adeian apothnēskei; ouchi tou Theou ton thanaton poiēsantos, alla tou anthrōpou ton plēsion misēsantos. Thetis gar thanaton ouk epoiēsen, oude terpetai epʼ apōleią alē-tōn ; oute kineitai pathei orgēs, oude epinoei pragma eis amynan, oude alloioutai pros tēn hekastou axian hexin, alla panta en sophia epoiēsen, hypo nomǭ pneumatikǭ krinesthai proorisas. Dia touto oun legei tǭ Adamo ’Ę̄ dʼ an hēmerą phagēte, thanatǭ apothaneisthe. Kai houtō de hekastǭ tǭ pragmati kalou te kai kakou physikōs epakolouthein to deon apeneimen; kai ouk hepinoētikōs, hōs tines nomizousin, oi ton pneumatikon agnoountes nomon.

food.” When in reading we rise above the myths and the interpretation according to the letter, let us seek what those trees are which God cultivates; we say that there are no perceptible trees in that place. [Of the same.] In the translation “a garden in Eden” has been set down, the translator using the Hebrew word itself. The proper interpretation of Eden is “delight.” The Hebrews, then, have handed down that the place in which the Lord God planted the paradise, or the garden, is called Eden; and they say that it is the middle of the world, like the pupil of the eye. Therefore the river Pishon too is interpreted “mouth of the pupil,” since the first river goes out from Eden. What they hand down is this: Eden, which is interpreted “delight,” existed before the garden came to be, for the garden was planted in it. [Gen 2:12] “And the gold of that land is good.” When the mouth is changed by our virtue and good thoughts have the mastery, then it nourishes good doctrines; hinting at these, the word said “good gold.” [Gen 2:13] “And the name of the second river is Gihon; this is the one that encircles all the land of Ethiopia.” Ethiopia, which in Hebrew is Cush, also signifies darkening. It is named, then, from Ethiopia, that is, from Cush, because of the darkness of complexion which he had compared with his other brothers. [Gen 2:15] “And he put him in the paradise.” Those who are reborn through divine baptism are placed in the paradise, that is, in the church, to work the spiritual works that are within; and they receive the commandment to love all the brothers and to eat the fruit that comes through patience, according to what was said: “From every tree in the paradise you shall eat for food.” But the one who uses the snake's reasonings transgresses the commandment of him who regenerated him, loving some as good and hating others as wicked; this is the tree of knowing good, and whoever tastes of it without restraint dies, not because God made death, but because the man hated his neighbour. For “God did not make death, nor does he delight in the destruction of the living”; nor is he moved by the passion of anger, nor does he devise anything for vengeance, nor is he altered according to the condition each deserves; but “he made all things in wisdom,” having determined beforehand that they be judged under a spiritual law. For this reason he says to Adam: “In the day you eat, you shall die by death.” And so he has assigned what is due to follow naturally upon each act, good or evil, and not by a contrivance, as some think, who do not know the spiritual law.

Chapter 101

101PG 12:101a–101d

Kal ἐποίησε Κύριος ό Θεὸς τῷ Ἀδὰμ καὶ τῇ ruratxl αὑτοῦ χιτῶνας δερματίνους, καὶ ἐνέδυσεν αὐτούς. Τί δεῖ νοεῖν τοὺς δερματίνους χιτῶνας; Σφόδρα μὲν οὖν ἠλίθιον καὶ γραῶδες, καὶ ἀνάξιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸ οἴεσθαι ζώων τινῶν περιελόντα δέρματα τὸν Θεὸν, ἀναιρεθέντων, ἢ άλλως πως ἀποθανόντων, πεποιηκέναι σχήματα χιτώνων, καταρράψαντα δέρματα δίκην σκυτοτόμου. Πάλιν τε, φυγόντα τὸ οὕτως ἄτοπον, λέγειν τοὺς δερματίνους χιτῶνας οὐκ ἄλλους εἶναι. ἢ τά σώματα πιθανὸν μὲν, καὶ είς συγκατάθεσιν ἐπισπάσασθαι δυνάμενον, ού μὴν σαφές ὡς ἀληθές. El γάρ οί δερμάτινοι χιτῶνες σάρκες καὶ ὀστέα εἰσὶ, πῶς πρὸ τούτων φησιν ὁ Ἀδάμ· Τοῦτο νῦν ὀστοῦν ἐκ τῶν ὀστῶν μου, καὶ σὰρξ ἐκ τῆς σαρκός μου; Ταύτας οὖν τὰς ἀπορίας περιιστάμενοί τινες, δερματίνους χιτῶνας τήν νέκρωσινίὴν ἀμιριέννυνται ό ’Λδάμ καὶ ἡ Εὔα, διά τὴν ἁμαρτίαν θανατωθέντες, ἀπεφήναντο τυγχάνειν. Οὐ πάνυ τι οὐδὲ αύτοὶ εὐχερῶς δυνάμενοι παραστῆσαι, πῶς ό Θεὸς, καὶ οὐχὶ ἁμαρτία, νέκρωσιν ἐμποιεῖ τῷ παραβεβηκότι. Πρὸς τούτοις ἀνάγκην ἔχουσι λέγειν σάρκα καὶ όστέα, τῷ ἰδίῳ λόγῳ μὴ εἶναι φθαρτά, εἴγε ὕστερον τὴν νέκρωσιν οἱ πατέρες ἡ μῶν διά τὴν ἁμαρτίαν είλήφασιν. Ἀλλʼ εί καὶ ὁ παράδεισος θεῖόν τι χωρίον ἐστὶ, λεγέτωσαν πῶς ἕκαστον ἐκεῖ τῶν μελῶν μὴ μάτην δεδημιουργημένον τὴν οίκείαν ἐνέργειαν ἐνήργει. Περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ μυκτῆρα λέγεσθαι παρὰ τῷ Ἀκύλᾳ καὶ Συμμάχῳ, ἢ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοῖς Ἐὅδομήκοντα τοῦ πεπλασμένου, είς ὃ ἐνεφύσησεν ὁ Θεὸς πνοὴν ζωῆς, λεκτέον, ὃτι οὐ δεῖ περιέχεσθαι τοῦ γράμματος τῆς Γραφῆς ὡς ἀληθοῦς, τὸν δὲ κεκρυμμένον θησαυρὸν ἐν τῷ γράμματι ζητεῖν. Καὶ ἔταξε τὰ χερουβίμ. Ού μόνον τὰ λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα φυλάσσουσι τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς, ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐναντίαι δυνάμεις φυλάττουσι, κωλύουσαι τοὺς βουλομένους προσποριυθῆναι τῷ ξύλῳ τῆς ζωῆς. Kal εἷπε Κάῖν πρὸς ’Ἅβελ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ· Διέλθωμεν εὶς τὸ πεδίον. Ἐν τῷ Ἐὅραῖκῷ τὸ λεχθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κάῖν πρὸς τὸν Ἅβελ ού γέγραπται· καὶ οἱ περί Ἀκύλαν ἔδειξαν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἀποκρύφῳ φασιν οι Ἑβραῖοι κεῖσθαι τοῦτο ἐνταῦθα κατὰ τὴν τῶν Ἐὃδομήκοντα ἐκδοχὴν. Kal εἷπε Κάϊν πρὸς Κύριον τὸν Θεόνο Μείζων ἠ ἁμαρτία μου τοῦ ἀφεθῆναί με. Οὐ διεῖλεν όρθῶς· τῆς θείας νομοθεσίας κατεφρόνησεν· ἀπέκτεινεν ἀδελφόνο ἀπέκτεινε πρὸς τούτῳ καὶ δίκαιον · ἐψεύσατο · θάνατον ᾐτήσατο ἐν άπευδοκιμήσει ζωῆς κα). μετανοίας.

Kal epoiēse Kyrios o Theos tǭ Adam kai tę̄ ruratxl hautou chitōnas dermatinous, kai enedysen autous. Ti dei noein tous dermatinous chitōnas? Sphodra men oun ēlithion kai graōdes, kai anaxion tou Theou, to oiesthai zōōn tinōn perielonta dermata ton Theon, anairethentōn, ē allōs pōs apothanontōn, pepoiēkenai schēmata chitōnōn, katarrapsanta dermata dikēn skytotomou. Palin te, phygonta to houtōs atopon, legein tous dermatinous chitōnas ouk allous einai. ē ta sōmata pithanon men, kai eis synkatathesin epispasasthai dynamenon, ou mēn saphes hōs alēthes. El gar oi dermatinoi chitōnes sarkes kai ostea eisi, pōs pro toutōn phēsin ho Adam; Touto nyn ostoun ek tōn ostōn mou, kai sarx ek tēs sarkos mou? Tautas oun tas aporias periistamenoi tines, dermatinous chitōnas tēn nekrōsiniēn amiriennyntai o ’Ldam kai hē Eua, dia tēn hamartian thanatōthentes, apephēnanto tynchanein. Ou pany ti oude autoi eucherōs dynamenoi parastēsai, pōs o Theos, kai ouchi hamartia, nekrōsin empoiei tǭ parabebēkoti. Pros toutois anankēn echousi legein sarka kai ostea, tǭ idiǭ logǭ mē einai phtharta, eige hysteron tēn nekrōsin hoi pateres hē mōn dia tēn hamartian eilēphasin. Allʼ ei kai ho paradeisos theion ti chōrion esti, legetōsan pōs hekaston ekei tōn melōn mē matēn dedēmiourgēmenon tēn oikeian energeian enērgei. Peri men oun tou myktēra legesthai para tǭ Akylą kai Symmachǭ, ē prosōpon para tois Heodomēkonta tou peplasmenou, eis ho enephysēsen ho Theos pnoēn zōēs, lekteon, hoti ou dei periechesthai tou grammatos tēs Graphēs hōs alēthous, ton de kekrymmenon thēsauron en tǭ grammati zētein. Kai etaxe ta cheroubim. Ou monon ta leitourgika pneumata phylassousi tēn hodon tou xylou tēs zōēs, apostellomena dia tous mellontas klēronomein sōtērian, alla kai enantiai dynameis phylattousi, kōlyousai tous boulomenous prosporiythēnai tǭ xylǭ tēs zōēs. Kal heipe Kain pros ’Habel ton adelphon autou; Dielthōmen eis to pedion. En tǭ Heoraikǭ to lechthen hypo tou Kain pros ton Habel ou gegraptai; kai hoi peri Akylan edeixan, hoti en tǭ apokryphǭ phasin oi Hebraioi keisthai touto entautha kata tēn tōn Heodomēkonta ekdochēn. Kal heipe Kaïn pros Kyrion ton Theono Meizōn ē hamartia mou tou aphethēnai me. Ou dieilen orthōs; tēs theias nomothesias katephronēsen; apekteinen adelphono apekteine pros toutǭ kai dikaion ; epseusato ; thanaton ę̄tēsato en apeudokimēsei zōēs ka). metanoias.

[Gen 3:21] “And the Lord God made for Adam and his wife garments of skin, and clothed them.” What must we understand by the garments of skin? It is very foolish and old-womanish, and unworthy of God, to think that God stripped the skins off some animals, killed or dead in some other way, and made garment shapes, stitching the skins together like a leatherworker. Again, to avoid such an absurdity, to say that the garments of skin are nothing other than bodies is plausible and able to win assent, but not clear as being true. For if the garments of skin are flesh and bones, how does Adam say before them, “This now is bone of my bones and flesh of my flesh”? Some, then, getting around these difficulties, have declared that the garments of skin are the mortality with which Adam and Eve were clothed, having been made mortal because of sin. But not even they can very easily show how God, and not sin, produces mortality in the transgressor. Besides, they are forced to say that flesh and bones are not by their own nature corruptible, if indeed our forefathers received mortality later because of sin. And if paradise is a divine place, let them say how each of the members there, not having been made in vain, performed its proper activity. As to the “nostril” that is said in Aquila and Symmachus, or the “face” in the Seventy, of the one formed, into which God breathed the breath of life, it must be said that we must not cling to the letter of Scripture as true, but seek the treasure hidden in the letter. [Gen 3:24] “And he stationed the cherubim.” Not only do the ministering spirits, sent out for the sake of those who are to inherit salvation, guard the way to the tree of life; opposing powers also guard it, hindering those who wish to approach the tree of life. [Gen 4:8] “And Cain said to Abel his brother: Let us go out into the plain.” In the Hebrew what Cain said to Abel is not written; and Aquila and his colleagues have shown that the Hebrews say that this, as in the reading of the Seventy, stands here in the apocryphon. [Gen 4:13] “And Cain said to the Lord God: My sin is too great to be forgiven me.” He did not divide rightly; he despised the divine legislation; he killed a brother; besides that, he killed a righteous man; he lied; he asked for death, despairing of life and of repentance.

Chapter 103

103PG 12:104a–104d

Καὶ ἐγέννησε κατ ι) τὴν ἰδέαν αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα αὑτοῦ. Πρὸς τοὺς οἰομένους ἄλλην μὲν εἶναι τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἄλλον δέ τὸν κατʼ εἰκόνα, λεκτέον, εἰ ἄλλος μὲν ὁ Ἀδὰμ, ἄλλος δέ ὴ εἰκὼν αὐτοῦ · καὶ εἰ τρίτος κατὰ τὸν οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα ὁ Ἄδαρ.. Χρήσονται δέ τῷ· Κύριε, έν τῇ πόλει σου τὴν εικόνα αὐτῶν ἐξουδενὼσεις · καὶ τῷ · Μέντοιγε ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεται ἅνθρωπος. Ζητητέον δέ τίνι διαφέρει ἡ ἰδέα ’Δδὰμ τῆς εἰκόνος αὑτοῦ. Εὑηρέστησε δὲ Ἑνὼχ τῷ Θεῷ μετὰ τὸ γεννῆσαι αὑτὸν τὸν Μαθουσάλα. Εἰ μετὰ τὸ γεννῆσαι τὸν Μαθουσάλα εὐηρέστησε, πρὸ τούτου κατὰ τὴν Γραφὴν οὐκ ἦν εὐάρεστος. Δῆλον, ὃτι ἐκ μετανοίας εὑηρέστησεν, ὅτε ἐγέννησεν τὴν τοῦ Θανάτου ἐξαποστολὴν, ὃν εἰχον πρὶν γεννῆσαι αὐτόν. Καὶ εἶπεν ὀ Θεός ο Ἀπαλείψω τὸν ἄνθρωπον, δν ἐποίησα, ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς. Οὐχ ἁπαξαπλῶς ἀπαλείψω, ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. Οὐ γὰρ πέφυκε παντελῶς ἁπαλείφεσθαι ὁ ποιηθεὶς, ἐπεὶ ὁ ποιηθεὶς κατʼ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ πεποίηται. Λῧται δὲ αἰ γενέσεις Νῶε, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Εἰ κοινότερον ἐγράφετο ταῦτα, ἐχρῆν ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ, Αὗται αἱ γενεοί Νῶε, Νῶε ἐγέννησε τρεῖς υἱούς. Νῦν δέ ἐπεὶ δικαιοσύνης ἡ γένεσις αὑτοῦ, προτέτακται μὲν τὸ, αὗται αἰ γενέσεις, ἐπιφέρεται δὲ τὸ, ἄνθρωπος δίκαιος ὧν. Τῷ Θεῷ εὑηρέστησε Νῶε. Ἐγέννησε δὲ Νῶε τρεῖς υἱοὺς, τὸν Σὴμ, τὸν Χὰμ, τὸν Ἰἀεοειλ Περιέχει ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν (Si), ὅτι Ἕζησε Λάμεχ ἐτη ἑκατὸν καί ὀγδοήκοντα καὶ ὀκτὼ, καί ἐγέννησε Νῶε. Καίέζησε Λάμεχ, μετὰ τὸ γεννῆσαι αὑτὸν τὸν Νῶε,ἐτη πεντακόσια καί ἐξήκοντα καὶ πέντε· καὶ ἐγένοντο πᾶσαι αἰ ἡμέραι Λάμεχ ἐτη ἑπτακόσια καὶ πεντήκοντα τρια, καὶ ἀπέθανε. Καὶ ἦν Νῶε ἐτῶν πεντακοσίων, καί ἐγέννησε τρεῖς υἱούς. Καὶ εὑρίσκομεν ἐν τούτῳ διαφωνίαν ἐξήκοντα πέντε ἐτῶν τοῦ Νῶε. Ἀλλʼ ἐνταῦθα ὴ Γραφὴ λέγει, ὅτι τῷ Θεῷ εὐηρέστησε Νῶε, καθὼς γέγραπται καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἑνώχ. Κάκεῖνος γὰρ ὅτε εὺηρέστησε τῷ Θεῷ, τότε καὶ μετέθηκεν αὐτόν. Ὀμοίως οὖν καὶ τοῦ Νῶε τὰ πρὸ τῆς εὐαρεστήσεως ἐξήκοντα κα) πέντε ἐτη οὐκ ἐλογίσατο αὑτῷ θεία Γραφή. Ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ’Δδραέιμ οὐκ ἐλογίσθη εἰς ζωὴν τὰ ἐξήκοντα ἐτη τὰ πρὸ τῆς θεογνωσίας αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Ἑνὼχ ἔτη τριάκοντα· καὶ τοῦ Σαοὺλ ἔτη εἴκοσι, καὶ τοῦ Σολομῶν-

Kai egennēse kat i) tēn idean autou kai kata tēn eikona hautou. Pros tous oiomenous allēn men einai tēn eikona tou Theou, allon de ton katʼ eikona, lekteon, ei allos men ho Adam, allos de ē eikōn autou ; kai ei tritos kata ton hou katʼ eikona ho Adar.. Chrēsontai de tǭ; Kyrie, en tę̄ polei sou tēn eikona autōn exoudenōseis ; kai tǭ ; Mentoige en eikoni diaporeuetai hanthrōpos. Zētēteon de tini diapherei hē idea ’Ddam tēs eikonos hautou. Heuērestēse de Henōch tǭ Theǭ meta to gennēsai hauton ton Mathousala. Ei meta to gennēsai ton Mathousala euērestēse, pro toutou kata tēn Graphēn ouk ēn euarestos. Dēlon, hoti ek metanoias heuērestēsen, hote egennēsen tēn tou Thanatou exapostolēn, hon eichon prin gennēsai auton. Kai eipen o Theos o Apaleipsō ton anthrōpon, dn epoiēsa, apo prosōpou tēs gēs. Ouch hapaxaplōs apaleipsō, allʼ apo tēs gēs. Ou gar pephyke pantelōs hapaleiphesthai ho poiētheis, epei ho poiētheis katʼ eikona Theou pepoiētai. Lÿtai de ai geneseis Nōe, kai ta hexēs. Ei koinoteron egrapheto tauta, echrēn epipheresthai tǭ, Hautai hai geneoi Nōe, Nōe egennēse treis huious. Nyn de epei dikaiosynēs hē genesis hautou, protetaktai men to, hautai ai geneseis, epipheretai de to, anthrōpos dikaios hōn. Tǭ Theǭ heuērestēse Nōe. Egennēse de Nōe treis huious, ton Sēm, ton Cham, ton Iaeoeil Periechei en tois emprosthen (Si), hoti Hezēse Lamech etē hekaton kai ogdoēkonta kai oktō, kai egennēse Nōe. Kaiezēse Lamech, meta to gennēsai hauton ton Nōe,etē pentakosia kai exēkonta kai pente; kai egenonto pasai ai hēmerai Lamech etē heptakosia kai pentēkonta tria, kai apethane. Kai ēn Nōe etōn pentakosiōn, kai egennēse treis huious. Kai heuriskomen en toutǭ diaphōnian exēkonta pente etōn tou Nōe. Allʼ entautha ē Graphē legei, hoti tǭ Theǭ euērestēse Nōe, kathōs gegraptai kai peri tou Henōch. Kakeinos gar hote euērestēse tǭ Theǭ, tote kai metethēken auton. Omoiōs oun kai tou Nōe ta pro tēs euarestēseōs exēkonta ka) pente etē ouk elogisato hautǭ theia Graphē. Hōsper kai epi tou ’Ddraeim ouk elogisthē eis zōēn ta exēkonta etē ta pro tēs theognōsias autou, kai tou Henōch etē triakonta; kai tou Saoul etē eikosi, kai tou Solomōn-

[Gen 5:3] “And he begot according to his form and according to his image.” To those who think that the image of God is one thing and the one “according to the image” another, it must be said: [consider] whether Adam is one and his image another, and whether there is a third, according to which the Adam “according to the image” … They will use “Lord, in your city you will bring their image to nothing,” and “Surely man walks about as an image.” But we must ask in what Adam's form differs from his image. [Gen 5:22] “And Enoch pleased God after he had begotten Methuselah.” If he pleased him after begetting Methuselah, before this, according to Scripture, he was not pleasing. Clearly he became pleasing through repentance, when he begot “the sending away of death,” the death which they had before he begot him. [Gen 6:7] “And God said: I will wipe out man whom I made from the face of the earth.” Not “I will wipe out” absolutely, but “from the earth.” For the one who was made is not of a nature to be wiped out altogether, since the one made has been made according to the image of God. [Gen 6:9] “These are the generations of Noah,” and so on. If this were written in the more common way, “These are the generations of Noah” should have been followed by “Noah begot three sons.” But as it is, since his generation is one of righteousness, “these are the generations” is put first, and “being a righteous man” follows. “Noah pleased God.” [Gen 6:10] “And Noah begot three sons, Shem, Ham, Japheth.” What precedes contains: “Lamech lived one hundred and eighty-eight years and begot Noah. And Lamech lived, after he had begotten Noah, five hundred and sixty-five years; and all the days of Lamech came to seven hundred and fifty-three years, and he died. And Noah was five hundred years old, and he begot three sons.” And in this we find a discrepancy of sixty-five years concerning Noah. But here Scripture says that Noah pleased God, as it is written also of Enoch. For he too, when he pleased God, was then also translated by him. Likewise, then, divine Scripture did not reckon to Noah the sixty-five years before his pleasing God; just as with Abraham the sixty years before his knowledge of God were not reckoned to his life, and thirty years of Enoch, and twenty years of Saul, and of Solomon

Chapter 105

105PG 12:105a–105d

Έρθὰρη δὲ ἡ γῆ ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦʼ καὶ ἐπλήσθη τʼ] γῆ ἀδικίαςʼ καὶ εἶδε Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἦν κατεφθαρμένη- ὅτι κατέφθειρε πᾶσα σὰρξ τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τῆς. Ἀδικία μὲν φθείρει τὴν γῆν, δικαιοσύνη δὲ σώζει· καὶ ὁ ἁμαρτάνων, τὺ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ, φθείρει τὴν γῆν. Οὐκ ὲν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ γέγονε κατεφθαρμένη ἡ γῆ (τότε γὰρ ἀπελούσατο τὴν φθοράν), ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ ἀδικία. Ὃ δὲ κατέφθειρε τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἔστι πνεῦμα. ἀλλά σάρξ· Τὸ γὰρ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκός ἔχθρα είς Θεόιν· καὶ, Oi ἐν σαρκί ζῶντες Θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύνανται. Δύο, δύο ἀπὸ πάντων εἰσάξεις εὶς τὴν κιβωτὸν ἵνα τρέφῃς μετὰ σεαυτοῦ. Ἀρσεν καί θῆλυ ἔσονται. Ἐπεὶ καθαροὺς ἦθελε διαμένειν τοὺς εἰσελθόντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς τὴν κιβωτὸν ἀπὸ μίξεως, ούτως αὐτοὺς είσάγει, κατά τὴν εἰσαγωγὴν κελεύων αὐτοῖς τὴν διατριβὴν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ὲν τῇ κιβωτῷ. Οὐ γὰρ ἔπρεπε, τῶν ὁμοίων ἀπολλυμένων, τούτους κοίταις καὶ παιδοποιίαις σχολάζειν. Ὅτε μέντοι τὰ δεινά παρῆλθε, καὶ χρεία ἐκάλει τὴν γῆν ἀνθρώπων πληρωθῆναι, κατὰ γαμικὴν αὐτοὺς συζυγίαν ἐκβάλλει, λέγωνʼ Ἔξελθε σὺ, καὶ ἡ γυνή σου, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ σού, καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες τῶν υίῶν σου. Ἀπὸ δὲ πάντων τῶν κτηνῶν τῶν καθαρῶν εισἁγαγε πρὸς σὲ ἑπτὰ ἑπτὰ, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆι-ιιν ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν κτηνῶν τῶν μὴ καθαρῶν δύο δύο, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ζητήσειέ τις ἂν πῶς, μηδέπω τοῦ νόμου διαστειλαμένου καθαρά καὶ ἀκάθαρτα, ὡς εἰδότι τῷ Νῶε διαφορὰν ἀκαθάρτων ταῦτα λέγεται. Ὅθεν ἄξιον ἐπιστῆσαι μὴ κατὰ τὸ, Ὅταν ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν, ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ φύσει νόμου ταῦτα ἠπίστατο ὁ Νῶε. Νῶε δὲ ἦν ἐτῶν ἑξακοσίων, καὶ ὁ κατακλυσμὸς τοῦ ὕδατος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Μήποτε πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν μέλλοντος κατακλυσμοῦ γενέσθαι πυρὶ πρόσκειται ἐνταῦθα, τοῦ ὕδατος. Καὶ εἰσῆλθον πρὸς Νῶε εις τὴν κιβωτὸν δύο δύο ἀπὸ πάσης σαρκός. Ὡς πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν ζητήσειε τις ἂν διὰ τί οὐκ εἴρηται, τὰ μὲν ἀκάθαρτα δύο δύο, τὰ δὲ καθαρά ἐπτά ἑπτά· ἀλλά σεσιώπηκε τὰ καθαρά. Ὅρα δὲ μὴ ἀπολογία ἐστὶν ὲν τῷ, ἀπὸ πάσης σαρκὸς, ἀκαθάρτων μόνον δηλουμένων ὲν τῷ, ἀπὸ πάσης σαρκός. Καὶ εὐλόγησεν ὀ Θεὸς τὸν Νῶε, καὶτοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ο Αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε, καί πληρώσατε τὴν τῆν. '0 Νῶε πῶς ηὕξησε, καὶ ἐπλήθυνε, μήπω γεννήσας μετὰ κατακλυσμὸν; μήποτε οὖν οὐ δεῖ σωματικῶς ἀκούειν τὸ, Αῠξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθεκΕί δὲ ἐνθάδε οὐ σωματικῶς διά τὸν Νῶε, δῆλον, ὅτι κατά βούλημα τοῦ πνευματικοῦ νόμου καὶ ὲν τῇ ἀρχῇ οὕτως.

Ertharē de hē gē enantion tou Theouʼ kai eplēsthē tʼ] gē adikiasʼ kai eide Kyrios ho Theos tēn gēn, kai ēn katephtharmenē- hoti katephtheire pasa sarx tēn hodon autou epi tēs tēs. Adikia men phtheirei tēn gēn, dikaiosynē de sōzei; kai ho hamartanōn, ty hoson ephʼ heautǭ, phtheirei tēn gēn. Ouk en tǭ kataklysmǭ gegone katephtharmenē hē gē (tote gar apelousato tēn phthoran), allʼ en tę̄ adikia. Ho de katephtheire tēn hodon tou Theou, ouk esti pneuma. alla sarx; To gar phronēma tēs sarkos echthra eis Theoin; kai, Oi en sarki zōntes Theǭ aresai ou dynantai. Dyo, dyo apo pantōn eisaxeis eis tēn kibōton hina trephę̄s meta seautou. Arsen kai thēly esontai. Epei katharous ēthele diamenein tous eiselthontas anthrōpous eis tēn kibōton apo mixeōs, outōs autous eisagei, kata tēn eisagōgēn keleuōn autois tēn diatribēn poieisthai tēn en tę̄ kibōtǭ. Ou gar eprepe, tōn homoiōn apollymenōn, toutous koitais kai paidopoiiais scholazein. Hote mentoi ta deina parēlthe, kai chreia ekalei tēn gēn anthrōpōn plērōthēnai, kata gamikēn autous syzygian ekballei, legōnʼ Exelthe sy, kai hē gynē sou, kai hoi huioi sou, kai hai gynaikes tōn uiōn sou. Apo de pantōn tōn ktēnōn tōn katharōn eisagage pros se hepta hepta, arsen kai thēi-iin apo de tōn ktēnōn tōn mē katharōn dyo dyo, kai ta hexēs. Zētēseie tis an pōs, mēdepō tou nomou diasteilamenou kathara kai akatharta, hōs eidoti tǭ Nōe diaphoran akathartōn tauta legetai. Hothen axion epistēsai mē kata to, Hotan ethnē ta mē nomon echonta physei ta tou nomou poiōsin, ē apo tou physei nomou tauta ēpistato ho Nōe. Nōe de ēn etōn hexakosiōn, kai ho kataklysmos tou hydatos egeneto epi tēs gēs. Mēpote pros antidiastolēn mellontos kataklysmou genesthai pyri proskeitai entautha, tou hydatos. Kai eisēlthon pros Nōe eis tēn kibōton dyo dyo apo pasēs sarkos. Hōs pros to rhēton zētēseie tis an dia ti ouk eirētai, ta men akatharta dyo dyo, ta de kathara epta hepta; alla sesiōpēke ta kathara. Hora de mē apologia estin en tǭ, apo pasēs sarkos, akathartōn monon dēloumenōn en tǭ, apo pasēs sarkos. Kai eulogēsen o Theos ton Nōe, kaitous huious autou, kai eipen autois o Auxanesthe kai plēthynesthe, kai plērōsate tēn tēn. '0 Nōe pōs hēuxēse, kai eplēthyne, mēpō gennēsas meta kataklysmon? mēpote oun ou dei sōmatikōs akouein to, Auxanesthe kai plēthynesthekEi de enthade ou sōmatikōs dia ton Nōe, dēlon, hoti kata boulēma tou pneumatikou nomou kai en tę̄ archę̄ houtōs.

[Gen 6:11–12] “And the earth was corrupted before God, and the earth was filled with injustice; and the Lord God saw the earth, and it was corrupted, because all flesh had corrupted its way upon the earth.” Injustice corrupts the earth, but righteousness preserves it; and the one who sins, as far as in him lies, corrupts the earth. The earth was not corrupted in the flood (for then it washed off its corruption), but in its injustice. And what corrupted the way of God is not spirit but flesh: “For the mind of the flesh is enmity toward God”; and “Those who live in the flesh cannot please God.” [Gen 6:19–20] “Two by two of all you shall bring into the ark, that you may feed them with you; they shall be male and female.” Since he wished the men who entered the ark to remain pure of intercourse, he brings them in in this way, commanding them by the order of their entering how to spend their time in the ark. For it was not fitting that, while their like were perishing, these should give themselves to beds and childbearing. But when the terrors had passed and need called for the earth to be filled with human beings, he brings them out in married pairs, saying: “Go out, you and your wife, and your sons, and your sons' wives.” [Gen 7:2] “And of all the clean cattle bring in to you seven by seven, male and female; and of the cattle that are not clean two by two,” and so on. One might ask how, when the law had not yet distinguished clean and unclean, this is said to Noah as to one who knew the difference of the unclean. Hence it is worth considering whether Noah knew these things from the law of nature, according to “When Gentiles who do not have the law do by nature the things of the law.” [Gen 7:6] “And Noah was six hundred years old, and the flood of water came upon the earth.” Perhaps “of water” is added here to distinguish it from a flood that is to come by fire. [Gen 7:9] “And there went in to Noah into the ark two by two of all flesh.” As to the letter, one might ask why it is not said, “the unclean two by two and the clean seven by seven,” but the clean are passed over in silence. But see whether there is a defence in the words “of all flesh,” the unclean alone being meant by “of all flesh.” [Gen 9:1] “And God blessed Noah and his sons, and said to them: Increase and multiply, and fill the earth.” How did Noah increase and multiply, when he had not yet begotten after the flood? Perhaps, then, “Increase and multiply” must not be heard bodily. And if here it is not meant bodily, because of Noah, it is clear that according to the intention of the spiritual law it was so in the beginning too.

Chapter 107

107PG 12:108a–108b

Καὶ ὁ τριμγιίς καὶ ιτ μύσος ὑμῶν ἔσται ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς θηρίοις τῆς γῆς· καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Βιάζεται μέν τις κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν φάσκων, πᾶν ζῶον φοβεῖσθαι βλέπον τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ αὺτά τά ἐν piat; Θηρία. Μήποτε δὲ βέλτιον νοεῖν τάς πονηρὰς δυνάμεις, τα ἄγρια θηρία τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὰ λοιπά εἴδη ἕτερα, πάσχειν ἀπὸ τοῦ δικαίου τὸν φόβον, καὶ τὸν τρόμον εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις. Αἱ γὰρ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις φοβοῦνται τὸν δίκαιον. Πλὴν ἐν autat! ψυχῆς οὐ yth-£008 ' καὶ γὰρ τὸ ὑμέτερον αἷμα τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν ἑκζητήσω. Ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν θηρίων ἑχζῖιτήσω αὑτό. Ἀπί μφαίνοντος τοῦ ῥητοῦ, λεκτέον, ὅτι Θηρὶα δυνάμεις ἀντικείμενα( εἰσι, τῷ ἁμαρτάνουσα-ν τὴν ψυχὴν ἀποθνήσκειν, ἀφʼ ὦν τῆς χειρὸς ὲκζητηθὴσε· Β ται ὁ Θάνατος τοῦ ἡμαρτηκότος. Δυνατὺν δὲ καῖ ἐπὶ τῶν κτηνῶν αὐτὸ ἐκλαβεῖν, ἀφʼ ὧν τὸν κερατιστὴν ταῦρον λιθοβολεῖσθαι προσέταξεν. Ὀτι ἐν εικόνι Θεοῦ ἐποίησα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. ὐ Θεὸς λέγει· Ἐν εἰκόνι Θεοῦ ἐποίησα τὸν ἄνη θρωπον· εἰκὼν δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου ὁ Σωτήρ. Θεὸς ἄρα καὶ κατά τὴν Γραφὴν ὁ Σωτήρ. Ἦσαν δὲ οἱ υἱοὶ Νῶε, οἱ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῆς κιβωτοῦ, Σὴμ, Χὰμ, Ἰάέρεθ. Χὰμ δὲ ἦν πατὴρ Xa— ναάν. Ti δήποτε, εἰποῦσα ἡ Γ patri}, Καὶ ἦσαν οι viai Νῶε ἐξερχόμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς κιβωτοῦ, Σ iul, Χὰμ, Ιὰφεθ, προσέθηκε ο Kal Χὰμ οὗτος πατὴρ Χαναά›·; El γὰρ ἐχρῆν μνημονεῦσαι τῶν υἱῶν, ἔδει πάντων, καὶ μὴ μόνου Χαναάν· ὁ Χαναάν καὶ αὐτὸς ἀσεβὴς ἐγένετο, ὡς ἡ Impia δηλοῖ. Βουλόμενον οὖν τὸ πνεῦμα δεῖξαι τὴν οἰκειότητα τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν, τρόπον τινὰ ἀπαλλοτριοῖ τῆς τῶν ἀδελφῶν εὐσεβείας προσθήκῃ τοῦ, Χάμ ἦν πατὴρ Χαναὰν. Υἱοὶ μὲν γὰρ πάντες τοῦ Νῶε τῷ γένει ο μόνος δὲ οὗτος οὐχ υἱὸς τῷ τρόπῳ, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ὁμοίου παιδὸς πατὴρ. Διόπερ ἐμφαντικῶς κεῖται, Αὐτὸς πατὴρ Χαναὰν. Ἔφερε δὲ ὁ Ἐβραῖος ὁ ταῦτα εἰπὼν καὶ παράδοσιν τοιαύτην, ἐπενεγκὼν ἀπόδειξιν τῇ παραδόσει· Ὡς ἄρα ό Χαναὰν πρότερος εἶδε τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην τοῦ πάππου, καί ἀνήγγειλεν αὐτοῦ τῷ πατρὶ μόνῳ καταμωκώμενος ὥσπερ τοῦ γέροντος. '0 δὲ Χάμ, δέον ὁμοίιος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μὴ προσελθεῖν τῷ πατρὶ ἀσεβῶς, ἀλλά atati. ἐπιπλῆξαι τῷ πρώτῳ Θεασαμὲνῳ καὶ διαβάλλοντι, αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ πέπεισται, καὶ εῖσῆλθε, καὶ εἶδε, κοιλ ἀνήνεγκε τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. Καὶ ταῦτα δὲ δοκεῖ μῦθος εἶναι, εί μὴ τὸ τῆς ἀποδείξεως ἦν ἰσχυρόν · Καὶ ἐξ varie-'01} γὰρ. φησι, Νῶε ὲκ τοῦ ὕπνου αὑτοῦ, καὶ ἔγνω ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὀ υἶύς αὑτοῦ ὁ νεώτεγ.>ος. Μικρότερος μὲν γὰρ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ Χὰμ οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλά δεύτερος. Sim γὰρ, φησί, καὶ Χὰμ, καὶ Ἰάρεθο καὶ εἰ τὸν μικρὸν ἤθελε δεῖξαιῃὺν Ἰάφεο ἂν ἔλεγεν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοὺς ἐκγόνους υἱοὺς ἀεὶ λέγουσιν οἱ πάπποι, καὶ τοὺς μακρόθεν ἀπογόνους,

Kai ho trimgiis kai it mysos hymōn estai epi pasi tois thēriois tēs gēs; kai ta hexēs. Biazetai men tis kata to rhēton phaskōn, pan zōon phobeisthai blepon ton anthrōpon, kai auta ta en piat? Thēria. Mēpote de beltion noein tas ponēras dynameis, ta agria thēria tēs gēs, kai ta loipa eidē hetera, paschein apo tou dikaiou ton phobon, kai ton tromon einai epi tois toioutois. Hai gar ponērai dynameis phobountai ton dikaion. Plēn en autat! psychēs ou yth-£008 ' kai gar to hymeteron haima tōn psychōn hymōn hekzētēsō. Ek cheiros pantōn tōn thēriōn hechziitēsō hauto. Api mphainontos tou rhētou, lekteon, hoti Thēria dynameis antikeimena( eisi, tǭ hamartanousa-n tēn psychēn apothnēskein, aphʼ ōn tēs cheiros ekzētēthēse; B tai ho Thanatos tou hēmartēkotos. Dynatyn de kai epi tōn ktēnōn auto eklabein, aphʼ hōn ton keratistēn tauron lithoboleisthai prosetaxen. Oti en eikoni Theou epoiēsa ton anthrōpon. y Theos legei; En eikoni Theou epoiēsa ton anē thrōpon; eikōn de tou Theou tou aoratou ho Sōtēr. Theos ara kai kata tēn Graphēn ho Sōtēr. Ēsan de hoi huioi Nōe, hoi exelthontes ek tēs kibōtou, Sēm, Cham, Iaereth. Cham de ēn patēr Xa— naan. Ti dēpote, eipousa hē G patri}, Kai ēsan oi viai Nōe exerchomenoi apo tēs kibōtou, S iul, Cham, Iapheth, prosethēke o Kal Cham houtos patēr Chanaa›;? El gar echrēn mnēmoneusai tōn huiōn, edei pantōn, kai mē monou Chanaan; ho Chanaan kai autos asebēs egeneto, hōs hē Impia dēloi. Boulomenon oun to pneuma deixai tēn oikeiotēta tou patros pros ton huion, tropon tina apallotrioi tēs tōn adelphōn eusebeias prosthēkę̄ tou, Cham ēn patēr Chanaan. Huioi men gar pantes tou Nōe tǭ genei o monos de houtos ouch huios tǭ tropǭ, alla tou homoiou paidos patēr. Dioper emphantikōs keitai, Autos patēr Chanaan. Ephere de ho Ebraios ho tauta eipōn kai paradosin toiautēn, epenenkōn apodeixin tę̄ paradosei; Hōs ara o Chanaan proteros eide tēn aschēmosynēn tou pappou, kai anēngeilen autou tǭ patri monǭ katamōkōmenos hōsper tou gerontos. '0 de Cham, deon homoiios tois adelphois mē proselthein tǭ patri asebōs, alla atati. epiplēxai tǭ prōtǭ Theasamenǭ kai diaballonti, autos de kai pepeistai, kai eisēlthe, kai eide, koil anēnenke tois adelphois. Kai tauta de dokei mythos einai, ei mē to tēs apodeixeōs ēn ischyron ; Kai ex varie-'01} gar. phēsi, Nōe ek tou hypnou hautou, kai egnō hosa epoiēsen autǭ o uiys hautou ho neōteg.>os. Mikroteros men gar huios autou ho Cham ouk ēn, alla deuteros. Sim gar, phēsi, kai Cham, kai Iaretho kai ei ton mikron ēthele deixaię̄un Iapheo an elegen. Epeidē de tous ekgonous huious aei legousin hoi pappoi, kai tous makrothen apogonous,

[Gen 9:2] “And the trembling and fear of you shall be upon all the wild beasts of the earth,” and so on. One forces the letter by asserting that every animal is afraid when it sees a human being, even the wild beasts in … But perhaps it is better to understand that the evil powers, the wild beasts of the earth, and the other remaining kinds, suffer fear from the righteous man, and that the trembling is upon such as these. For the evil powers fear the righteous man. [Gen 9:4–5] “Only flesh with the blood of life you shall not eat; for I will require your blood of your lives; from the hand of all the wild beasts I will require it.” Since the letter is incongruous, it must be said that the wild beasts are opposing powers, responsible for the sinning soul's dying, from whose hand the death of the one who has sinned will be required. But it is possible to take it also of the cattle, in that he commanded the goring bull to be stoned. [Gen 9:6] “For in the image of God I made man.” God says, “In the image of God I made man”; and the image of the invisible God is the Saviour. Therefore, according to Scripture too, the Saviour is God. [Gen 9:18] “And the sons of Noah who came out of the ark were Shem, Ham, Japheth; and Ham was the father of Canaan.” Why did Scripture, having said, “And the sons of Noah who came out of the ark were Shem, Ham, Japheth,” add, “And Ham, this one is the father of Canaan”? For if it had to mention the sons, it should have mentioned all of them, and not Canaan alone. Canaan himself too became impious, as the story shows. The Spirit, then, wishing to show the kinship of the father with the son, in a way separates him from the piety of his brothers by adding, “Ham was the father of Canaan.” For all were sons of Noah by birth, but this one alone was not a son in character, but the father of a son like himself. Therefore it is stated emphatically, “He is the father of Canaan.” The Hebrew who said this also brought forward a tradition of this kind, adding a proof to the tradition: that Canaan was the first to see his grandfather's nakedness, and reported it to his father alone, as if mocking the old man. And Ham, when he ought, like his brothers, not to have approached his father impiously, but to have rebuked the one who first saw and was slandering, was himself persuaded, and went in, and saw, and reported it to his brothers. These things too would seem a myth, were not the proof strong: “And Noah awoke from his sleep,” it says, “and knew what his youngest son had done to him.” For Ham was not his younger son, but the second; for it says, “Shem and Ham and Japheth,” and if it had wished to point to the youngest, it would have said Japheth. But since grandfathers always call their grandchildren, and even distant descendants, sons,

Chapter 109

109PG 12:109a–109d

τὸν βραχύτατον τῶν ἐκγόνων τὸν Χαναὰν εἴρηκενὴ Γραφὴ ἐγνῶσθαι παρὰ τοῦ Νῶε, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐποίησε ταῦτα. Καὶ ὅτι τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, εὐθὺς ἐπάγει τὸ θεῖον λόγιον, καὶ εἶπεν· Ἐπικατάρατος Χαναὰν, δοῦλος δούλων ἔσται τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὑτοῦ. Εἰ δέ τις θαυμάζοι, τί δήποτε ὁ Χὲιμ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀσεβὴς ὢν, τὴν αὐτὴν κατάραν οὐκ έσχε τῷ υἱῷ, ἐπιγνώτω ὡς, εί ἦν λελεγμένον τῷ Χὰμ, δοῦλος δούλων ἔσται, τῆς δουλείας μετέσχον ἂν καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, ὼς οἱ τοῦ Χαναὰν ἀδελφοὶ δοῦλοι ἐγένοντο κατὰ τὴν κατάραν, ὧν δοῦλος ἀπεφάνθη Χαναάν. Οὐκ ἀποθανεῖται πᾶσα σὰρξ ἔτι. ’Υπισχνεῖται μηκέτι τὸν οἰκουμενικὸν ποιήσειν κατακλυσμὸν, ἐὰν ἠ διάνοια τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκ νεότητος ὲγκειμένη ἐπὶ τὰ πονηρὰ, οὐκέτι οὕτως ἔχει πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, ὥσπερ πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ. Νέμει γὰρ βραχεῖάν τινα συγγνώμην τοῖς νέοις διὰ τὸ τῆς ὴλιχίας εὐόλισθον. Διόπερ, Οὺ μὴ προσθῶ, φησιν, ἔτι καταράσασθαι τὴν γῆν διὰ τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἀνθρώ·mea“ ὅτι ἔγκειται ἡ διάνοια τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἑπιμελῶς ἐπὶ τὰ πονηρὰ ἐκ νεότητος· τουτέστι, 1190οἰδα, ὅτι ἡ νεότης τοῖς ἐσομένοις εὐόλισθος ἔσται. Μὴ τοίνυν δείσητε. Διά τοῦτο γὰρ οὐκέτι ἐπάξω ὑμῖν ἀφανισμὸν παντελῆ. Καὶ ἤρξατο Νῶε ἄνθρωπος τεωργπὸς γῆς, καὶ »ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ἔπιεν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου, καὶ ἐμεθύσθη, καὶ ἐγυμνώθη ὲν τῷ οἴκῳ αὑτοῦ. Οὐκ ᾔδει Νῶε τὴν τοῦ οἴνου φύσιν, ὅτι μεθύσκειο καὶ τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγουσα τὸ, ἤρξατο, καὶ ἐγυμνώθη. Τοῦ αὑτοῦ. Οἶνος γήϊνος γυμνοῖ τὸν νοῦν τῆς τῶν νοητῶν γνώσεως. Τοῦ αὑτοῦ. Τοιοῦτος ἦν ὁ καρπὸς τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ γνωστοῦ καλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ, οἷος ὁ οἶνος, ὁ τὸν Νῶε γυ μνώσας. Τοῦ αὑτοῦ. EE καὶ ἐμεθύσθη, καὶ ἐγυμνώθη ὁ Νῶε, ἁλλʼ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ · ἁγίου γὰρ τὸ μὴ ἔξω τοῦ οἴκου αὑτοῦ γυμνοῦσθαι. Οὗτος ἦν γίγας κυνηγὸς ἐναντίον Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ὀ κυνηγὸς οὐκ ἐπὶ δικαίων κεῖται νῦν · καὶ τήρει μήποτε οὐδὲ ἄλλοτε. Καὶ ἦν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ χεῖλος ἓν, καὶ φωνὴ μία πᾶσι. Τοῖς μὴ νοοῦσι τὸ, Ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὶιι ἓν ἐσμεν, καί διὰ τοῦτο ἀρνουμένοις ὑπόστασιν ἰδίαν Υίοῦ, προσοίσομεν τὸ, Ἦν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ χεῖλος ἓν, καὶ φωνὴ μία πᾶσι. Ζητοῦντες δὲ διαφορὰν χείλους

ton brachytaton tōn ekgonōn ton Chanaan eirēkenē Graphē egnōsthai para tou Nōe, hoti autos epoiēse tauta. Kai hoti touto houtōs echei, euthys epagei to theion logion, kai eipen; Epikataratos Chanaan, doulos doulōn estai tois adelphois hautou. Ei de tis thaumazoi, ti dēpote ho Cheim, kai autos asebēs ōn, tēn autēn kataran ouk esche tǭ huiǭ, epignōtō hōs, ei ēn lelegmenon tǭ Cham, doulos doulōn estai, tēs douleias meteschon an kai hoi adelphoi autou, ōs hoi tou Chanaan adelphoi douloi egenonto kata tēn kataran, hōn doulos apephanthē Chanaan. Ouk apothaneitai pasa sarx eti. ’Ypischneitai mēketi ton oikoumenikon poiēsein kataklysmon, ean ē dianoia tōn anthrōpōn ek neotētos enkeimenē epi ta ponēra, ouketi houtōs echei pasas tas hēmeras, hōsper pro tou kataklysmou. Nemei gar bracheian tina syngnōmēn tois neois dia to tēs ēlichias euolisthon. Dioper, Ou mē prosthō, phēsin, eti katarasasthai tēn gēn dia ta erga tōn anthrō;mea“ hoti enkeitai hē dianoia tou anthrōpou hepimelōs epi ta ponēra ek neotētos; toutesti, 1190oida, hoti hē neotēs tois esomenois euolisthos estai. Mē toinyn deisēte. Dia touto gar ouketi epaxō hymin aphanismon pantelē. Kai ērxato Nōe anthrōpos teōrgpos gēs, kai »ephyteusen ampelōna, kai epien ek tou oinou, kai emethysthē, kai egymnōthē en tǭ oikǭ hautou. Ouk ę̄dei Nōe tēn tou oinou physin, hoti methyskeio kai touto martyrei hē Graphē legousa to, ērxato, kai egymnōthē. Tou hautou. Oinos gēïnos gymnoi ton noun tēs tōn noētōn gnōseōs. Tou hautou. Toioutos ēn ho karpos tou xylou tou gnōstou kalou kai ponērou, hoios ho oinos, ho ton Nōe gy mnōsas. Tou hautou. EE kai emethysthē, kai egymnōthē ho Nōe, hallʼ en tǭ oikǭ autou ; hagiou gar to mē exō tou oikou hautou gymnousthai. Houtos ēn gigas kynēgos enantion Kyriou tou Theou. O kynēgos ouk epi dikaiōn keitai nyn ; kai tērei mēpote oude allote. Kai ēn pasa hē gē cheilos hen, kai phōnē mia pasi. Tois mē noousi to, Egō kai ho Patiii hen esmen, kai dia touto arnoumenois hypostasin idian Uiou, prosoisomen to, Ēn pasa hē gē cheilos hen, kai phōnē mia pasi. Zētountes de diaphoran cheilous

Scripture said that the very youngest of his descendants, Canaan, was recognized by Noah as the one who had done these things. And that this is so, the divine oracle at once adds; for he said: “Cursed be Canaan; a servant of servants shall he be to his brothers.” And if anyone wonders why Ham, though himself impious, did not receive the same curse as his son, let him recognize that if “he shall be a servant of servants” had been said to Ham, his brothers too would have shared in the slavery, just as Canaan's brothers became slaves according to the curse, those whose slave Canaan was declared to be. [Gen 9:11] “All flesh shall no longer die.” He promises no longer to bring the universal flood, [and] the mind of human beings, inclined to evil from youth, is no longer so all its days, as it was before the flood. For he allots some slight pardon to the young because their age slips easily. Therefore he says: “I will not again curse the earth because of the works of men, for the mind of man is diligently inclined to evil from youth”; that is: I know that youth will slip easily in those to come. Do not fear, then; for this reason I will no longer bring total destruction upon you. [Gen 9:20–21] “And Noah began to be a man who tilled the earth, and planted a vineyard, and drank of the wine, and became drunk, and was uncovered in his house.” Noah did not know the nature of wine, that it intoxicates; Scripture testifies to this by saying “began” and “was uncovered.” [Of the same.] Earthly wine strips the mind of the knowledge of intelligible things. [Of the same.] The fruit of the tree of knowing good and evil was like the wine that stripped Noah. [Of the same.] Even if Noah became drunk and was uncovered, yet it was in his house; for it is a saint's part not to be uncovered outside his own house. [Gen 10:9] “This one was a giant hunter before the Lord God.” “Hunter” is not used here of the righteous; and observe whether it ever is elsewhere. [Gen 11:1] “And the whole earth was one lip, and there was one voice for all.” To those who do not understand “I and the Father are one,” and for this reason deny the Son's own hypostasis, we shall bring forward, “The whole earth was one lip, and there was one voice for all.” Seeking the difference between lip

Chapter 111

111PG 12:112a–112d

καὶ φωνῆς, φήσομεν τὴν μὲν φωνὴν ἐπὶ τῆς διαλέκτου τάσσεσθαι, τάχα δὲ τὸ χεῖλος ἐπὶ τῆς διανοίας · ἢ τὸ ἔμπαλιν. Δεῦτε, καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν αὐτῶν ἐκεῖ τὴν γλῶσσαν, ἵνα μὴ ἀκούσωσιν ἕκαστος τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ πλησίον. Γ νώρισμα κακίας τὸ συγχυθῆναι τὰς γλώσσας · γνώρισμα ἀρετῆς, ὅτι ἧν πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων καρδία, καὶ ψυχὴ μία. Καὶ οὕτω τηρῶν τὴν Γραφὴν εὑρήσεις, ὅτι ὅπου πλῆθος ἀριθμοῦ, ὅπου σχίσμα, ὅπου διαίρεσις, καὶ διαφωνία, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, κακίας ἐστὶ γνωρίσματα· ὅπου δέ ἑνότης, καὶ ὁμόνοια, καὶ πολλὴ δύναμις ἐν λόγοις, ἀρετῆς γνωρίσματα. Καὶ ἔζησε Θάρῤα ἐβδομήκοντα ἐτη, και ἐγέννησε τὸν Ἁβρὰμ, καὶ τὸν Ναχώρ, καί τὸν Ἀρῤἁμ. Τὸν πατέρα τοῦ ἑορτάζοντας ἐθνους τὴν ἑβδομάδα ἐγέννησεν ό Θὰῤῥαεγενόμενος ἑβδομηκονταέτης. Ἐφίστημι δέ μήπως τοὺς τρεῖς τριδύμους ἐγέννησεν. Ἀλλως γὰρ, ἐβδομηκονταέτης ὢν, οὐ δύναιτʼ ἂν τῶν τριῶν ἐκ μιᾶς γενέσθαι πατήρ. Ἀλλὰ καὶ οὐ δηλοῦνται πλείους αὑτοῦ γυναῖκες. Καὶ κατέβη Ἀόζρὰμ είς Αἴγυπτον παροικῆσαι ἐκεῖ, ὅτι ἐνίσχυσεν ό λιμὸς ἐπι τῆς τῆς. Ἀβραὰμ οὐ κατῴκει Αἴγυπτον, ἀλλὰ παρῲκει, ὅτι ἐνίσχυσεν ό λιμὸς ἐπʼ( τῆς γῆς. Oi δὲ Χαναναῖοι καὶ οἱ Φερεζαῖοι τότε κατῴκουν τὴν γῆν. Ὡς φαῦλοι oi Χαναναῖοι κατῴκουν, καὶ οὐ παρῴκουν τὴν γῆν. Ὥστε φαῦλοι κατοικοῦσιν, οὗ παροικοῦσι τὴν γῆν. El σὺ είς ἀριστερὰ, ἐγὼ εἰς δεξιά ο ει δὲ σὺ εις δεξιὰ, ἐγὼ είς ἀριστερά · καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Εἰ κα) ἡ ἐκλογὴ γέγονε συγχωρηθεῖσα ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Ἀδραὰμ τῷ Λώτ παρατηρητέον, ὃτι ό μὲν ἐκλεξάμενος οὐκ ἀπολαύει τῆς αὐτοῦ ἐκλογῆς, ό δὲ παραχωρήσας εὐλογημένον ἔχει τὸ καταλελειμμένον. '0 δὲ Θεὸς εἶπε πρὸς Ἀβρὰμ, μετὰ τὸ διαχωρισθῆναι τὸν Λὼτ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦʼ Ἀνάβλεψον τοῖς ὀφθαῖμοῖς σου, καὶ ἴδε ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου οὗ νῦν σὺ εἴ, πρὸς,βοῤῥᾶν καὶ λίβα, καί ἀνατολὰς καί θάλασσαν, ὅτι πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἢν σὺ ὁρᾷς, σοι δώσω αὐτὴν. ’Έπεται τοῖς κατορθοῦσι τὴν ἁρετὴν ἡ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ παράκλησις. Μετὰ δέ παραχωρῆσαι τῷ ἁδελφῷ τὴν αἵρεσιν, κάκεῖνον τὺ κάλλιστον καὶ εὐφορώτατον ἐκλέξασθαι χωρίον, ἐπεφάνη ὁ Θεὸς τῷ Ἀβραὰμ, λόγοις παρακλητικοῖς καὶ χρησταῖς ὑποσχέσεσιν αὐτὸν ψυχαγωγῶν, μονονουχὶ λέγων· Γῆς ταύτης κατεφρόνησας τῆς ἐλαχίστης καὶ αἰσθητῆς ο ἐγώ σοι δώσω τῶν πραέων τὴν γῆν τὴν ἐν χώρᾳ τῶν ζώντων. Ἀνάβλεψον γὰρ τοῖς τῆς διανοίας δμμασι, καὶ ῖδε ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου, οὗ σὺ εἷ νῦν · τόπος δὲ τοῦ δικαίου ἠ ἀρετὴ, ἀφʼ ἧς τὰ ἐν ἐλπίσι καραδοκεῖ, καὶ τὰ ἀποκείμενα ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀπεκδέχεται.

kai phōnēs, phēsomen tēn men phōnēn epi tēs dialektou tassesthai, tacha de to cheilos epi tēs dianoias ; ē to empalin. Deute, kai katabantes syncheōmen autōn ekei tēn glōssan, hina mē akousōsin hekastos tēs phōnēs tou plēsion. G nōrisma kakias to synchythēnai tas glōssas ; gnōrisma aretēs, hoti hēn pantōn tōn pisteuontōn kardia, kai psychē mia. Kai houtō tērōn tēn Graphēn heurēseis, hoti hopou plēthos arithmou, hopou schisma, hopou diairesis, kai diaphōnia, kai hosa toiauta, kakias esti gnōrismata; hopou de henotēs, kai homonoia, kai pollē dynamis en logois, aretēs gnōrismata. Kai ezēse Tharra ebdomēkonta etē, kai egennēse ton Habram, kai ton Nachōr, kai ton Arram. Ton patera tou heortazontas ethnous tēn hebdomada egennēsen o Tharrhaegenomenos hebdomēkontaetēs. Ephistēmi de mēpōs tous treis tridymous egennēsen. Allōs gar, ebdomēkontaetēs ōn, ou dynaitʼ an tōn triōn ek mias genesthai patēr. Alla kai ou dēlountai pleious hautou gynaikes. Kai katebē Aozram eis Aigypton paroikēsai ekei, hoti enischysen o limos epi tēs tēs. Abraam ou katǭkei Aigypton, alla parǭkei, hoti enischysen o limos epʼ( tēs gēs. Oi de Chananaioi kai hoi Pherezaioi tote katǭkoun tēn gēn. Hōs phauloi oi Chananaioi katǭkoun, kai ou parǭkoun tēn gēn. Hōste phauloi katoikousin, hou paroikousi tēn gēn. El sy eis aristera, egō eis dexia o ei de sy eis dexia, egō eis aristera ; kai ta hexēs. Ei ka) hē eklogē gegone synchōrētheisa apo tēs epieikeias tou Adraam tǭ Lōt paratērēteon, hoti o men eklexamenos ouk apolauei tēs autou eklogēs, o de parachōrēsas eulogēmenon echei to kataleleimmenon. '0 de Theos eipe pros Abram, meta to diachōristhēnai ton Lōt apʼ autouʼ Anablepson tois ophthaimois sou, kai ide apo tou topou hou nyn sy ei, pros,borrhan kai liba, kai anatolas kai thalassan, hoti pasan tēn gēn, ēn sy horąs, soi dōsō autēn. ’Epetai tois katorthousi tēn haretēn hē para tou Theou paraklēsis. Meta de parachōrēsai tǭ hadelphǭ tēn hairesin, kakeinon ty kalliston kai euphorōtaton eklexasthai chōrion, epephanē ho Theos tǭ Abraam, logois paraklētikois kai chrēstais hyposchesesin auton psychagōgōn, mononouchi legōn; Gēs tautēs katephronēsas tēs elachistēs kai aisthētēs o egō soi dōsō tōn praeōn tēn gēn tēn en chōrą tōn zōntōn. Anablepson gar tois tēs dianoias dmmasi, kai ide apo tou topou, hou sy hei nyn ; topos de tou dikaiou ē aretē, aphʼ hēs ta en elpisi karadokei, kai ta apokeimena en tois ouranois apekdechetai.

and voice, we shall say that voice is used of the language, and perhaps lip of the thought; or the reverse. [Gen 11:7] “Come, let us go down and confuse their tongue there, so that they may not hear each one his neighbour's voice.” The confusion of tongues is a mark of vice; a mark of virtue, that “the heart and soul of all who believed was one.” And if you observe Scripture in this way, you will find that where there is a multitude of number, where schism, where division and discord and the like, these are marks of vice; but where there is unity and concord and much power in words, these are marks of virtue. [Gen 11:26] “And Terah lived seventy years and begot Abram and Nahor and Haran.” Terah, at seventy years of age, begot the father of the nation that keeps the seventh day as a feast. I consider whether he did not beget the three as triplets. For otherwise, being seventy years old, he could not become the father of the three by one wife; and no more wives of his are mentioned. [Gen 12:10] “And Abram went down into Egypt to sojourn there, because the famine was severe on the earth.” Abraham did not dwell in Egypt but sojourned there, because the famine was severe on the earth. [Gen 13:7] “And the Canaanites and the Perizzites then dwelt in the land.” Being wicked, the Canaanites dwelt in the land and did not sojourn in it. So the wicked dwell in the land; they do not sojourn in it. [Gen 13:9] “If you go to the left, I will go to the right; if you to the right, I to the left,” and so on. Even if the choice was granted to Lot by Abraham's gentleness, one must observe that the one who chose does not enjoy his choice, while the one who yielded has what was left to him blessed. [Gen 13:14–15] “And God said to Abram, after Lot had separated from him: Look up with your eyes and see from the place where you now are, to the north and the southwest, and the east and the sea; for all the land which you see I will give to you.” Encouragement from God follows those who achieve virtue. After he had yielded the choice to his brother, and Lot had chosen the most beautiful and fertile region, God appeared to Abraham, cheering him with words of encouragement and kind promises, all but saying: You have despised this least and perceptible land; I will give you the land of the meek, in the land of the living. Look up, then, with the eyes of the mind, and see from the place where you now are; and the place of the righteous man is virtue, from which he watches for what is in hope and awaits what is laid up in the heavens.

Chapter 113

113PG 12:113a–113d

Ei γὰρ μὴ τοῦτο ἦν, πόσην είκὸς ἦν αύ· τὸν γῆν θεωρεῖν αἰσθητοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ; ἢ ἕως τίνος ἀτενίσαι ἠδύνατο κύκλῳ περιθέων καὶ περιάγων τὴν oculos? ὅ ριν; Ἕλαόον δὲ τὴν ἵππον πᾶσαν τὴν Σοδόμων. Ἵππον Σοδομῖται νῦν πρῶτον ὠνομασμένην ὡς φαῦλοι ἔχειν λέγονται. Παραγενόμενος δὲ τῶν ἀνασωθέντων τις, ἀπῆν τειλεν Ἀβρὰμ τῷ περάτῃ. Περὰτης καλεῖται ι Ἀβραὰμ, ἐπειδὴ ἀπὸ τῆς Χαλδαίων χώρας διαπεράσας τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν ἦλθεν είς τὰ μέρτ τῶν Χαναναίων. Ἐρμηνεύεται δὲ καὶτοῖς περὶ Ἀκύλαν Ἐβραῖος. Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ · Ἀνάβλεψον είς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἀρίθμησον τοὺς ἀστέρας, εὶ δυνήσῃ ἐξα- Γιθμῆσαι αὐτούς· οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου. Τὰ γὰρ γεννήματα φησι τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦ ἁγίου, καὶ πλήθει καὶ λαμπρότητι, ἇτε Θεοῦ συνεργήσαντος, τοσαῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτα γενέσθαι. Αύτὰ παρίστησι τὴν θείαν εὐλογίαν. Ehe δέ ι Δέσποτα Κύριε, κατὰ τι γνώσομαι, ἔτι κληρονομήσω auctir; καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ούκ ἦν κατὰ τὸν πιστεύσαντα πίστιν λελογισμένην αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην ἀπιστεῖν, ὡς ἄν τις οἰηθείη. Ἀλλὰ μήποτε πιστεύσας πρότερον, νῦν καὶ γνῶσιν αίτεί τὴν περὶ τῶν πεπιστευμένων. Ού νομοθετεῖ δὲ τῷ Ἀβραὰμ θύειν ὁ Θεὸς, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ οἱ παλαιότατοι τὰς ὁρκωμοσίας διὰ τούτων ἐβεβαίουν. Τετάρτῃ δὲ γενεᾷ ἀποστραφήσονται ὧδε ο οὔπω γεἰρ ἀναπεπνίήρωνται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι τῶν Ἀμορραίων ἕως τοῦ νῦν. Ἐτῶν u' δόσις, εἰς τὸ πληθυνθῆναι μὲν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ τὸ σπέρμα, γενέσθαι δὲ τὰ γενόμενα σημεῖα. Πῶς οὗν τὸ, Οὔπω ἀνεπληρώθησαν at ἁμαρτίαι τῶν Ἀμορραίων; ἵνα δείξῃ, ὅτι εύλὸγως ἐκβάλλονται διʼ ἁμαρτίας. Καὶ γὰρ ὃταν λέγει, Μετεμελήθην, ού τοῦτο λέγει ὃ πάσχει, οὔτε τοῦτο πάσχει ὃ λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὴν τοῦ γενομένου ἀτοπίαν παρίστησιν. Καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγαο Ἔπειτα ἦσαν παλαι ὲν μὲν Παλαιστίνῃ δίκαιοι, ὁ Μελχισεδὲκ καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοί. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἁπλῶς ἱερεὺς μὴ ὄντων τῶν πειθομένων. Οὔπω οὖν ἀναπεπλήρωνται ἀντὶ τοῦ, Οὔπω ἐκλέλοιπεν ὅσιος ἐξ αὐτῶν· οὔπω πεπλήρωνται, καὶ τετελειωμένοι είσὶν ἁμαρτίαις. Δέκα γὰρ δίκαιοι ῥύονται τὴν πόλιν· τότε δὲ οὐκ ὀλίγοι ἦσαν. Ταπεινώσουσιν αὐτοὺς τετρακόσια ἐτη. Διὰ τί δὲ περισσὰ ἔτη λέγει ὁ Ἀπόστολος λʼ, τά τε τῆς Διαθήκης, ἢν ἐποιήσατο μετὰ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ τῆς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου πορείας έν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ τῆς τοῦ νόμου δόσεως; Ού μάχεται τὰ ἐνταῦθα τοῖς ιν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ γεγραμμένοις. Ἐκεῖ γὰρ εἴρηται, Μετὰ υλʼ ἐτη ἐξῆλθεν ή δύναμις Κυρίου ἐκ τῆς Αίγύπτου· ἐνταῦθα δὲ μετὰ υ φησίν. Ἀλλʼ ὲπιστῆσαι δεῖ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐρρέθη, ὡς πληρωθέντων τῶν

Ei gar mē touto ēn, posēn eikos ēn au; ton gēn theōrein aisthētois ophthalmois ? ē heōs tinos atenisai ēdynato kyklǭ peritheōn kai periagōn tēn oculos? ho rin? Helaoon de tēn hippon pasan tēn Sodomōn. Hippon Sodomitai nyn prōton ōnomasmenēn hōs phauloi echein legontai. Paragenomenos de tōn anasōthentōn tis, apēn teilen Abram tǭ peratę̄. Peratēs kaleitai i Abraam, epeidē apo tēs Chaldaiōn chōras diaperasas tēn Mesopotamian ēlthen eis ta mert tōn Chananaiōn. Ermēneuetai de kaitois peri Akylan Ebraios. Kai eipen autǭ ; Anablepson eis ton ouranon kai arithmēson tous asteras, ei dynēsę̄ exa- Githmēsai autous; houtōs estai to sperma sou. Ta gar gennēmata phēsi tēs psychēs tou hagiou, kai plēthei kai lamprotēti, hate Theou synergēsantos, tosauta kai toiauta genesthai. Auta paristēsi tēn theian eulogian. Ehe de i Despota Kyrie, kata ti gnōsomai, eti klēronomēsō auctir? kai ta hexēs. Ouk ēn kata ton pisteusanta pistin lelogismenēn autǭ eis dikaiosynēn apistein, hōs an tis oiētheiē. Alla mēpote pisteusas proteron, nyn kai gnōsin aitei tēn peri tōn pepisteumenōn. Ou nomothetei de tǭ Abraam thyein ho Theos, allʼ epeidē hoi palaiotatoi tas horkōmosias dia toutōn ebebaioun. Tetartę̄ de geneą apostraphēsontai hōde o oupō geir anapepniērōntai hai hamartiai tōn Amorraiōn heōs tou nyn. Etōn u' dosis, eis to plēthynthēnai men tou Abraam to sperma, genesthai de ta genomena sēmeia. Pōs houn to, Oupō aneplērōthēsan at hamartiai tōn Amorraiōn? hina deixę̄, hoti eulogōs ekballontai diʼ hamartias. Kai gar hotan legei, Metemelēthēn, ou touto legei ho paschei, oute touto paschei ho legei, alla tēn tou genomenou atopian paristēsin. Kai metʼ oligao Epeita ēsan palai en men Palaistinę̄ dikaioi, ho Melchisedek kai alloi polloi. Ou gar ēn haplōs hiereus mē ontōn tōn peithomenōn. Oupō oun anapeplērōntai anti tou, Oupō ekleloipen hosios ex autōn; oupō peplērōntai, kai teteleiōmenoi eisin hamartiais. Deka gar dikaioi rhyontai tēn polin; tote de ouk oligoi ēsan. Tapeinōsousin autous tetrakosia etē. Dia ti de perissa etē legei ho Apostolos lʼ, ta te tēs Diathēkēs, ēn epoiēsato meta tou Abraam, kai tēs ex Aigyptou poreias en tę̄ erēmǭ, kai tēs tou nomou doseōs? Ou machetai ta entautha tois in tę̄ Exodǭ gegrammenois. Ekei gar eirētai, Meta ylʼ etē exēlthen ē dynamis Kyriou ek tēs Aigyptou; entautha de meta y phēsin. Allʼ epistēsai dei, hoti ouk errethē, hōs plērōthentōn tōn

For if this were not so, how much land was he likely to see with perceptible eyes? Or how far could he gaze, running round in a circle and turning his sight about? [Gen 14:11] “And they took all the cavalry of Sodom.” The Sodomites are said, as wicked men, to have a cavalry, now named for the first time. [Gen 14:13] “And one of those who had been rescued came and reported to Abram the crosser.” Abraham is called “the crosser” because, having crossed from the land of the Chaldeans through Mesopotamia, he came to the regions of the Canaanites. Aquila and his colleagues translate it “Hebrew.” [Gen 15:5] “And he said to him: Look up to heaven and count the stars, if you are able to number them; so shall your seed be.” For it says that the offspring of the saint's soul, both in number and in brightness, since God works with him, become so many and such. These very things present the divine blessing. [Gen 15:8] “And he said: Master, Lord, by what shall I know that I shall inherit it?” and so on. It was not like one who had believed, whose faith was reckoned to him for righteousness, to disbelieve, as one might think. But perhaps, having believed before, he now asks also for knowledge about what he has believed. God does not legislate to Abraham to sacrifice; rather, [he asks for victims] since the most ancient people confirmed their oaths by such means. [Gen 15:16] “And in the fourth generation they shall return here; for the sins of the Amorites are not yet filled up until now.” The four hundred years are given so that Abraham's seed might multiply and the signs that took place might occur. How then is “The sins of the Amorites are not yet filled up” to be taken? To show that they are justly cast out because of sin. For when he says, “I repented,” he does not say what he undergoes, nor undergo what he says, but sets forth the outrageousness of what has happened. And a little later: Then there were long ago in Palestine righteous men, Melchizedek and many others; for he was not simply a priest when there were none who obeyed. “Not yet filled up” stands, then, for “a holy man has not yet failed from among them”: they have not yet been filled and brought to completion in sins. For ten righteous men save the city, and at that time there were not a few. [Gen 15:13] “They shall afflict them four hundred years.” Why does the Apostle speak of thirty extra years, those of the covenant which he made with Abraham, of the journey out of Egypt in the desert, and of the giving of the law? What is said here does not conflict with what is written in Exodus. For there it is said, “After four hundred and thirty years the power of the Lord went out of Egypt,” but here it says “after four hundred.” But one must notice that it was not said that they went out when the four hundred years were completed, but after four hundred years, which indicates the thirty as well.

Chapter 115

115PG 12:116a–116d

u' ἐτῶν ἐξῆλθον, ἀλλά μετὰ υ ἐτη, ὅπερ ἐμιεαὶνει καὶ τὰ λʼ. Καὶ ἠτιμάσθη ἠ κη)ιά αὐτῆς ἐναντίον αὐτ ἧς. Ἐπίτηδες οὐκ ἐσαιρηνίσθη τὸ ὑπὸ τίνος, ἴνα ἡμεῖς ζητήσαντες εὕρωμεν, ὅτι πέφυκεν ἀτιμάζεσθαι ἀρετὴ, ἡνίκα τὰ προπαιδεύματα γεννήσῃ ° οὐ πάντως ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἃβραὰμ, ἀλλʼ ἦτοι ὑπὸ τῆς παιδίσκης, ἦ τῶν χαιρόντων πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως τῶν κρειττόνων τοῖς γεννήμασιν αὐτῆς. Καὶ οὺ κληθήσεται ἐτι τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἀβρὰμ, ἀλλʼ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἀβραάμ. Τὰς ἑρμηνείας τῶν ὀνομάτων ζήτει ο δυνάμει γάρ ὠνομάσθησαν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεῦματος· ἀλλά μὴν καὶ τοῦτο χρὴ εἰδέναι, ὃτι τὰ ὀνόματα ἐξεὼν ἐστι, καὶ καταστάσεων, καὶ ποιοτήτων δηλωτικάο ἐξ ὧν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τὴν ἐπιτηδειότητα τοῦ ὸνομαξο· μένου. Εἶπε δὲ Ἀβραὰμ «per; τὸν Θειίι ’ Ἰσμαῖιλ οὗ· τος ζήτω ἐναντίον σοῦ. Ἐξαίρετόν τι ἠξίου περὶ τοῦ Ἰσμαὴλ ὁ Ἀβραάμ, οὑκ ἀρκούμενος τῷ, (ἤτω · διὸ προσέθηκεν ο ἐναντίον ονοῦ. Τὸ γὰρ ζῇν ἐναντίον Κυρίου μακαρίων ἐστὶ καὶ τῶν ἁγίων μόνων. Ἀβραὰμ δὲ χοὶ Σάρρα πρεσβύτεροι προβεβηκότες ἡμερῶν. Μήποτε ἐπὶ δικαίων μόνων τὸ, προβεβηκότες ἡμερῶν, τέτακται. Ὅπερ ἐὰν οἱ· τως ἔχει, οὐδεὶς φαῦλος προβέβηκε. Καὶ ἐγγίσας Ἀβραὰμ εἷπε· Μὴ σιννίιποιῖσῃς δίκαιον μετὰ ἀσεβοῦς. Ἐγκώμιον τοῦτο τοῦ Ἀβραάμ. Δηλοῦται γὰρ τὺ βέβαιον τῆς εὖσεβειας αὐτοῦ, διὸ καὶ ἐγγίσαι δεδύνηται. Τὸ δέ ἐγγίσαι οὐ σωματικῶς νοητέον. Λὼτ δὲ ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν· πύλην Σοδόμων. Οὐκ ἦν ἔνδον Σοδόμων Λὼτ, ἀλλὰ παρά τὴν πύλην. Εἴποιμι δʼ ἂν αὐτὸς, ὃν τρόπον ἔξω τῆς σκηνῆς ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἐκάθητο ἐπιτηρῶν διά φιλοξενίαν καὶ παρά καιρδν τοὺς διοδεύοντας ο (μεσημβρία γὰρ ἦνʼ) οὕτως ὁ ἐκείνου συγγενὴς καὶ μιμητὴς τῶν τρόπων ἐκαθέζετο παρὰ τῇ πύλῃ, προτρεπόμενος τοὺς παριόντας, καὶ ἑσπέρας ιἤδη καταλαβούσης · εἰδὼς μάλιστα τῶν ἐν Σοδόμοις τὴν ἀσέβειαν, καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἐστιν ἐκεῖσε τοῖς ξένοις ἀνάπαυσις. Καὶ κατεστήσατο αὐτοὺς, καὶ εἰσῆλθον εἷς τὸν οἶκον αὑτοῦ. Ἐπειδὴ μὴ τοιοῦτος ἦν ὀ Λὼτ οῗος ὁ Ἀβραὰμ, διὰ τοῦτο, ὀκνοῦντες διελθεῖν πρὸς αὑτὸν, βίας χρῄζουσιν. ’ Τοὺς δὲ ἄνδρας τοὺς ὄντας ἐπὶ τῆς Off-ar; τοῦ οἴκου ἐπάταξαν ἀορασίςι. Ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ πατάσο σονται ἀορασία οἱ κακῶς τῇ ὁράσει χρησάμενοι, καὶ εἰς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐμποδιζόμενοι ὑπὸ τῆς ἀορασῐας. Καὶ κατέστρεψε πάσας τὰς πόλεις ταύτας, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν περίχωρον, καὶ πάντας τοὺς κατορκοῦντας ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἀνατέλλοντα

u' etōn exēlthon, alla meta y etē, hoper emieainei kai ta lʼ. Kai ētimasthē ē kē)ia autēs enantion aut hēs. Epitēdes ouk esairēnisthē to hypo tinos, ina hēmeis zētēsantes heurōmen, hoti pephyken atimazesthai aretē, hēnika ta propaideumata gennēsę̄ ° ou pantōs hypo tou Habraam, allʼ ētoi hypo tēs paidiskēs, ē tōn chairontōn pro tēs geneseōs tōn kreittonōn tois gennēmasin autēs. Kai ou klēthēsetai eti to onoma sou Abram, allʼ estai to onoma sou Abraam. Tas hermēneias tōn onomatōn zētei o dynamei gar ōnomasthēsan hypo tou hagiou Pneumatos; alla mēn kai touto chrē eidenai, hoti ta onomata exeōn esti, kai katastaseōn, kai poiotētōn dēlōtikao ex hōn estin idein tēn epitēdeiotēta tou onomaxo; menou. Eipe de Abraam «per? ton Theiii ’ Ismaiil hou; tos zētō enantion sou. Exaireton ti ēxiou peri tou Ismaēl ho Abraam, houk arkoumenos tǭ, (ētō ; dio prosethēken o enantion onou. To gar zę̄n enantion Kyriou makariōn esti kai tōn hagiōn monōn. Abraam de choi Sarra presbyteroi probebēkotes hēmerōn. Mēpote epi dikaiōn monōn to, probebēkotes hēmerōn, tetaktai. Hoper ean hoi; tōs echei, oudeis phaulos probebēke. Kai engisas Abraam heipe; Mē sinniipoiisę̄s dikaion meta asebous. Enkōmion touto tou Abraam. Dēloutai gar ty bebaion tēs eusebeias autou, dio kai engisai dedynētai. To de engisai ou sōmatikōs noēteon. Lōt de ekathēto para tēn; pylēn Sodomōn. Ouk ēn endon Sodomōn Lōt, alla para tēn pylēn. Eipoimi dʼ an autos, hon tropon exō tēs skēnēs ho Abraam ekathēto epitērōn dia philoxenian kai para kairdn tous diodeuontas o (mesēmbria gar ēnʼ) houtōs ho ekeinou syngenēs kai mimētēs tōn tropōn ekathezeto para tę̄ pylę̄, protrepomenos tous pariontas, kai hesperas iēdē katalabousēs ; eidōs malista tōn en Sodomois tēn asebeian, kai hōs ouk estin ekeise tois xenois anapausis. Kai katestēsato autous, kai eisēlthon heis ton oikon hautou. Epeidē mē toioutos ēn o Lōt oïos ho Abraam, dia touto, oknountes dielthein pros hauton, bias chrę̄zousin. ’ Tous de andras tous ontas epi tēs Off-ar? tou oikou epataxan aorasisi. Epʼ agathǭ pataso sontai aorasia hoi kakōs tę̄ horasei chrēsamenoi, kai eis to hamartanein empodizomenoi hypo tēs aorasias. Kai katestrepse pasas tas poleis tautas, kai pasan tēn perichōron, kai pantas tous katorkountas en tais polesi, kai panta ta anatellonta

[Gen 16:4] “And her mistress was dishonoured before her.” It was deliberately not made clear by whom, so that we might seek and find that virtue is apt to be dishonoured when it gives birth to preliminary studies; not at all by Abraham, but either by the maidservant or by those who rejoice in her offspring before the birth of better ones. [Gen 17:5] “And your name shall no longer be called Abram, but your name shall be Abraham.” Seek the interpretations of the names, for they were named with power by the Holy Spirit. But one must also know this, that names indicate habits, conditions, and qualities, from which one can see the fitness of the one named. [Gen 17:18] “And Abraham said to God: Let this Ishmael live before you.” Abraham asked something special for Ishmael, not content with “let him live”; therefore he added “before you.” For to live before the Lord belongs to the blessed and the saints alone. [Gen 18:11] “And Abraham and Sarah were old, advanced in days.” Perhaps “advanced in days” is used only of the righteous. If this is so, no wicked man has advanced. [Gen 18:23] “And Abraham drew near and said: Do not destroy the righteous with the ungodly.” This is praise of Abraham. For the firmness of his piety is shown, which is why he was able to draw near. The drawing near is not to be understood bodily. [Gen 19:1] “And Lot was sitting by the gate of Sodom.” Lot was not inside Sodom, but by the gate. I myself would say that, just as Abraham sat outside the tent, watching for passers-by for hospitality's sake even at an unseasonable time (for it was midday), so his kinsman, who imitated his ways, sat by the gate, inviting the passers-by, even when evening had already come; knowing especially the impiety of the people of Sodom, and that there was no rest there for strangers. [Gen 19:3] “And he pressed them, and they went into his house.” Since Lot was not such as Abraham, for this reason they hesitated to go over to him and needed to be pressed. [Gen 19:11] “And the men who were at the door of the house they struck with blindness.” It is for their good that those who used their sight badly are struck with blindness and are hindered from sinning by the blindness. [Gen 19:25] “And he overthrew all these cities, and all the surrounding region, and all the inhabitants in the cities, and all that springs up

Chapter 117

117PG 12:117a–117d

ἐκ τῆς γῆς. ’0 Κύριος ἀσεβεῖς ἀπόλλυσι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς τροφὰς αὐτῶν, οὔσας Σοδομιτικὰς καὶ ἐπιδλαβεῐς, ὲν αἷς ἐστι καὶ ἄμπελος, *περὶ ἦς γέγραπται· Ἐκ γὰρ ἀμπέλου Σοδόμων ἠ ἄμπελος αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ κληματὶς αὐτῶν ἐκ Γο- Καὶ ἐπέβλεψεν ἡ γυνὴ αὑτοῦ εἱς τὰ ὀπίσω, καὶ ἐγένετο στήλη ἁλός, Οὐδὲν ὢνησε τὴν γυναῖκα Λὼτ τὸ κεκρατῆσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων, εἰ καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω Σοδόμων, ἐπείπερ ἐστράφη εἰς τῦὺπίσωυ Ἀ βιμέλεχ δὲ οὐχ ἦψατοαὺτῆς. Ἐμφασιν ἔχει τὸ, οὐχ ἥψατο, ὡς τὸ, καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι· ὅπερ ἐστὶ κα). χωρὶς μίξεως κατὰ μηδὲν ἄλλο παθητικῶς, ἦτοι ἐνιδεῖν, ἢ ἅψασθαι γυναικός. '0 Θεὸς μέντοι οὐκ ἀφῆκεν ἅψασθαι τὸν Ἀβιμέλεχ αὐτῆς· τάχα καὶ πάντα τὸν ἄκρως νοῦντα · Θεόσδοτον γὰρ τὸ τοιοῦτον. Καὶ εἶπεν Ἀβραὰμ τοῖς παισὶν αὑτοῦ· Καθίσατε αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῆς ὄνοιιν ἐγὼ δὲ καὶτὸ παιδάριον διελευσόμεθα ἕως ὦδε, καὶ προσκυνήσαντες ὑποστρέψομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Ταῦτα εἷπε λογισάμενος, ὅτι καὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν δυνατὸς ὀ Θεός. "Elatia καὶ Ἀὸᾢαὰμ τὰ ξύλα τῆς ὀλοκαρπὼσεως, καὶ ἐπέθηκεν Ἰσαὰκ τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ. Ἐπωμάδιον γὰρ ἔχων τὸν οἰκεῖον σταυρὸν ἔξω τῆς πύλης ἔπαθεν ὀ Χριστὸς, οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρωπίνης ἰσχύος βεβιασμένος εἰς τὸ πάθος, ἀλλʼ ὲκ Θελήματος οἰκείου, καὶ βουλήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρός. Ἰδοὺ τέτοκε Μελχὰ καὶ αὐτὴ »υἱοὺς Ναχὼρ τῷ ἁδελφῷ σου, τὸν Ὢζ πρωτότοκον, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Μελχὰ ἑρμηνεύουσι,βασιλείανσ Ὣς,βουλευόμενον· Ναχὼρ ἀνάπαυσιν φωτός Bai): ἑξουδενωμένον Καμουὴλ ἀνάστασιν Θεοῦο Σύρων μετέωρον ° Χαζὰδ ψεῦδος · Ἀζαῦ ὁρῶντα· Φάλδακ πτῶσιν ἐν·δεοῦς,ἢ πτῶσιν πτωχείας· Ἰεδλὰφ χειρὸς περισσείαν, ἢ χεῖρα λάβεο Buteoth ἕνοικον Θεοῦ, ἢ θυγατέρα Θεοῦ· Ῥεβέκκα ὑπομονήν· Ῥεέμα ὅρασιν προσδοκωμένην· Ταὰμ, ὃισμηρυκὼμενον· Τοχὼς σιγήν-ο Μωχὰν ἔντερον κενόν. Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος. Διὸ φιλοτιμητέον ἐπηκὲναι ἐπὶ τῆς πηγῆς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ἁρμόσῃ τὸ, Ἐμέ ἐγκατέλιπον πηγὴν ὕδατος ζῶντος. ξ 'Kat ἔσται ἡ παρθένος, ᾗ ἂν ἐγὼ εἴπω, Ἐπίκλινον

ek tēs gēs. ’0 Kyrios asebeis apollysi, alla kai tas trophas autōn, ousas Sodomitikas kai epidlabeis, en hais esti kai ampelos, *peri ēs gegraptai; Ek gar ampelou Sodomōn ē ampelos autōn, kai hē klēmatis autōn ek Go- Kai epeblepsen hē gynē hautou heis ta opisō, kai egeneto stēlē halos, Ouden ōnēse tēn gynaika Lōt to kekratēsthai hypo tōn angelōn, ei kai exēlthen exō Sodomōn, epeiper estraphē eis tyypisōy A bimelech de ouch ēpsatoautēs. Emphasin echei to, ouch hēpsato, hōs to, kalon anthrōpǭ gynaikos mē haptesthai; hoper esti ka). chōris mixeōs kata mēden allo pathētikōs, ētoi enidein, ē hapsasthai gynaikos. '0 Theos mentoi ouk aphēken hapsasthai ton Abimelech autēs; tacha kai panta ton akrōs nounta ; Theosdoton gar to toiouton. Kai eipen Abraam tois paisin hautou; Kathisate autou meta tēs onoiin egō de kaito paidarion dieleusometha heōs ōde, kai proskynēsantes hypostrepsomen pros hymas. Tauta heipe logisamenos, hoti kai ek nekrōn egeirein dynatos o Theos. "Elatia kai Aoǭaam ta xyla tēs olokarpōseōs, kai epethēken Isaak tǭ huiǭ autou. Epōmadion gar echōn ton oikeion stauron exō tēs pylēs epathen o Christos, ouk ex anthrōpinēs ischyos bebiasmenos eis to pathos, allʼ ek Thelēmatos oikeiou, kai boulēsei tou Theou kai Patros. Idou tetoke Melcha kai autē »huious Nachōr tǭ hadelphǭ sou, ton Ōz prōtotokon, kai ta hexēs. Melcha hermēneuousi,basileians Hōs,bouleuomenon; Nachōr anapausin phōtos Bai): hexoudenōmenon Kamouēl anastasin Theouo Syrōn meteōron ° Chazad pseudos ; Azau horōnta; Phaldak ptōsin en;deous,ē ptōsin ptōcheias; Iedlaph cheiros perisseian, ē cheira labeo Buteoth henoikon Theou, ē thygatera Theou; Rhebekka hypomonēn; Rheema horasin prosdokōmenēn; Taam, hoismērykōmenon; Tochōs sigēn-o Mōchan enteron kenon. Idou egō hestēka epi tēs pēgēs tou hydatos. Dio philotimēteon epēkenai epi tēs pēgēs, hina mē kai ephʼ hēmōn harmosę̄ to, Eme enkatelipon pēgēn hydatos zōntos. x 'Kat estai hē parthenos, hę̄ an egō eipō, Epiklinon

from the earth.” The Lord destroys the ungodly, and their food as well, which is Sodomitic and harmful; among it is also a vine, of which it is written: “For their vine is from the vine of Sodom, and their tendril from Gomorrah.” [Gen 19:26] “And his wife looked back and became a pillar of salt.” It profited Lot's wife nothing to have been taken by the hand by the angels, even though she went out of Sodom, since she turned back. [Gen 20:4] “But Abimelech did not touch her.” “Did not touch” has emphasis, like “It is good for a man not to touch a woman”; that is, even without intercourse, not in any other way, with passion, to look at or to touch a woman. God, however, did not allow Abimelech to touch her; perhaps he does not allow anyone who thinks loftily to touch her, for such a thing is God-given. [Gen 22:5] “And Abraham said to his servants: Sit here with the donkey; the boy and I will go on as far as there, and when we have worshipped we will return to you.” He said this reckoning that God is able to raise even from the dead. [Gen 22:6] “And Abraham took the wood of the whole burnt offering and laid it on Isaac his son.” For Christ, carrying his own cross on his shoulders, suffered outside the gate, not forced into the passion by human strength, but by his own will and the will of God the Father. [Gen 22:20–21] “Behold, Milcah too has borne sons to Nahor your brother: Uz the firstborn,” and so on. They interpret Milcah “queen”; Uz “counselling”; Nahor “rest of light”; Buz “despised”; Kemuel “resurrection of God”; of the Syrians, “lofty”; Chesed “falsehood”; Hazo “seeing”; Pildash “fall of the needy” or “fall of poverty”; Jidlaph “abundance of hand” or “take a hand”; Bethuel “dweller of God” or “daughter of God”; Rebekah “patience”; Reumah “expected vision”; Tebah “chewing the cud”; Tahash “silence”; Maacah “empty bowel.” [Gen 24:13] “Behold, I stand by the spring of water.” Therefore we must strive to stand by the spring, so that the words “They have forsaken me, the spring of living water” may not apply to us too. [Gen 24:14] “And the virgin to whom I say, Lower

Chapter 119

119PG 12:120a–120d

τὴν ὑδρίαν σου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Πρέπουσα ἡ φωνὴ τῷ πρεσὸύτῃ τῆς οἰκίας τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ἁρμόζουσα τῷ ἄρχοντι πάντων τῶν αὑτοῦ. Καὶ ὅρα σοφίαν, οἷον τίθησι σημεῖον. Ὀ δὲ ἄνθρωπος κατεμάνθανεν αὐτὴν, καί παρεσιὼπα, τοῦ γνῶναι εἰ εὺώδωκε Κύριος τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ ἢ οὗ. Ἐντεῦθεν ἔστι διδαχθῆναι, ὅτι καλόν ἐστι τὸν προσευχόμενον μὴ μετὰ αἰσθητῆς ἀκουόμενον τῆς φωνῆς προσεύχεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ᾼὲν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῷ ὲτάξοντι καρδίας καὶ νεφρούς. Ι Ἰσαὰκ δὲ ἐπορεύετο διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου κατὰ τὸ φρέαρ τῆς ὁράσεως. Πρέπουσα πορεία τῷ ἁγίῳ διὰ μὲν τὴν πολλὴν ἀναχώρησιν πορευομένῳ διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου, διὰ δὲ τὴν περί τῶν εἰς Θεὸν Θεωρίαν πορευομὲνῳ κατὰ τὸ φρέαρ τῆς ὁράσεως. Kal ἐξῆλθεν Ἰσαὰκ ἀδολεσχῆσαι εις τὸ πεδίον τὸ πρὸς δείλης. Ἐξελθεῖν δεῖ τῶν γηΐνων τὸν μέλλοντα περί τῶν θείων ὁμιλεῖν, ὅπερ ἁδολεσχῆσαι νῦν ὠνόμασεν. Ού πρόσκειται δὲ τίνι · εἰκότως, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ἀνθρώπων ἡ τοιαύτη ὁμιλία γίνεται, ἀλλʼ ἦτοι πρὸς Θεὸν, ἢ αὑτοῦ τινος πρὸς ἑαυτόν. Τοῦ αὐτοῦ. Τὸ δὲ, πρὸς δείλης, σύμβολόν ἐστι τοῦ μόλις ἐπὶ γήρως δύνασθαί τινα ἐλθόντα μετὰ καταλήψεως τῶν θειοτέρων ὁμιλεῖν. Προσθέμενος δὲ Ἀβραὰμ ἔλαβε γυναῖκα ᾖ ὄνομα Χεττούμι. Ἕτεκε δὲ αὑτῷ τε ν Ζεμσρᾱν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων Χεττούρας ἔθνη γέγονε πλεῖστα, ἃ κατῴκησαν τὴν Τρωγλοδύτην ἐρημον, καὶ τὴν Εὐδαίμονα Ἀραὸἰαν, καὶ τὴν διήκουσαν, τήν τε Μαδιανῖτιν, καὶ τὴν πόλιν Μαδιάμ παρακειμένην τῇ ὑπὲρ τὴν ’Δραὸίαν ἐρήμῳ ἄντικρυς Φαρὰν εἰς ἀνατολὰς τῆς Ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης· ὅθεν τὸ Μαδιανιτῶν ἔθνος ἀπὸ Μαδιὰμ uio-3 Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Χεττούρας· ὡς εἰναι δῆλον ὲκ τούτου, ὅτι ὁ Ἰοθὼρ ό πενθερὸς Μωῦσέως ἀπόγονος ἦν τοῦ ’Δὸραὰμ καὶ συγγενὴς Μωῦσέως. ' Τοῦ αὐτοῦ. Χεττούρα ἑρμηνεύεται μικροτέιια

tēn hydrian sou, kai ta hexēs. Prepousa hē phōnē tǭ presoutę̄ tēs oikias tou Abraam, kai harmozousa tǭ archonti pantōn tōn hautou. Kai hora sophian, hoion tithēsi sēmeion. O de anthrōpos katemanthanen autēn, kai paresiōpa, tou gnōnai ei euōdōke Kyrios tēn hodon autou ē hou. Enteuthen esti didachthēnai, hoti kalon esti ton proseuchomenon mē meta aisthētēs akouomenon tēs phōnēs proseuchesthai, allʼ Ąen tę̄ kardią tǭ etaxonti kardias kai nephrous. I Isaak de eporeueto dia tēs erēmou kata to phrear tēs horaseōs. Prepousa poreia tǭ hagiǭ dia men tēn pollēn anachōrēsin poreuomenǭ dia tēs erēmou, dia de tēn peri tōn eis Theon Theōrian poreuomenǭ kata to phrear tēs horaseōs. Kal exēlthen Isaak adoleschēsai eis to pedion to pros deilēs. Exelthein dei tōn gēïnōn ton mellonta peri tōn theiōn homilein, hoper hadoleschēsai nyn ōnomasen. Ou proskeitai de tini ; eikotōs, epei mēde anthrōpōn hē toiautē homilia ginetai, allʼ ētoi pros Theon, ē hautou tinos pros heauton. Tou autou. To de, pros deilēs, symbolon esti tou molis epi gērōs dynasthai tina elthonta meta katalēpseōs tōn theioterōn homilein. Prosthemenos de Abraam elabe gynaika ę̄ onoma Chettoumi. Heteke de hautǭ te n Zemsran, kai ta hexēs. Apo tōn teknōn Chettouras ethnē gegone pleista, ha katǭkēsan tēn Trōglodytēn erēmon, kai tēn Eudaimona Araoian, kai tēn diēkousan, tēn te Madianitin, kai tēn polin Madiam parakeimenēn tę̄ hyper tēn ’Draoian erēmǭ antikrys Pharan eis anatolas tēs Erythras thalassēs; hothen to Madianitōn ethnos apo Madiam uio-3 Abraam kai Chettouras; hōs einai dēlon ek toutou, hoti ho Iothōr o pentheros Mōyseōs apogonos ēn tou ’Doraam kai syngenēs Mōyseōs. ' Tou autou. Chettoura hermēneuetai mikroteiia

your jar,” and so on. The words befit the elder of Abraham's household and suit the ruler of all his possessions; and see what wisdom, what a sign he sets. [Gen 24:21] “And the man was observing her and kept silent, to know whether the Lord had prospered his way or not.” From this we can be taught that it is good for one who prays not to pray with a voice heard by the senses, but in the heart, to him who examines hearts and kidneys. [Gen 24:62] “And Isaac was going through the desert by the well of the vision.” A fitting journey for the saint: going through the desert because of his great withdrawal, and by the well of the vision because of his contemplation of the things concerning God. [Gen 24:63] “And Isaac went out into the plain toward evening to converse.” One who is going to converse about divine things must go out from earthly things; this is what it has now called “conversing.” It is not added with whom, fittingly, since such converse is not held with human beings, but either with God, or of a man with himself. [Of the same.] And “toward evening” is a symbol that one can hardly, on coming to old age, converse about the more divine things with comprehension. [Gen 25:1–2] “And Abraham again took a wife, whose name was Keturah; and she bore him Zimran,” and so on. From the children of Keturah came very many nations, which inhabited the Troglodyte desert, and Arabia Felix, and the land that stretches beyond it, and Midianitis, and the city of Midian, lying beside the desert beyond Arabia, opposite Paran, east of the Red Sea. From this the nation of the Midianites takes its name, from Midian, son of Abraham and Keturah; so that it is clear from this that Jethro, the father-in-law of Moses, was a descendant of Abraham and a kinsman of Moses. [Of the same.] Keturah is interpreted “smaller”

Chapter 121

121PG 12:121a–121d

ἢύποίΐεεστέρα· Ἰεσβὼκ ἄφεσις, ἢὰςρήσει· Σωῖὲ χρηστὸς λαός· sese, ἀποστροφή· Θαι μὰν ἐκλείψεις αὐτῶν, ἢσυντελούμενοι· Δαιδὰν ἱκανὴ κρίσις, ἢ μονότης· Ῥαγουὴλ φίλος ἰσχυρὸς, ἢ ποιμανσία Θεοῦ· Ναβδεὴλ δουλεύων τῷ Θεῷ· Ἀσσουριεὶμ ἑδραῖοι, ἢ κατευθύνοντες· Λατουσιεὶμ σφυροκόποι· Γεφάρ, ἐνδεὴς, ἢ ἐλλείπων· Ἀφὲρ χοῦς, ἢ quiti/'09:; σποδός. Ἑνὼχ χάρις σου· Ἀβιδὰ πατρός μου ὕψος· Ἐφρὼν χοῦς, ἢγήῖνος, ἢσποδός· Σαὰρμεσημβρία· Δουμέι σιωπή· Μαμόρῆ ἀπὸ ὁράσεως· Μασσῆ ἐπαρσις, Ἰσμαὴλ ἀκοὴ Θεοῦ· Χοδδὰδ μέτρον κενούμενον· Ναβαιὼο προφητεία· Θαι μὰν συντέλεια· Κηδὰρ σκοτιισμός· Ἰετοὺρ ἐξωρισμένος· Ναὸδεὴλ δουλεύων Θεῷ· Ναφὲς ἁναψυχή·Μαο-μὰν προσοχὴ, ἢ ἀκοή· Κεδμὰ ἑμπρόσθιος· Μασσὰμ ἐξ ἡδυσμῶν Εὐῖλὰτ ὠδίνουσα· Σοὺρ τεῖχος. Κατοίκησον δὲ ἐν τῇ γῇ, ᾗ ἄν σοι εῖπω · καὶ παροίκει ἐν τῇ γῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ, καὶ εὐλογήσω σε. Ei, ποῦ χρὴ κατοικεῖν ἐκ προστάγματος Θεοῦ, παροικήσει τις, ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς μετʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εὐλογεῖ αὐτόν· εἰ δὲ, ὅπου οὐ δεῖ παροικεῖν, κατοικήσει τις, οὐκ ἐστιν ὁ Θεὸς μετʼ αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ εὐλογήσει αὐτόν. Ἀνθ ὧν ὑπήκουσεν Ἀβραὰμ τῆς ἐμῆς φωνῆς, καὶ ἐφύλαξε τὰ προστάγματά μου καὶτὰ δικαιὼματά μου, καὶ τὰ νόμιμά μου. Εἰ μήπω ἦν ὁ κατά Μωῦ σὲα νόμος γεγραμμένος, ἐφύλαξε δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τὰ εἰρημένα,ιλ>ὖτως αὑτὰ ἐφύλαξεν, ὼς ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα, καὶ φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιοῦντα· ἐνδεικνύμενοι τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν, μαρτυρουμένης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως, καθὰ φησιν ὁ Ἀπὸστολος. Καὶ ὤρυξαν οὶ παῖδες Ἰσαὰκ ἐν τῇ φάραγγι Γεράρων· καὶ εὗρον ἐκεῖ φρέαρ ὕδατος ζῶντος. Φιλοτιμητὲον (l) ἑκάστῳ εὐχομένῳ εἶναι τέκνον τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ ταῦτα νοῆσαι τὰ φρέατα, καὶ ὀρύξαι αὐτὰ ἐν ἐαυτῷ. Ἀπὰρας δὲ ἐκεῖθεν ὤρυξε φρέαρ ἕτερον, καὶ

ēupoiïeestera; Iesbōk aphesis, ēasrēsei; Sōie chrēstos laos; sese, apostrophē; Thai man ekleipseis autōn, ēsynteloumenoi; Daidan hikanē krisis, ē monotēs; Rhagouēl philos ischyros, ē poimansia Theou; Nabdeēl douleuōn tǭ Theǭ; Assourieim hedraioi, ē kateuthynontes; Latousieim sphyrokopoi; Gephar, endeēs, ē elleipōn; Apher chous, ē quiti/'09:? spodos. Henōch charis sou; Abida patros mou hypsos; Ephrōn chous, ēgēinos, ēspodos; Saarmesēmbria; Doumei siōpē; Mamorē apo horaseōs; Massē eparsis, Ismaēl akoē Theou; Choddad metron kenoumenon; Nabaiōo prophēteia; Thai man synteleia; Kēdar skotiismos; Ietour exōrismenos; Naodeēl douleuōn Theǭ; Naphes hanapsychē;Mao-man prosochē, ē akoē; Kedma hemprosthios; Massam ex hēdysmōn Euilat ōdinousa; Sour teichos. Katoikēson de en tę̄ gę̄, hę̄ an soi eipō ; kai paroikei en tę̄ gę̄ tautę̄, kai esomai meta sou, kai eulogēsō se. Ei, pou chrē katoikein ek prostagmatos Theou, paroikēsei tis, estin ho Theos metʼ autou, kai eulogei auton; ei de, hopou ou dei paroikein, katoikēsei tis, ouk estin ho Theos metʼ autou, oude eulogēsei auton. Anth hōn hypēkousen Abraam tēs emēs phōnēs, kai ephylaxe ta prostagmata mou kaita dikaiōmata mou, kai ta nomima mou. Ei mēpō ēn ho kata Mōy sea nomos gegrammenos, ephylaxe de Abraam ta eirēmena,il>ytōs hauta ephylaxen, ōs ethnē ta mē nomon echonta, kai physei ta tou nomou poiounta; endeiknymenoi to ergon tou nomou grapton en tais kardiais autōn, martyroumenēs autōn tēs syneidēseōs, katha phēsin ho Apostolos. Kai ōryxan oi paides Isaak en tę̄ pharangi Gerarōn; kai heuron ekei phrear hydatos zōntos. Philotimēteon (l) hekastǭ euchomenǭ einai teknon tou Isaak tauta noēsai ta phreata, kai oryxai auta en eautǭ. Aparas de ekeithen ōryxe phrear heteron, kai

or “…”; Ishbak “release” or “…”; Shuah “good people”; … “turning away”; Teman “their failings” or “being completed”; Dedan “sufficient judgment” or “solitude”; Reuel “strong friend” or “shepherding of God”; Adbeel “serving God”; Asshurim “settled” or “directing”; Letushim “hammer-smiths”; Ephah “needy” or “lacking”; Epher “dust” or “…” or “ashes”; Hanoch “your grace”; Abida “height of my father”; Ephron “dust” or “earthy” or “ashes”; Zohar “midday”; Dumah “silence”; Mamre “from vision”; Massa “lifting up”; Ishmael “hearing of God”; Hadad “measure being emptied”; Nebaioth “prophecy”; Tema “completion”; Kedar “darkening”; Jetur “banished”; Adbeel “serving God”; Naphish “refreshment”; Mishma “attention” or “hearing”; Kedemah “the one in front”; Mibsam “from spices”; Havilah “in labour”; Shur “wall.” [Gen 26:2–3] “Dwell in the land of which I tell you, and sojourn in this land, and I will be with you and will bless you.” If, where one ought to dwell by God's command, one sojourns, God is with him and blesses him; but if, where one ought only to sojourn, one dwells, God is not with him, nor will he bless him. [Gen 26:5] “Because Abraham obeyed my voice and kept my ordinances and my statutes and my laws.” If the law according to Moses had not yet been written, yet Abraham kept what is mentioned, he kept them as “Gentiles who do not have the law, and do by nature the things of the law, showing the work of the law written in their hearts, their conscience bearing witness,” as the Apostle says. [Gen 26:19] “And Isaac's servants dug in the valley of Gerar and found there a well of living water.” Everyone who prays to be a child of Isaac must strive to understand these wells and to dig them in himself. [Gen 26:22] “And moving on from there he dug another well, and

Chapter 123

123PG 12:124a–124d

οὐκ ἐμαχέσαντο περὶ αὐτοῦ. Διὰ δὲ τυῦ pi; 5mῡίστασθαι τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι δείκνυσιν, ὅτι ἀληθῶς ἦν ἄπλαστος. Ὅθεν, ἀποδεξάμενος αὑτὸν τῆς ἀνεξικακίας 6 Θεὸς, ἐπιφαίνεται αὐτῷ, κα) ἐπαγγέλλεται γῆν, ἵνα μὴ ἁῢνμῇ, ὅτι ὡς ξένος πάροικος προῦκειυ τοῖς ἀδικεῖν βουλομένοις, πληρῶν τὸ εἰρημένον ἑκαστοτε, ἐὰν διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς. Καὶ εἶπεν· Ἡ μὲν φωνὴ φωνὴ Ἰακώβ. Τὴν εύ- 626'?l φωνὴν οὐκ ἂν λεχθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡσαῦ· Ὅ παρέδωκεν o' Θεός σου ἐναντίον μοτν ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰσαὰκ, εἶπεν· Ἡ φωνὴ φωνὴ Ἰακώβ. Καὶ εἶπεν· Ἰδοὺ ὀσμὴ τοῦ υὶοῦ μου, ὡς ὀσμὴ ἀγροῦ πλήρους ὃν εὐλόγησε Κύριος. Σαφῶς οὐκ αἰσθητὴ ἦν ἡ ὀσμή. Ποία γὰρ ἂν ὀσμὴ δύναται εἶναι ὀσμῇ ἀγροῦ παραβαλλομένη; ἀλλὰ μήποτε τοιαύτη ἦν αὕτη, ὁποίαν 6 Ἀπόστολος ἔχων ἔφασκε· Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Qui ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ. Ἐγὼ δὲ ἡγοῦμαι xui. ἑκάστην ἀρετὴν ἰδίαν ἔχειν εὐωδίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶ συμπληρωτική τῶν ἀρετῶν. Καὶ ὲκ τοῦ ἐναντίου δὲ αἱ κακίαι δυσώδεις εἰσὶ κατὰ τὸν είπύνταο Προσὼζεσαν καί ἐσάπησαν oi μώλωπές μου. Πρέπει δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τὸν αύτῷ εὐώδη τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀγρὸν εὐλογεῖν. Καὶ εἷπεν αὐτῷʼ Ἰδοὺ Ἡσαῦό ἁδελφός σου ἀπειλεῖ σοι τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναί σεʼ νῦν οὖν, τέκνον, ἄκουσόν μου τῆς φωνῆς, καὶ ἀναστὰς dmi-£th εις τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν. Μανοάνομεν ἀπὸ τούτων, ὅτι δεῖ ἀποδιδράσκειν τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας, καὶ διωγμοὺς φεύγειν, εί καὶ ὁπτασιῶν καταξιωοὼμεν ὡς 6 Ἰακώβ. Παρακληοείη δʼ ἄν τις ἰδὼν τὰ παρακολουθήσαντα τῷ Ἰακιῶ φεύγοντι ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἡσαῦ· ὀπτασιόω τε γὰρ ἠξιώθη, καὶ πατὴρ γεγένηται δὼδεκα φυλῶν · καὶ ἐπανερχόμενος ἀπὸ τῆς διὰ τὸν διωγμὸν φυγῆς, γίνεται ἀντὶ Ἰακὼὸ Ἰσραήλ. Οὐ λήψῃ γυναῖκα ἐκ τῶν θυγατέμιη· lim-mir. Ai θυγατέρες Χαναὰν πονηραί εἰσιν, οὐκ ἐναντίον Ἠσαῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐναντίον Ἰσαὰκ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ. Ἰδὼν δὲ Κύριος ό Θεὸς, ὅτι μισεῖται Λεία, ἤνοιξε τὴν μήτραν αὐτῆς. Ἀνοίγει μήτραν ἐπὶ ἁγίων γεννήσει· κατὰ δὲ τὸν πνευματικδν νόμον Cruχῆς ἀνοίγει μήτραν, ἵνα γεννήσῃ Θεοῦ Λόγον ἡ ἐσομένη αὑτοῦ μήτηρ. Τοῦ αὑτοῦ. Πρώτη γὰρ ἐτέκνωσε τῷ Θεῷ τὴν Ἰουδαίων συναγωγὴν καὶ πληθὺν ἡ ἐν χρόνῳ πρεσβυτὲρα. Eine δὲ αὐτῷ Addat" El εὖρον χάριν ἐναντίον σου, altar-tati;th ἄν· εὐλόγησε γάρ με ό Θεὸς ἐπι τῇ σῇ εἰσόδῳ. υύκ ἔστι μὲν οἱωνισμδς ὲν Ἰακώβ· ὁ δὲ Λάεαν φησὶν, οἱωνισάμην ἂν, ὥς ἀλλύτριος τῆς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ προαιρέσεως, ἧς οὗ τέλεον ἁλλότριος ἦν, προστιθεὶς τῷ, οἱωνισάμην, καὶ τὸ, Εὑλίτῖ-ησε γάρ με o' Θεὸς ἐπὶ τῇ σῇ εἰσόδῳ.

ouk emachesanto peri autou. Dia de tyy pi? 5muistasthai tois adikousi deiknysin, hoti alēthōs ēn aplastos. Hothen, apodexamenos hauton tēs anexikakias 6 Theos, epiphainetai autǭ, ka) epangelletai gēn, hina mē haÿnmę̄, hoti hōs xenos paroikos proukeiy tois adikein boulomenois, plērōn to eirēmenon hekastote, ean diōkōsin hymas. Kai eipen; Hē men phōnē phōnē Iakōb. Tēn eu- 626'?l phōnēn ouk an lechtheisan hypo tou Hēsau; Ho paredōken o' Theos sou enantion motn epignous ho Isaak, eipen; Hē phōnē phōnē Iakōb. Kai eipen; Idou osmē tou uiou mou, hōs osmē agrou plērous hon eulogēse Kyrios. Saphōs ouk aisthētē ēn hē osmē. Poia gar an osmē dynatai einai osmę̄ agrou paraballomenē? alla mēpote toiautē ēn hautē, hopoian 6 Apostolos echōn ephaske; Christou euōdia esmen tǭ Qui en panti topǭ. Egō de hēgoumai xui. hekastēn aretēn idian echein euōdian, hētis esti symplērōtikē tōn aretōn. Kai ek tou enantiou de hai kakiai dysōdeis eisi kata ton eipyntao Prosōzesan kai esapēsan oi mōlōpes mou. Prepei de tǭ Kyriǭ ton autǭ euōdē tōn aretōn agron eulogein. Kai heipen autǭʼ Idou Hēsauo hadelphos sou apeilei soi tou apokteinai seʼ nyn oun, teknon, akouson mou tēs phōnēs, kai anastas dmi-£th eis tēn Mesopotamian. Manoanomen apo toutōn, hoti dei apodidraskein tous epibouleuontas, kai diōgmous pheugein, ei kai hoptasiōn kataxiōoōmen hōs 6 Iakōb. Paraklēoeiē dʼ an tis idōn ta parakolouthēsanta tǭ Iakiō pheugonti apo tou Hēsau; optasioō te gar ēxiōthē, kai patēr gegenētai dōdeka phylōn ; kai epanerchomenos apo tēs dia ton diōgmon phygēs, ginetai anti Iakōo Israēl. Ou lēpsę̄ gynaika ek tōn thygatemiē; lim-mir. Ai thygateres Chanaan ponērai eisin, ouk enantion Ēsau, allʼ enantion Isaak tou patros autou. Idōn de Kyrios o Theos, hoti miseitai Leia, ēnoixe tēn mētran autēs. Anoigei mētran epi hagiōn gennēsei; kata de ton pneumatikdn nomon Cruchēs anoigei mētran, hina gennēsę̄ Theou Logon hē esomenē hautou mētēr. Tou hautou. Prōtē gar eteknōse tǭ Theǭ tēn Ioudaiōn synagōgēn kai plēthyn hē en chronǭ presbytera. Eine de autǭ Addat" El euron charin enantion sou, altar-tati?th an; eulogēse gar me o Theos epi tę̄ sę̄ eisodǭ. yyk esti men hoiōnismds en Iakōb; ho de Laean phēsin, hoiōnisamēn an, hōs allytrios tēs tou Iakōb proaireseōs, hēs hou teleon hallotrios ēn, prostitheis tǭ, hoiōnisamēn, kai to, Heuliti-ēse gar me o' Theos epi tę̄ sę̄ eisodǭ.

they did not quarrel over it.” By not resisting those who wronged him he shows that he was truly guileless. Hence God, accepting him for his forbearance, appears to him and promises him land, so that he might not lose heart because, as a stranger and sojourner, he lay exposed to those who wished to wrong him, fulfilling each time what is said, “If they persecute you.” [Gen 27:22] “And he said: The voice is the voice of Jacob.” Recognizing the pious word, which would not have been said by Esau, “What the Lord your God delivered before me,” Isaac said, “The voice is the voice of Jacob.” [Gen 27:27] “And he said: Behold, the smell of my son is like the smell of a full field which the Lord has blessed.” Clearly the smell was not perceptible. For what smell could be compared to the smell of a field? But perhaps it was such as the Apostle had when he said: “We are the fragrance of Christ to God in every place.” I think that each virtue has its own fragrance, which completes the virtues. And conversely, vices are foul-smelling, according to the one who said: “My wounds stank and festered.” It befits the Lord to bless the field of the virtues that is fragrant to him. [Gen 27:42–43] “And she said to him: Behold, Esau your brother threatens to kill you; now therefore, child, hear my voice, and rise and flee to Mesopotamia.” We learn from this that we must run away from those who plot against us and flee persecutions, even if we are counted worthy of visions, as Jacob was. And one may take courage on seeing what followed for Jacob as he fled from Esau: he was counted worthy of visions, and became the father of twelve tribes; and on returning from the flight caused by the persecution, he becomes Israel instead of Jacob. [Gen 28:1] “You shall not take a wife from the daughters of Canaan.” The daughters of Canaan are wicked, not in Esau's eyes, but in the eyes of Isaac his father. [Gen 29:31] “And the Lord God, seeing that Leah was hated, opened her womb.” He opens the womb at the birth of saints; and according to the spiritual law he opens the womb of a soul, so that the one who is to be his mother may bring forth the Word of God. [Of the same.] For she who was elder in time first bore to God the synagogue and multitude of the Jews. [Gen 30:27] “And Laban said to him: If I have found favour before you, I would have taken omens; for God has blessed me at your coming.” There is no augury in Jacob; but Laban says, “I would have taken omens,” as one estranged from Jacob's choice; yet he was not wholly estranged from it, since he added to “I would have taken omens” the words “for God has blessed me at your coming.”

Chapter 125

125PG 12:125a–125d

Ἐλασε δὲ ἐαυτῷ Ἰακὼβ ῥάβδοι· στυρακίνην χλωρὰν. καὶ καρυΐιηιν, καὶ πλατάνου. Αἱ τρεῖς ῥάβδοι συμβολικῶς ἦτοι αἱ τρεῖς δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς εἰσι, τὸ λογικὸν, τὸ θυμικὸν, ἰδ ἐπιθυμητικόν· ἦτοι αί τρεῖς θεωρίαι τῶν σωμάτων, τῶν ἀσωμάτων τῆς ἁγίας Τριὰδος· ἦτοι γενικῶς ἡ πρακτικὴ διὰ τῆς καρυῖνης, ὴ θεωρητικὴ διὰ τῆς στυρακίνης, διὰ δὲ τῆς πλατάνου τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον καὶ τὴν θεωρίαν αὑτοῦᾐνίξατο. T6 περισὺρειν τὸ χλωρὸν τούτου, τὴν ἁποταξίαν αὐτοῦ σημαίνει· καὶ τῆς μὲν πρακτικῆς τὸ χλωρόν ἐστι τὸ ήδυπαθές· τῆς δὲ θεωρίας, τὸ περὶ τά σώματα ἀσχολεῖσθαι· τὸ δὲ χλωρὸν τῶν δύο ἄλλων ἐκδοχῶν βασάνιζε. Eine δὲ Κύριος πρὸς Ἰακώβ· Ἀποστρέφου εις τῖινγῆν τοῦ πατρός σου, καὶ εἰς τὴν γενεάν σου· καὶ ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ. Ὅτε ἐκαρποφόρησεν Ἰακὼδ, καὶ ἐπλούτησεν ἔξω τῆς γενεᾶς αὐτοῦ τυγχάνων, τότε εἶπεν αὐτῷ Κύριος· Ἁποστρέςοου εἰς τὴν τῆν τοῦ πατρός σου. Τοιοῦτον δέ τι νοητέον ὑπὸ Κυρίου λέγεσθαι, ὅτε πρὸς τῇ ἐξόδῳ γενώμεθα άπελευσόμενοι πρδς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, Καὶ ἆθλον δὲ δίδωσι τῷ ἁποστρέφοντι είς τὴν γῆν τοῦ πατρὸς αὺτοῦ, καὶείς τὴν γενεὰν αὑτοῦ. Οἶμαι δὲ, ὅτι ὲν ὕπνοις παρῆν αὐτῷ 6 Κύριος. Ὁ δὲ πατὴρ ὑμῶν παρεκρούσατό με, καὶ ἥλλαξε τὸν μισθόν μου τῶν δέκα ἁμνῶν. Ἀκύλας δέκα ἀριθμοὺς (ll) εἴρηκε· Σύμμαχος δεκάκις ἀριθμῷ. Ἔλεγεν οὖν, ὣς φησιν 6 Ἐβραῖος, Δεκάκις ἠθέτησεν τὰς συνθήκας πρὸς τὸν Ἰακὼβ 6 Λάὸαν, διὰ τὺ τὰ γεννώμενα ἐπʼ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰακὼὸ πλεῖστα ὅσα ὑπάρχειν, κάκεῖνον ἐποφθαλμιᾷν αὐτόν· ὅπερ ἐδήλωσαν αἱ δύο ἐκδόσεις· Καὶ παρηλογίσω τὸν μισθόν μου δέκα ἀμνάδας· άμνῶν δὲ ὅλως οὐκ ἔχει μνήμην, οὓς συνέθετό μοι δοῦναι· οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεται, ὅτι συνέθετο· ἀλλʼ ἀφʼ ὧν αὐτὸς λέγει, φανερόν ἐστιν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἀποκτείνοντα τὸν Λάμεχ οὐκ εἰσάγει, ὲκζητούμενον δὲ, ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξηγήσεως εἶναι φανερὸν καὶ τὸ γενόμενον· οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Πολλάκις οὖν ἡ Γραφὴ, ἃ ὲν τῷ πράττεσθαι οὐκ ἐξηγήσατο, διά τινος ἐξηγουμένου ἐδήλωσεν. Τὰ πρόβατά σου καὶ αἱ αἷγές σου οὐκ ὴτεκνὼθησαν· κριοὺς τῶν προβάτων σου οὐ κατέφαγον. Καλοῦ ποιμένος παρρησία ἐμφαίνεται ταῖς φωναῖς ταύταις, ἃς ζηλωτέον. Γ εννάτωσαν οὖν καρ- ' " ' ' I ποὺς πνευματικοὺς τά ὲν τοῖς ποιμνίοις καὶ αἱπολίοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους τῆς ποίμνης μὴ κατεσθίωμεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐχ εὕρηνται οἱ αὐτοῦ θεοῖ, συμβάσεις ποιεῖται μετὰ τοῦ θεσπεσίου Ἰακώβ· καὶ 6 κόσμος, ἡνίκα τοὺς ψευδωνύμους ἀπεβάλετε) θεοὺς, φίλος γέγονε τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Eine δὲ Ἰακὼό τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ· Συλλέγετε ςῑίθους· καὶ συνέλεξαν λίθους. Καὶ ἐν τῷ

Elase de eautǭ Iakōb rhabdoi; styrakinēn chlōran. kai karyïiēin, kai platanou. Hai treis rhabdoi symbolikōs ētoi hai treis dynameis tēs psychēs eisi, to logikon, to thymikon, id epithymētikon; ētoi ai treis theōriai tōn sōmatōn, tōn asōmatōn tēs hagias Triados; ētoi genikōs hē praktikē dia tēs karuinēs, ē theōrētikē dia tēs styrakinēs, dia de tēs platanou ton kosmon touton kai tēn theōrian hautouę̄nixato. T6 perisyrein to chlōron toutou, tēn hapotaxian autou sēmainei; kai tēs men praktikēs to chlōron esti to ēdypathes; tēs de theōrias, to peri ta sōmata ascholeisthai; to de chlōron tōn dyo allōn ekdochōn basanize. Eine de Kyrios pros Iakōb; Apostrephou eis tiingēn tou patros sou, kai eis tēn genean sou; kai esomai meta sou. Hote ekarpophorēsen Iakōd, kai eploutēsen exō tēs geneas autou tynchanōn, tote eipen autǭ Kyrios; Hapostresoou eis tēn tēn tou patros sou. Toiouton de ti noēteon hypo Kyriou legesthai, hote pros tę̄ exodǭ genōmetha apeleusomenoi prds tous pateras hēmōn, Kai athlon de didōsi tǭ hapostrephonti eis tēn gēn tou patros autou, kaieis tēn genean hautou. Oimai de, hoti en hypnois parēn autǭ 6 Kyrios. Ho de patēr hymōn parekrousato me, kai hēllaxe ton misthon mou tōn deka hamnōn. Akylas deka arithmous (ll) eirēke; Symmachos dekakis arithmǭ. Elegen oun, hōs phēsin 6 Ebraios, Dekakis ēthetēsen tas synthēkas pros ton Iakōb 6 Laoan, dia ty ta gennōmena epʼ onomati tou Iakōo pleista hosa hyparchein, kakeinon epophthalmiąn auton; hoper edēlōsan hai dyo ekdoseis; Kai parēlogisō ton misthon mou deka amnadas; amnōn de holōs ouk echei mnēmēn, hous synetheto moi dounai; oudamou phainetai, hoti synetheto; allʼ aphʼ hōn autos legei, phaneron estin. Hōsper gar apokteinonta ton Lamech ouk eisagei, ekzētoumenon de, hōs apo tēs exēgēseōs einai phaneron kai to genomenon; houtō kai entautha. Pollakis oun hē Graphē, ha en tǭ prattesthai ouk exēgēsato, dia tinos exēgoumenou edēlōsen. Ta probata sou kai hai haiges sou ouk ēteknōthēsan; krious tōn probatōn sou ou katephagon. Kalou poimenos parrēsia emphainetai tais phōnais tautais, has zēlōteon. G ennatōsan oun kar- ' " ' ' I pous pneumatikous ta en tois poimniois kai haipoliois, alla kai tous plousious tēs poimnēs mē katesthiōmen. Epei de ouch heurēntai hoi autou theoi, symbaseis poieitai meta tou thespesiou Iakōb; kai 6 kosmos, hēnika tous pseudōnymous apebalete) theous, philos gegone tou Christou. Eine de Iakōo tois adelphois autou; Syllegete siithous; kai synelexan lithous. Kai en tǭ

[Gen 30:37] “And Jacob took for himself a green rod of storax, and of walnut, and of plane.” The three rods are symbolically either the three powers of the soul, the rational, the spirited, and the desiring; or the three contemplations, of bodies, of incorporeal beings, and of the Holy Trinity; or, more generally, by the walnut he hinted at the practical life, by the storax at the contemplative, and by the plane at this world and the contemplation of it. Peeling off its green signifies renunciation of it: the green of the practical life is the love of pleasure; that of contemplation, being occupied with bodies; as for the green in the two other interpretations, test it yourself. [Gen 31:3] “And the Lord said to Jacob: Return to the land of your father and to your kindred, and I will be with you.” When Jacob had borne fruit and become rich while living outside his kindred, then the Lord said to him, “Return to the land of your father.” Something of this kind must be understood to be said by the Lord when we come to our departure, about to go away to our fathers. And he gives a prize to the one who returns to the land of his father and to his kindred. I think that the Lord was present to him in sleep. [Gen 31:7] “And your father cheated me and changed my wages of the ten lambs.” Aquila said “ten numbers,” Symmachus “ten times in number.” He meant, then, as the Hebrew says: Laban broke his agreements with Jacob ten times, because what was born in Jacob's name was very many, and he looked on him with envy; which the two versions made clear. [Gen 31:41] “And you cheated me of my wages of ten lambs.” Of lambs Scripture makes no mention at all; “which he agreed to give me”: nowhere does it appear that he agreed, but it is evident from what Jacob himself says. For just as Scripture does not show Lamech killing, but when he is questioned it becomes evident from his account what had happened, so also here. Often, then, Scripture has made known through someone's account what it did not relate when it was being done. [Gen 31:38] “Your sheep and your goats were not barren; I did not eat the rams of your sheep.” The frankness of a good shepherd appears in these words, and is to be emulated. Let those in the flocks and herds, then, bear spiritual fruits; and let us not devour the rich of the flock. Since his gods were not found, he makes an agreement with the divine Jacob; and the world, when it cast off the falsely named gods, became a friend of Christ. [Gen 31:46] “And Jacob said to his brothers: Gather stones; and they gathered stones.” And in

Chapter 127

127PG 12:128a–128d

Ἐκκλησιαστῇ γέγραπται· Καιρὸς τοῦ,βαλεῖν..τίθους, καὶ καιρός τοῦ συναγαγεῖν λίθους. Συνάγονται δὲ κατά πρόσταξιν ’1ακὼ6,·ὃς τύπος ἦν Χριο στοῦ, ἶνα ἡ οἰκοδομὴ πληρωθῇ ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν, ὄντος ἀκρογωνιαίου αὐτοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, ὲκ λίθων ζώντων, ὅτε γίνεται οἶκος πνευματικὸς, ἱεράτευμα ἓίγιον. Καὶ ἀποστραφεὶς Λάβαν ἀπῆλθεν είς τὸν τόκον αὐτοῦ. Τοῦ μὲν φαύλου διὰ τὴν κακίαν ἐγγὺς ὁ τόπος· τοῦ δὲ διὰ προκοπῆς ὁδεύοντος, ἐπεὶ μακράν ἐστιν ὁ τόπος, οὐ μικρὸςὸκόπος. Καὶ συνήντησαν αὐτῷ ol ἄγγελοι τοῦ Θεοῦ. '0 Κύριός φησιν· Ἐγώ εἰμι ἠ ὁδός. Τῷ οῦν τὴν ὁδὸν ταύτην πορευομένῳ συναντῶσιν ἄγγελοι τοῦ Θεοῦ. Kal ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς λέγωνʼ Οὕτως ἐρεῖτε τῷ κιερίῳ μου Ἠσαῖν Οὕτως,λέγει ό παῖς σου Ἰακώόο Μετὰ Λάβαν παρῴκησα. Κατά τιμὴν τὸν πρεσβύτερον ἀδελφὸν ἀνυποκρίτως κύριον αὑτοῦ καλεῖ. Πλὴν καὶ ἀπόκρισις ὑποπίπτουσα ἀπο.στρέφει θυμόν. Καὶ ὼς ἄνθρωπος μὲν εφοβήθη, τῷ Θεῷ δὲ πιστεύσας, οῦκ ἔφυγεν, ἀλλʼ ἧρετο. χεὲἒέιι διέβη τὴν διάβασιν τοῦ Ἰαεώκ. Ἰαὸὼκ πόταμός ἐστι τῆς Ἀραβίας, ὀνῦν καλούμενος Ἰαμδίκης. Ὑπελείρθη δὲ Ἰακὼό μόνος, καὶ excitare μετʼ αὑτοῦ ἅνθρωπος, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Τίς δʼ ἂν ἀλλος εἴη ὁ λεγόμενος ἀνθ ρωπος ὁμοῦ καὶ Θεὸς, συμπαλαίων καὶ συναγωνιζόμενος τῷ Ἰακὼβ, ἢ ό πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως λαλήσας τοῖς πατράσιν ἱερὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, Κύριος καὶ Θεὸς χρηματίζων, ὃς καὶ εὐλογήσας τὸν Ἰακὼβ, Ἰσραὴλ αὐτὸν ὡνόμασεν,ὲπειπὼν, ὃτι ἑνίσχυσας μετὰ Θεοῦ; οὕτω δὲ ἑώρων οἱ τότε ἄνδρες τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον, ὼς καὶ οἱ φήσαντες τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν ἀπόστολοι· Ὅ ἦν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα, καί al χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶτοῦ Λόγου τῆς ζωῇςο ὃν Λόγον, καὶ ζωὴν Θεασάμενος καὶ ὁ Ἰακὼβ, ὲπιφέρει λέγων· Εἶδον γὰρ Θεὸν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον. Ἰακὼό δὲ ἠγάπα τὸν Ἰωσὴφ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς υἱοὺς αὑτοῦ, ὅτι υίὸς γήρως ἦν αὐτῷ. Ἐποίησε δὲ αὐτῷ χιτῶνα ποικίλον. Χιτὼν ποικίλος ἐστὶν ι) ἕξις ἀρίστη ταῖς ἀρεταῖς κεκοσμημένη. Ἰδόντες δὲ οί ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι αὑτὸν ό παρ τὴρ φιλεῖ ἐκ πάντων τῶν υίῶν αὑτοῦ, ἐμίσησαν αὑτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύναντο λαλεῖν αὐτῷ οὐδὲν εἰρηνικόν. Ὀ μισῶν ἀδυνάτως ἔχει πρὸς τὺ είρηνικόν τι λαλεῖν τῷ μισουμὲνῳ. Ἀποθὼμεθα οὖν τὸ μῖσος, ἵνα λαλεῖν εἰρηνικὰ δυνηθῶμεν.

Ekklēsiastę̄ gegraptai; Kairos tou,balein..tithous, kai kairos tou synagagein lithous. Synagontai de kata prostaxin ’1akō6,;hos typos ēn Chrio stou, ina hē oikodomē plērōthę̄ epi tǭ themeliǭ tōn apostolōn kai prophētōn, ontos akrogōniaiou autou Christou tou Kyriou hēmōn, ek lithōn zōntōn, hote ginetai oikos pneumatikos, hierateuma heigion. Kai apostrapheis Laban apēlthen eis ton tokon autou. Tou men phaulou dia tēn kakian engys ho topos; tou de dia prokopēs hodeuontos, epei makran estin ho topos, ou mikrosokopos. Kai synēntēsan autǭ ol angeloi tou Theou. '0 Kyrios phēsin; Egō eimi ē hodos. Tǭ oun tēn hodon tautēn poreuomenǭ synantōsin angeloi tou Theou. Kal eneteilato autois legōnʼ Houtōs ereite tǭ kieriǭ mou Ēsain Houtōs,legei o pais sou Iakōoo Meta Laban parǭkēsa. Kata timēn ton presbyteron adelphon anypokritōs kyrion hautou kalei. Plēn kai apokrisis hypopiptousa apo.strephei thymon. Kai ōs anthrōpos men ephobēthē, tǭ Theǭ de pisteusas, ouk ephygen, allʼ hēreto. cheeeeii diebē tēn diabasin tou Iaeōk. Iaoōk potamos esti tēs Arabias, onyn kaloumenos Iamdikēs. Hypeleirthē de Iakōo monos, kai excitare metʼ hautou hanthrōpos, kai ta hexēs. Tis dʼ an allos eiē ho legomenos anth rōpos homou kai Theos, sympalaiōn kai synagōnizomenos tǭ Iakōb, ē o polymerōs kai polytropōs lalēsas tois patrasin hieros tou Theou Logos, Kyrios kai Theos chrēmatizōn, hos kai eulogēsas ton Iakōb, Israēl auton hōnomasen,epeipōn, hoti henischysas meta Theou? houtō de heōrōn hoi tote andres ton tou Theou Logon, ōs kai hoi phēsantes tou Kyriou hēmōn apostoloi; Ho ēn apʼ archēs, heōrakamen tois ophthalmois hēmōn, kai etheasametha, kai al cheires hēmōn epsēlaphēsan peritou Logou tēs zōę̄so hon Logon, kai zōēn Theasamenos kai ho Iakōb, epipherei legōn; Eidon gar Theon prosōpon pros prosōpon. Iakōo de ēgapa ton Iōsēph para pantas tous huious hautou, hoti uios gērōs ēn autǭ. Epoiēse de autǭ chitōna poikilon. Chitōn poikilos estin i) hexis aristē tais aretais kekosmēmenē. Idontes de oi adelphoi autou, hoti hauton o par tēr philei ek pantōn tōn uiōn hautou, emisēsan hauton, kai ouk ēdynanto lalein autǭ ouden eirēnikon. O misōn adynatōs echei pros ty eirēnikon ti lalein tǭ misoumenǭ. Apothōmetha oun to misos, hina lalein eirēnika dynēthōmen.

Ecclesiastes it is written: “A time to throw stones and a time to gather stones.” They are gathered by the command of Jacob, who was a type of Christ, so that the building may be completed on the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Christ our Lord himself being the cornerstone, from living stones, when it becomes a spiritual house, a holy priesthood. [Gen 31:55] “And Laban turned back and went away to his place.” For the wicked man the place is near because of his vice; but for one who travels by way of progress, since the place is far off, the toil is not small. [Gen 32:1] “And the angels of God met him.” The Lord says, “I am the way.” Angels of God, then, meet the one who travels this way. [Gen 32:4] “And he commanded them, saying: Thus you shall say to my lord Esau: Thus says your servant Jacob: I have sojourned with Laban.” Out of respect he calls his elder brother his lord, without hypocrisy. Besides, “a submissive answer turns away wrath.” And as a man he was afraid, but trusting in God he did not flee, but prayed. [Gen 32:22] “He crossed the ford of the Jabbok.” The Jabbok is a river of Arabia, now called the Iambikes. [Gen 32:24] “And Jacob was left alone, and a man wrestled with him,” and so on. Who else could he be who is called at once man and God, wrestling and contending with Jacob, than the holy Word of God, who spoke to the fathers in many parts and in many ways, who is called Lord and God, who also blessed Jacob and named him Israel, adding, “for you have prevailed with God”? In this way the men of that time saw the Word of God, as also our Lord's apostles, who said: “What was from the beginning, we have seen with our eyes, and beheld, and our hands have handled, concerning the Word of life.” Having beheld this Word and Life, Jacob too adds: “For I have seen God face to face.” [Gen 37:3] “And Jacob loved Joseph more than all his sons, because he was the son of his old age; and he made him a many-coloured tunic.” The many-coloured tunic is the best habit, adorned with the virtues. [Gen 37:4] “And his brothers, seeing that their father loved him more than all his sons, hated him and could not speak anything peaceable to him.” The one who hates is unable to say anything peaceable to the one he hates. Let us put away hatred, then, so that we may be able to speak peaceable things.

Chapter 129

129PG 12:129a–129d

Ol δὲ Μαδιηναῗοι ἀπέδοντο τὸν Ἰωσὴφ εἱς Αἵγυπτον τῷ Πετεφρῇ τῷ σπάδοντι Φαραὼ ἁρχιμαγείρῳ. Πετεφρῆς παρὰ Ἀκύλᾳ καὶ Συμμάχῳ Φουτιφὰρ εἴρηται ὲν τούτῳ τῷ τόπῳ, ἐν δὲ ἑτέρῳ Φουτιφαρὲ. Καὶ ἡ μὲν τοῦ παρόντος ὀνόματος ἑρμηνεία παράκειται τῇ λέξει (ΞΞΥ ἡ δὲ ἔκθεσις τοῦ ἐτέρου ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς φανεῖται. Γνοὺς δὲ Αὐνᾶν, ὅτι οὐκ αὐτῷ ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα, ἐγένετο ὅταν εἰσήρχετο πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἐξέχεεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. Πᾶς ὁ σπείρων ἐπὶ τὴν σάρκα, καὶ τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκὸς ἐν τῇ γῇ θησαυρίζων, ὅμοιος τῷ Λύνᾶν· διὸ καὶ θανατοῦται ὑπὸ Θεοῦ. Καὶ ἦν Κύριος μετὰ Ἰωσήφ· καὶ ἦν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτυγχάνων. Ὠς ἐπὶ σκοπὸν βάλλων, ἔτεινε τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ ἀεὶ ἐπετύγχανε. Πολλαχωῖ δὲ κέχρηται τούτῳ ἡ Γραφή. Καὶ εὐλόγησε Κύριος τὸν οἷκον τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου διὰ Ἰωσήφ. Διὰ τὸν ἆγιον ὲν οἴκῳ ὄντα Αίγυπτίου εὐλογεῖται ὁ οἶκος, καὶ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ ὁ ἀγρὸς τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου. Αὕτη δὲ ού πνευματικὴ εὑλογία. Ἐγένετο δὲ μετὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα, ἥμαρτεν o' ἀρχιοινοχόος τοῦβασιλέως Αἰγύπτου, καί ό ἀρχιοιτοποιὸς τῷ κυρίῳ αὐτῶν βασιλεῖ Αἰγύπτου. Νομίζω ὅτι τὸ ἀνάλογον τῷ· Ἥμαρτον,βασιλεῖ Αἰγύπτου, λέγοιτʼ ἂν περὶ τῶν μαρτύρων, ὅτιτῷ νοητῷ βασιλεῖ τῆς Αἰγύπτου οὗτοι ἁμαρτάνουσιν, ἀλλʼ ού τῷ Θεῷ. Εἰς γὰρ τὸν τοῦ κόσμου νόμον δοκοῦσιν ἁμαρτάνειν, ἐναντίον ὄντα τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ὅτι κλοπῇ sudatur ἐκ γῆς Ἐβραίων, καὶ ὦδε οὐκ ἐποίησα οὐδέν. Τὸ μηδὲν ἐπιχωρίων Αἰγυπτίων ποιεῖν αἰνίσσεται διὰ τοῦ· Ὧδε οὐκ ἐποίησα οὐδέν. Αἰγυπτίων δὲ ἔργον ἦν καὶ τὸ συνελθεῖν τῇ τοῦ κυρίου γυναικί. Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωσὴφ εἶπεν αὐτῷʼ Αὕτη ἠ σύγκρισις αὐτοῦ· τὰ τρία κανᾶ τρεῖς ἡμέραι εἰσίν. Καὶ ἀνωτέρω εἴρηται, οἰ τρεῖς πυθμένες τρεῖς ἡμέραι εἰσίν. Οὐκοῦν τὸ, τρεῖς ἡμέραι, καὶ διὰ πυθμένων καὶ διὰ κανῶν παρίσταται· συγχρησαμένης Προνοίας είς παράστασιν τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκείοις παραδείγμασιτοῦ ἐκατέρου βίου. Τοιαῦτα δʼ ἂν εὕροις καὶ ὲν ταῖς λοιπαῖς Γραφαῖςʼ τὸ αὐτὸ δηλούμενον ἀπὸ διαφόρων εἶναι δοκούντων παραδειγμὰτων. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἡμέρα γενέσεως ἦν Φαραὼ, καὶ ἐποίει πότον πᾶσι τοῖς παισὶν αὑτοῦ. Τῶν μὲν πρὸ ἡμῶν ἐτήρησέ τις, ὅτι φαῦλός ἐστιν ὁ τὰ γενέσεως τιμῶν πράγματα, καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ ἀποδεχόμενος· ἡμεῖς

Ol de Madiēnaïoi apedonto ton Iōsēph heis Haigypton tǭ Petephrę̄ tǭ spadonti Pharaō harchimageirǭ. Petephrēs para Akylą kai Symmachǭ Phoutiphar eirētai en toutǭ tǭ topǭ, en de heterǭ Phoutiphare. Kai hē men tou parontos onomatos hermēneia parakeitai tę̄ lexei (XXY hē de ekthesis tou eterou en tois hexēs phaneitai. Gnous de Aunan, hoti ouk autǭ estai to sperma, egeneto hotan eisērcheto pros tēn gynaika tou adelphou autou, execheen epi tēn gēn. Pas ho speirōn epi tēn sarka, kai ta erga tēs sarkos en tę̄ gę̄ thēsaurizōn, homoios tǭ Lynan; dio kai thanatoutai hypo Theou. Kai ēn Kyrios meta Iōsēph; kai ēn anēr epitynchanōn. Ōs epi skopon ballōn, eteine to hēgemonikon heautou. kai aei epetynchane. Pollachōi de kechrētai toutǭ hē Graphē. Kai eulogēse Kyrios ton hoikon tou Aigyptiou dia Iōsēph. Dia ton agion en oikǭ onta Aigyptiou eulogeitai ho oikos, kai ta hyparchonta, kai ho agros tou Aigyptiou. Hautē de ou pneumatikē heulogia. Egeneto de meta rhēmata tauta, hēmarten o' archioinochoos toubasileōs Aigyptou, kai o archioitopoios tǭ kyriǭ autōn basilei Aigyptou. Nomizō hoti to analogon tǭ; Hēmarton,basilei Aigyptou, legoitʼ an peri tōn martyrōn, hotitǭ noētǭ basilei tēs Aigyptou houtoi hamartanousin, allʼ ou tǭ Theǭ. Eis gar ton tou kosmou nomon dokousin hamartanein, enantion onta tǭ nomǭ tou Theou. Hoti klopę̄ sudatur ek gēs Ebraiōn, kai ōde ouk epoiēsa ouden. To mēden epichōriōn Aigyptiōn poiein ainissetai dia tou; Hōde ouk epoiēsa ouden. Aigyptiōn de ergon ēn kai to synelthein tę̄ tou kyriou gynaiki. Apokritheis de Iōsēph eipen autǭʼ Hautē ē synkrisis autou; ta tria kana treis hēmerai eisin. Kai anōterō eirētai, oi treis pythmenes treis hēmerai eisin. Oukoun to, treis hēmerai, kai dia pythmenōn kai dia kanōn paristatai; synchrēsamenēs Pronoias eis parastasin triōn hēmerōn oikeiois paradeigmasitou ekaterou biou. Toiauta dʼ an heurois kai en tais loipais Graphaisʼ to auto dēloumenon apo diaphorōn einai dokountōn paradeigmatōn. Egeneto de en tę̄ hēmerą tę̄ tritę̄, hēmera geneseōs ēn Pharaō, kai epoiei poton pasi tois paisin hautou. Tōn men pro hēmōn etērēse tis, hoti phaulos estin ho ta geneseōs timōn pragmata, kai tēn hēmeran tēs geneseōs autou apodechomenos; hēmeis

[Gen 37:36] “And the Midianites sold Joseph into Egypt to Petephres, the eunuch of Pharaoh, the chief cook.” In this place Petephres is called Phoutiphar by Aquila and Symmachus, and in another place Phoutiphare. The interpretation of the present name is set beside the word …; the exposition of the other will appear in what follows. [Gen 38:9] “And Onan, knowing that the seed would not be his, when he went in to his brother's wife, poured it out on the ground.” Everyone who sows to the flesh and stores up the works of the flesh on the earth is like Onan; therefore he too is put to death by God. [Gen 39:2] “And the Lord was with Joseph, and he was a man who succeeded.” Like one shooting at a target, he directed his ruling faculty and always hit the mark. Scripture uses this word in many places. [Gen 39:5] “And the Lord blessed the house of the Egyptian because of Joseph.” Because of the saint who is in an Egyptian's house, the house is blessed, and the possessions, and the field of the Egyptian. But this is not a spiritual blessing. [Gen 40:1] “And after these things the chief cupbearer of the king of Egypt and the chief baker sinned against their lord, the king of Egypt.” I think that something corresponding to “They sinned against the king of Egypt” might be said of the martyrs: that they sin against the intelligible king of Egypt, but not against God. For they seem to sin against the law of the world, which is contrary to the law of God. [Gen 40:15] “For I was stolen away from the land of the Hebrews, and here I have done nothing.” By “Here I have done nothing” he hints that he did none of the native Egyptian things; and lying with one's master's wife was also an Egyptian deed. [Gen 40:18] “And Joseph answered and said to him: This is its interpretation: the three baskets are three days.” And above it was said, “The three stems are three days.” So “three days” is shown both by stems and by baskets, Providence using for the showing of three days examples proper to the life of each. You will find such things in the other Scriptures too: the same thing shown by examples that seem different. [Gen 40:20] “And it came to pass on the third day, it was Pharaoh's birthday, and he made a feast for all his servants.” One of those before us observed that he is wicked who honours the things of birth and welcomes the day of his birth; and we

Chapter 131

131PG 12:132a–132d

ιτα δὲ βεβαιοῦμεν τὴν διήγησιν, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἡρώδου τὺ παραπλήσιον εὑρόντες, ἅτε καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ Ἡρωδιάδος ὼρχήσατο, καὶ ἀπετμήθηὴ Ἰωάννου κεφαρ· καὶ οὐδαμοῦ δίκαιος φαίνεται γενέθλιον ἄγων ἡμέραν. Ἐγένετο δὲ μετὰ δύο ἔτη ἡμερῶν. Φαραὼ εἶδεν ἐνύπνιον. ’ῼετο ἑστάναι ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. '0 ἐπὶ τοῖς ρευστοῖς καὶ ὰὸεὗαίοις πεποιθὼς ᾤετο ἑστάναι ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ἀφʼ οὗ τὰ δοκοῦντα εὐδαιμονικὰ εἰναι ἀναβαίνει, ὅτε οἱ βόες αὺτοῦ παχεῖς εἰσιν· ἀλλὰ πάντως κατεσθίεται ταῦτα ὑπὸ τῶν χειρόνων. Πρὸς δὲ τὸ, ᾤετο, συγκρινεῖς τὸ, ᾤμην ὑμᾶς δεσμεύειν δράγματα. Ἐπὶ δὲ δευτέρου ἐνυπνίου, Ὥσπερ, ςςησὶν, ό ἣλιος, καὶ ἡ σελήνη. καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες προσεκύνουν μοι. Πάλιν τε αὖ ὀ μὲν ἀρχιοινοχόος ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ μου, φησιν, ἦν Τοῦ αὐτοῦ. Τὸ μὲν διηγη ματικὺν τῆς Γραφῆς πρόαωπόν φησιν· ’ῼετο ἑστάναι ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ, οὒ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ· ό δὲ Φαραώ φησιν· ᾭμην ἑστάναι παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ, οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ. Τὰ μέντοιγε ὲν Αἰγύπτῳ πράγματα τὰ ἐν τοῖς κοσμικοῖς, ἀπδχρηστοτέρων ἀρχόμενα, ὧν σύμβολον ἡ εὖθηνία, εἰς πικρότερον καταλήγει, ὢν ή εὐθηνία καὶ ό λιμὸς τύπος. Τοιοῦτον δέ ἐστι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν πλούσιον λόγου θεωρῆσαι. Οίονεὶ γὰρ τὰ ἑπτὰ ἔτη τῆς εὐθηνίας ἦν αὐτῷ, ἀπολαμβάνοντι τὰ ἀγαθὰ αὑτοῦ ὲν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ, ὲνδεδυμένῳ πορφύραν, καὶ βύσσον, καὶ εὐφραινομένῳ καθʼ ἠμέραν λαμπρῶςσ λήγει δὲ αὐτῷ είς τὰ ἐναντία, ἀπολαμβάνοντι τὰ κακὰ μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἀπαλλαγήν. Τοιαῦτα δʼ ἂν ἴδοις καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τὴν πλατεῖαν καὶ εὑρύχωρον ὁδευόντων, ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλειαοοῖς δὲ ἀρχὴ τὸ στενὸν καὶ τὺ τεθλιμμένον, τὸ τέλος ζωή. Διὸ οὐαὶ τοῖς ὲμπεπλησμὲνοις, ὅτι πεινάσουσι· καὶ τοῖς γελῶσιν, ὅτι κλαύσουσι. Μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες καὶ κλαίοντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται. Καὶ ἰδοὺ ὥσπερ ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἀνέβαινον ἀκτὰ βόες, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Τοῦ Φαραὼ τὰ ἐνύπνια βόες ἦσαν καὶ στάχυες. Διʼ ὧν γὰρ γεωργεῖται ή γῆ, καὶ ἆπερ φέρει, προσημαντικὰ εὐθηνίας τε καὶ ἀφορίας ἐγένετο τῷ βασιλεῖ. Ἠγέρθη δὲ Φαραὼ, καὶ ἐνισπνιιὶσθη τὸ δεύτενον* καί ὶδοὺ ἑπτὰ στάχυες ἀνέβαινον ἐν πυθμένιένὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ καὶ καλοί. Ὀ μὲν Ἰωσὴφ οὐ στάχυας, ἀλλὰ δράγματα εἶδεν* ό δὲ Αἰγύπτιος οὐ δράγματα, ἀλλὰ στάχυας. Καὶ πάλιν ό μὲν ἀρχιοινοίόος τοὺς τρεῖς πυθμένας βλέπει είς τρεῖς ἡμέραςο ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς τοῦς ὲν πυθμένι ἐνὶ ἑπτὰ στάχυας εις τδ συνημμένον τῶν ἱπτὰ ινιαυτῶνο καὶ γίνεται τοῦ ἑνὸς ὀνόματος τοῦ πυθμένος διάφορος ἡ ἑρμηνεία. Eiram οὖν ἄλλως τις διηγεῖται τὴν Γραφὴν, μὴ δοκείτω βιάζεσθαι αὐτήν. Καὶ ἔτι τηρητέον, ὅτι ἐπὶ μὲν της

ita de bebaioumen tēn diēgēsin, kai epi tou Hērōdou ty paraplēsion heurontes, hate kai hē thygatēr Hērōdiados ōrchēsato, kai apetmēthēē Iōannou kephar; kai oudamou dikaios phainetai genethlion agōn hēmeran. Egeneto de meta dyo etē hēmerōn. Pharaō eiden enypnion. ’Ǭeto hestanai epi tou potamou, kai ta hexēs. '0 epi tois reustois kai aoeuaiois pepoithōs ǭeto hestanai epi tou potamou, aphʼ hou ta dokounta eudaimonika einai anabainei, hote hoi boes autou pacheis eisin; alla pantōs katesthietai tauta hypo tōn cheironōn. Pros de to, ǭeto, synkrineis to, ǭmēn hymas desmeuein dragmata. Epi de deuterou enypniou, Hōsper, ssēsin, o hēlios, kai hē selēnē. kai hoi asteres prosekynoun moi. Palin te au o men archioinochoos en tǭ hypnǭ mou, phēsin, ēn Tou autou. To men diēgē matikyn tēs Graphēs proaōpon phēsin; ’Ǭeto hestanai epi tou potamou, ou para to cheilos tou potamou; o de Pharaō phēsin; Hǭmēn hestanai para to cheilos tou potamou, ouk epi tou potamou. Ta mentoige en Aigyptǭ pragmata ta en tois kosmikois, apdchrēstoterōn archomena, hōn symbolon hē euthēnia, eis pikroteron katalēgei, ōn ē euthēnia kai o limos typos. Toiouton de esti kai epi tou kata ton plousion logou theōrēsai. Oionei gar ta hepta etē tēs euthēnias ēn autǭ, apolambanonti ta agatha hautou en tę̄ zōę̄ autou, endedymenǭ porphyran, kai bysson, kai euphrainomenǭ kathʼ ēmeran lamprōss lēgei de autǭ eis ta enantia, apolambanonti ta kaka meta tēn enteuthen apallagēn. Toiauta dʼ an idois kai epi tōn tēn plateian kai heurychōron hodeuontōn, hōn to telos apōleiaoois de archē to stenon kai ty tethlimmenon, to telos zōē. Dio ouai tois empeplēsmenois, hoti peinasousi; kai tois gelōsin, hoti klausousi. Makarioi hoi penthountes kai klaiontes, hoti autoi paraklēthēsontai. Kai idou hōsper ek tou potamou anebainon akta boes, kai ta hexēs. Tou Pharaō ta enypnia boes ēsan kai stachyes. Diʼ hōn gar geōrgeitai ē gē, kai aper pherei, prosēmantika euthēnias te kai aphorias egeneto tǭ basilei. Ēgerthē de Pharaō, kai enispniiisthē to deutenon* kai idou hepta stachyes anebainon en pythmenieni eklektoi kai kaloi. O men Iōsēph ou stachyas, alla dragmata eiden* o de Aigyptios ou dragmata, alla stachyas. Kai palin o men archioinoioos tous treis pythmenas blepei eis treis hēmeraso ho de basileus tous en pythmeni eni hepta stachyas eis td synēmmenon tōn hipta iniautōno kai ginetai tou henos onomatos tou pythmenos diaphoros hē hermēneia. Eiram oun allōs tis diēgeitai tēn Graphēn, mē dokeitō biazesthai autēn. Kai eti tērēteon, hoti epi men tēs

confirm the account, finding the like also in the case of Herod, since the daughter of Herodias danced and John's head was cut off; and nowhere does a righteous man appear keeping his birthday. [Gen 41:1] “And it came to pass after two years of days, Pharaoh saw a dream. He thought he stood upon the river,” and so on. The one who trusts in flowing and unstable things thought he stood upon the river, from which what seem to be the goods of happiness come up when his cows are fat; but these are certainly devoured by the worse. With “he thought” you will compare “I thought we were binding sheaves.” And on the second dream: “As if,” he says, “the sun and the moon and the stars were bowing down to me.” And again the chief cupbearer: “In my sleep,” he says, “there was …” [Of the same.] The narrating voice of Scripture says, “He thought he stood upon the river,” not “by the bank of the river”; but Pharaoh says, “I thought I stood by the bank of the river,” not “upon the river.” The affairs in Egypt, however, those of worldly things, beginning from more pleasant things, of which the plenty is a symbol, end in something more bitter, of which the plenty and the famine are a type. Something similar can be observed in the story of the rich man. For he had, as it were, the seven years of plenty, receiving his good things in his life, clothed in purple and fine linen and making merry splendidly every day; but it ends for him in the opposite, receiving evils after his departure from here. You might see such things also in those who walk the broad and spacious way, whose end is destruction; but for those whose beginning is the narrow and afflicted way, the end is life. Therefore, woe to those who are full, for they will hunger; and to those who laugh, for they will weep. Blessed are those who mourn and weep, for they will be comforted. [Gen 41:2] “And behold, as it were out of the river came up seven cows,” and so on. Pharaoh's dreams were of cows and ears of grain; for the means by which the earth is tilled, and what it bears, became signs for the king foretelling plenty and barrenness. [Gen 41:5] “And Pharaoh woke and dreamed a second time; and behold, seven ears came up on one stem, choice and good.” Joseph saw not ears but sheaves; the Egyptian not sheaves but ears. And again, the chief cupbearer sees the three stems as three days, while the king sees the seven ears on one stem as the continuity of the seven years; so the interpretation of the one word “stem” differs. If, then, someone explains Scripture otherwise, let him not be thought to force it. And it should be further observed that in the case of the

Chapter 133

133PG 12:133a–133d

εὐθηνίας ἑπτὰ στάχυες ἁκαὸαίνοντες ἐν πυθμένι ἐν). ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ λιμοῦ ἑπτὰ μὲν στάχυες, οὐκ ἔτι δὲ ἐν πυθμένι ἐνί· ἄλλος φησίν ' ἐν καλάμῳ ἐνί. Ἐγένετο δὲ πρωῒ, καὶ ἐταράχθη τ) ψυχὴ αὑτοῦ, καὶ ἀποστείλας ἐκάλεσε πάντας τοὺς ἐξηγητὰς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ πάντας τοὺς σοφοὺς αὐτῆς. Ὅλης Αἰγύπτου πῶς ἐκάλεσε τοὺς ἐξηγητὰς καὶ σοφοὺς, ἅμα ζητητέον ὡς πρὸς τὴν λέξιν, καὶ εί πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν δεῖται ἐξηγητῶν Αἰγυπτίων ὁ Φαραὼ ὡς σοφωτέρων. Ὅλης δὲ Αἰγύπτου φαμὲν, Cu; ἁκολούθου τῷ, Πάντας τοὺς ἐξηγητὰς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ πάντας τοὺς σοροὺς αὐτῆς. Καὶ διηγήσατο αὺτοῖς Φαραὼ τὸ ἐνύπνιον αὺτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ό (irrumet.le αὐτὸ τῷ Φαραώ. Οὐκ οἶμαι, ὅτι τέλεον ἐσιώπων, ἀλλὰ πάντα μᾶλλον ἕλεγονῆ αὐτὸ τὸ τῆς ἐνυπνίων διηγήσεως. Ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖ τις· Πῶς ᾔδει ὁ Φαραὼ πότερον ἐπιτυγχάνουσιν οἱ ἐξηγηταὶ καὶ σοφοὶ Αἰγύπτου διηγούμενοι τὰ ἐνύπνια, ἦ μή; Ἔλεγε δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα ὁ Ἐβραῖος, ὅτι ὁ Φαραὼ ἰδὼν τὸ ἐνύπνιον, εἶδε αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν διήγησιν, ἥτις αὑτοῦ ἀπέπεσε τῆς μνήμης. Ἐκάςτου οὖν ἁκούων λέγοντος, οὐκ ἀνεμιμνῄσκετο οὗ ᾔδει ἑωρακέναι. Διὰ τοῦτο δὲ ἐξεπλάγη τὸν Ίωσὴερ. καὶ ἀθρόως αὐτὸν προήγαγεν εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι τὴν πᾶσαν Αἴγυπτον, καὶ τὸν σῖτον αὐτῆς, καὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων, αὐτῷ· ἐπεὶ ᾶμαγε ἐκδιηγήσατο τὰ ὀνείρατα, καὶ οὗτος ὑπεμνήσθη τὰ αὑτὰ εἶναι τὰ προδεδηλωμένα αὐτῷ. Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωσὴφ τῷ Φαραὼ, εἶπεν ’Ἄνευ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἀποκριθήσεται τὸ σωτήριον Φαραώ. Εὖλογος Ἰωσὴφ ὲν ᾧ προοιμιάζεται ἀπὸ Θεοῦ. Τήρει δὲ, ὅτι πρὸς μὲν τὴν γυναῖκα εἷπε· Καὶ ποιήσω τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο, καί ἀμαρτήσομαι ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ (θʼ-· λακῇ εὐνούχους φησίν· Οὐχὶ διὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἠ δια· εʼάφησις αὐτῶν ἐστι; Kal εἷπε Φαραὼ πᾶσι τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦʼ Μὴ -· εὑρήσομεν ἄνθρωπον τοιοῦτον, ὃς ἔχει πνεῦμα Θεοῦ ἐν ἐαυτῷ ; Μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ίδὼν Φαραὼ τὸ τὴν ἐκπεσοῦσαν τῆς μνήμης αὐτοῦ λύσιν τοῦ ὀνείρατος σεσαερηνίσοαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ, πνεῦμα εἷπε Θεοῦ ἔχειν αὑτὸν ἐν ἐαυτῷ. Τοῦ αὐτοῦ. Ἠναγκάσθη καὶ Φαραὼ ἕνα εἰπεῖν Θεόν· καὶ τούτῳ δὲ συνᾴδει τὸ περ). τῆς λύσεως τοῦ ὀνείρατος προαποδεδομένον. ν Καὶ ἐκήρυσσεν ἔμπροσθεν αὑτοῦ κῆρυξ. Τὸ Ἑβραῖκὸν ἔχει Ἁβρὴχ, ὃ κυρίως σημαίνει, παι τὴρ ἁπαλός. Εἰκότως πατέρα ἁπαλὸν ἐκάλεσε τὸν

euthēnias hepta stachyes hakaoainontes en pythmeni en). epi de tou limou hepta men stachyes, ouk eti de en pythmeni eni; allos phēsin ' en kalamǭ eni. Egeneto de prōï, kai etarachthē t) psychē hautou, kai aposteilas ekalese pantas tous exēgētas Aigyptou, kai pantas tous sophous autēs. Holēs Aigyptou pōs ekalese tous exēgētas kai sophous, hama zētēteon hōs pros tēn lexin, kai ei pros anagōgēn deitai exēgētōn Aigyptiōn ho Pharaō hōs sophōterōn. Holēs de Aigyptou phamen, Cu? hakolouthou tǭ, Pantas tous exēgētas Aigyptou, kai pantas tous sorous autēs. Kai diēgēsato autois Pharaō to enypnion autou, kai ouk ēn o (irrumet.le auto tǭ Pharaō. Ouk oimai, hoti teleon esiōpōn, alla panta mallon helegonē auto to tēs enypniōn diēgēseōs. Allʼ erei tis; Pōs ę̄dei ho Pharaō poteron epitynchanousin hoi exēgētai kai sophoi Aigyptou diēgoumenoi ta enypnia, ē mē? Elege de pros tauta ho Ebraios, hoti ho Pharaō idōn to enypnion, eide hautou kai tēn diēgēsin, hētis hautou apepese tēs mnēmēs. Ekastou oun hakouōn legontos, ouk anemimnę̄sketo hou ę̄dei heōrakenai. Dia touto de exeplagē ton Iōsēer. kai athroōs auton proēgagen eis to pisteusai tēn pasan Aigypton, kai ton siton autēs, kai tēn sōtērian tōn Aigyptiōn, autǭ; epei amage ekdiēgēsato ta oneirata, kai houtos hypemnēsthē ta hauta einai ta prodedēlōmena autǭ. Apokritheis de Iōsēph tǭ Pharaō, eipen ’Aneu tou Theou ouk apokrithēsetai to sōtērion Pharaō. Eulogos Iōsēph en hǭ prooimiazetai apo Theou. Tērei de, hoti pros men tēn gynaika heipe; Kai poiēsō to rhēma to ponēron touto, kai amartēsomai enantion tou Theou. Alla kai pros tous en tę̄ (thʼ-; lakę̄ eunouchous phēsin; Ouchi dia tou Theou ē dia; eʼaphēsis autōn esti? Kal heipe Pharaō pasi tois paisin autouʼ Mē -; heurēsomen anthrōpon toiouton, hos echei pneuma Theou en eautǭ ? Meizon ē kata anthrōpon idōn Pharaō to tēn ekpesousan tēs mnēmēs autou lysin tou oneiratos sesaerēnisoai hypo tou Iōsēph, pneuma heipe Theou echein hauton en eautǭ. Tou autou. Ēnankasthē kai Pharaō hena eipein Theon; kai toutǭ de synądei to per). tēs lyseōs tou oneiratos proapodedomenon. n Kai ekēryssen emprosthen hautou kēryx. To Hebraikon echei Habrēch, ho kyriōs sēmainei, pai tēr hapalos. Eikotōs patera hapalon ekalese ton

plenty seven ears came up on one stem, but in the case of the famine seven ears indeed, but no longer on one stem; another translator says “on one stalk.” [Gen 41:8] “And it was morning, and his soul was troubled, and he sent and called all the interpreters of Egypt and all its wise men.” How he called the interpreters and wise men of all Egypt must be inquired at the same time with regard to the letter; and, with regard to the higher sense, whether Pharaoh needs Egyptian interpreters as wiser. We say “of all Egypt” as following from “all the interpreters of Egypt and all its wise men.” [Gen 41:8] “And Pharaoh told them his dream, and there was no one who interpreted it to Pharaoh.” I do not think that they were wholly silent, but rather that they said everything except the very interpretation of the dreams. But someone will say: How did Pharaoh know whether the interpreters and wise men of Egypt hit the mark in interpreting the dreams or not? To this the Hebrew said that Pharaoh, on seeing the dream, also saw its interpretation, which then fell from his memory. Hearing each of them speak, he did not recall what he knew he had seen. For this reason he was amazed at Joseph and at once advanced him, so that all Egypt, its grain, and the safety of the Egyptians were entrusted to him; since, as soon as Joseph explained the dreams, Pharaoh was reminded that they were the same as had been shown to him before. [Gen 41:16] “And Joseph answered Pharaoh and said: Without God the answer of salvation will not be given to Pharaoh.” Joseph is sensible in that he begins from God. Observe that to the woman he said, “And shall I do this evil thing and sin before God?” And to the eunuchs in the prison he says, “Is not their interpretation through God?” [Gen 41:38] “And Pharaoh said to all his servants: Shall we find such a man, who has the Spirit of God in himself?” Pharaoh, seeing something greater than human, that the solution of the dream which had fallen from his memory had been made plain by Joseph, said that he had the Spirit of God in himself. [Of the same.] Even Pharaoh was compelled to speak of one God; and with this agrees what was given above about the solution of the dream. [Gen 41:43] “And a herald proclaimed before him.” The Hebrew has “Abrech,” which properly signifies “tender father.” Fittingly he called a tender father the

Chapter 135

135PG 12:136a–136d

Ἰωσὴφ, ἐπειδήπερ ἁπαλὸς ὢν κατᾶ τὴν ἠλικίαν, ὡς πατὴρ σωτήριον ἀρχὴν Αἰγυπτίοις ἐνεδείξατο. ΔηΑοῖ δὲ οὐδὲν ἡ λέξις, ἦ τὸ γονατίζειν. Φανερὰ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ κήρυκος. Καὶ ἐκάλεσε Φαραὼ τὸ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ Ψονθομgem-lix. Ψομοομφανὴχ ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ᾧ ἀπτεκαιλύρθη τὸ μέλλον. Ἀκύλας, Σαραμφανή· Σύμμαχος, Σαφθφανὴ, κεκρυμμένα ἀπεκάλυψε. Καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν Ἀσενέθ θυγατέρα Πετεφρῆ ἱερέως Ἡλιουπόλεως αὐτῷ γυναῖκα. Τὸ μὲν Φουτιφὰρ ὲν ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς ἐστι τῆς γαμηθείσης τῷ Ἰωσήφ. Οἰήσεται δέ τις ἕτερον εἶναι τοῦο τον παρὰ τὸν ὠνησάμενον τὸν Ἰωσήφ. Οὐ μὴν οὕτως ὑπειλήφασιν Ἑβραῖοι· ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἀποκρύψω λέγουσι τὸν αὑτὸν εἶναι, καὶ δεσπότην καὶ πενθερὸν γενέσθαι. Καὶ φασὶ ταύτην τὴν Ἀσενεο διαβεβληκέναι τὴν μη·τέρα παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ὼς ὲπιβουλεύσασαν τῷ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ οὐκ ὲπιβουλευθιῖσαν. Ἢν δὲ ἐκδέδωκε τῷ Ἰωσὴφ, δεῖξαι σπουδάσας καὶ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις, ὅτι μηδὲν τοιοῦτον ἡμάρτηται εἰς τὸν οἷκον αὑτοῦ. Ἐκάλεσε δὲ Ἰωσὴφ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πρωτοτόκου Μανασσῆ, ὅτι ἐπιλαθέσθαι ἐποίησέ με ό Θεες πάντων τῶν πόνων μου, καὶ πάντων τῶν τίιῦ πατρός μου. Τὸ μὲν πάντων ἐπιλαθέσθαι τῶν πόνων τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιήσαντος, σαφῶς καλόν ὲστιν ’ εί δὲ καὶ πάντων τῶν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἰακὼσ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐπελάθετο, καὶ τοῦτο ποιήσαντος τοῦ Θεοῦ αὐτῷ, ζητητέον. Οὑ γὰρ Θεὸς ποιεῖ ἑπιλαθέσθαι τὸν Ἰωσὴφ λόγων τοῦ Ἰακὼβ, καὶ υίῦν αιίτοῦ · εἰ μὴ ἄρα πόνιιιν αὐτοῦ, ἵνʼ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ, πόνων. οὕτως · πάντων τῶν πόνων μου καὶ πάντων τῶν τοῦ πατρὸς πόνων. Τὸ ὄνομα τοὺ δευτέρου ἐκάλεσεν Ἐρραῒμ, ὅτι ηὔξησέ με ό Θεὸς ἐν γῇ ταπεινώσεώς μου.. Μυπικῶς ἡ πνευματικὴ Αἴγυπτος γῆ ταπεινώσεώς ἐστι τοῦ δικαίου· παρὸ παρὰ τῷ Ἀποστόλῳ λέγεταιο Τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν· καὶ ὲν Ψαλμοῐςο Ἐταπεινώθη εὶς χοῦν ἠ ζωὴ ἡμῶν· καὶ πάλινο Ἐταπείνωσας ἡμᾶς ἐν τόπῳ κακώσεως. Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ἦν ἄρχων τῆς Αἰγύπτου. Οὗτος ἐπώλει παντὶ τῷ λαῷ τῆς γῆς. Ἐλθόντες δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ Ἰωσὴφ προσεκύνησαν σὺτῷ ἐπὶ πρόσειπον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. Διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι λαοὺς τῆς εδίδου τῆς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰακὼβ, οὐκ ἐπώλει αὐτοῖς· ἀπ.... ν. τὰ ἀργύρια δίς. Ἔπρεπε γὰρ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ προῖκα λαμβάνειν τὸν σῖτον. Τοῦ αὑτοῦ. Χαριὲντως περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν, ὅτε μὲν ἀγοράζουσι, φησιν, υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ· ὅτε δὲ ῐ*προσκυ- - - -- ι τις... __,____.___ νὲῡὲικί autem}, οἱ ἀδελροι Ἰωσήφ. Πλὴν Θενιαμλν Ἰωσὴφ προσκυνεῖ. Διὸ ὲν τῇ ιῦτε τὸν Ἦσαῦ οὔτε τὸν μερίδι αὑτοῦ γίνεται ὁ ναός.

Iōsēph, epeidēper hapalos ōn kata tēn ēlikian, hōs patēr sōtērion archēn Aigyptiois enedeixato. DēAoi de ouden hē lexis, ē to gonatizein. Phanera gar estin hē phōnē tou kērykos. Kai ekalese Pharaō to onoma Iōsēph Psonthomgem-lix. Psomoomphanēch ho hermēneuetai, hǭ aptekailyrthē to mellon. Akylas, Saramphanē; Symmachos, Saphthphanē, kekrymmena apekalypse. Kai edōken autǭ tēn Aseneth thygatera Petephrē hiereōs Hēlioupoleōs autǭ gynaika. To men Phoutiphar en onomati tou patros esti tēs gamētheisēs tǭ Iōsēph. Oiēsetai de tis heteron einai touo ton para ton ōnēsamenon ton Iōsēph. Ou mēn houtōs hypeilēphasin Hebraioi; allʼ ex apokrypsō legousi ton hauton einai, kai despotēn kai pentheron genesthai. Kai phasi tautēn tēn Aseneo diabeblēkenai tēn mē;tera para tǭ patri ōs epibouleusasan tǭ Iōsēph, kai ouk epibouleuthiisan. Ēn de ekdedōke tǭ Iōsēph, deixai spoudasas kai tois Aigyptiois, hoti mēden toiouton hēmartētai eis ton hoikon hautou. Ekalese de Iōsēph to onoma tou prōtotokou Manassē, hoti epilathesthai epoiēse me o Thees pantōn tōn ponōn mou, kai pantōn tōn tiiy patros mou. To men pantōn epilathesthai tōn ponōn tou Theou touto poiēsantos, saphōs kalon estin ’ ei de kai pantōn tōn tou patros autou Iakōs ho Iōsēph epelatheto, kai touto poiēsantos tou Theou autǭ, zētēteon. Hou gar Theos poiei hepilathesthai ton Iōsēph logōn tou Iakōb, kai uiyn aiitou ; ei mē ara poniiin autou, hinʼ apo koinou to, ponōn. houtōs ; pantōn tōn ponōn mou kai pantōn tōn tou patros ponōn. To onoma tou deuterou ekalesen Erraïm, hoti ēuxēse me o Theos en gę̄ tapeinōseōs mou.. Mypikōs hē pneumatikē Aigyptos gē tapeinōseōs esti tou dikaiou; paro para tǭ Apostolǭ legetaio To sōma tēs tapeinōseōs hēmōn; kai en Psalmoiso Etapeinōthē eis choun ē zōē hēmōn; kai palino Etapeinōsas hēmas en topǭ kakōseōs. Iōsēph de ēn archōn tēs Aigyptou. Houtos epōlei panti tǭ laǭ tēs gēs. Elthontes de hoi adelphoi Iōsēph prosekynēsan sytǭ epi proseipon epi tēn gēn. Dia to mē einai laous tēs edidou tēs tous huious Iakōb, ouk epōlei autois; ap.... n. ta argyria dis. Eprepe gar tous huious Israēl proika lambanein ton siton. Tou hautou. Charientōs peri tōn autōn, hote men agorazousi, phēsin, huioi Israēl; hote de i*prosky- - - -- i tis... __,____.___ neueiki autem}, hoi adelroi Iōsēph. Plēn Theniamln Iōsēph proskynei. Dio en tę̄ iyte ton Ēsau oute ton meridi hautou ginetai ho naos.

Joseph, since, being tender in age, he showed himself to the Egyptians as a father, a saving rule. The word signifies nothing other than “to kneel”; for the herald's call is plain. [Gen 41:45] “And Pharaoh called Joseph's name Psonthomphanech.” Psonthomphanech is interpreted “to whom the future was revealed.” Aquila has Saphnath Phanech; Symmachus Saphthphane, “he revealed hidden things.” “And he gave him Asenath, daughter of Petephres, priest of Heliopolis, as wife.” “Phoutiphar” is the name of the father of the woman married to Joseph. Someone will suppose that this man is other than the one who bought Joseph. The Hebrews, however, have not taken it so; on the basis of an apocryphal writing they say that he is the same man, who became both Joseph's master and his father-in-law. And they say that this Asenath accused her mother before her father of having plotted against Joseph, not of having been plotted against; and that he gave her to Joseph, eager to show the Egyptians too that no such sin had been committed against his house. [Gen 41:51] “And Joseph called the name of the firstborn Manasseh, for God has made me forget all my toils and all that was my father's.” To forget all one's toils, God having brought it about, is clearly good; but whether Joseph also forgot everything that was his father Jacob's, and God did this to him, must be inquired. For God does not make Joseph forget Jacob's words and his own sonship; unless perhaps it means his toils, so that “toils” is understood with both: all my toils and all my father's toils. [Gen 41:52] “The name of the second he called Ephraim, for God has increased me in the land of my humiliation.” In a mystical sense, the spiritual Egypt is the land of the righteous man's humiliation; hence the Apostle speaks of “the body of our humiliation,” and the Psalms say, “Our life was humbled to the dust,” and again, “You humbled us in a place of affliction.” [Gen 42:6] “And Joseph was ruler of Egypt; he sold to all the people of the land. And Joseph's brothers came and bowed down to him with their face to the ground.” Because the sons of Jacob were not “people of the land,” he did not sell to them, but … the money twice. For it was fitting that the sons of Israel should receive the grain as a gift. [Of the same.] Gracefully, of the same persons, when they buy it says “sons of Israel,” but when they bow down, “Joseph's brothers.” … Benjamin … Joseph bows down … neither Esau nor … Therefore the temple comes to be in his portion.

Chapter 137

137PG 12:137a–137d

Ναὶ, ἐν ἁμαρτίαις γάρ ἐσμεν περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν, ὅτι ὴίνπερείδομεν τὴν etiam τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ, ὅτε κατεδέετο. Κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον κατεδέετο· οὐ γὰρ ἀναγέγραπται πῶς κατεδέετο. Ἀποκριθεὶς Ῥουβὶμ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖςʼ Οὐκ ἁλάληονα ὑμῖν, λέγων, Μὴ ἀδικήσητε τὸ παιδάριον ; καὶ οὐκ εὶσηκούσατέ μου. Καὶ ἰδοὺ τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐκζτητεῖται. Ἐν τοῖς ἀνωαέρω λέλεκται, ὅτι μὴ παρόντοςτοῦ Ῥουβὶμ πέπραται τοῖς Ἰσμαηλίταις ὁ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ μετὰ τὸ πραθῆναι αὐτὸν ἀνέστρεψενὸ ’Ῥουεῆμ ἐπὶ τὸν λάκκον, καὶ οὐχ ὁρᾷ τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ὲν τῷ λάκκῳ, καὶ διέρρηξε τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ’ καὶ ἐπέστρεῲεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὑτοῦ, καὶ εἷπε· Τὸ παιδάριον οὐκ ἐστιν· μαι ἕτι; Καὶ οὐ φαίνεται μεμαθηκὼς παρὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν περὶ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ, ὅτι ἐπράθη, Μήποτε οὗν, οἰόμενος ἀνῃρῆσθαι αὑτὸν, νῦν φησι τὸ, Ἰδοὺ αἷμα αὑτοῦ ἐκζητεῖται. Eine δὲ Ἰούδας πρὸς Ἰσραὴλ τὸν πατέρα αὑτοῦ · Ἀπόστειλον τὸ παιδάριον μετʼ ἐμοῦ, καὶ ἀναστάντες πορευσόμεθα ἵνα ζῶμεν. Μήποτε προφητεύει, ὅτι ῆμελλε μετὰ τῆς Ἰούδα φυλῆς εἶναι Βενιαμίν. Ἐγὼ δὲ ἐκδέχομαι αὐτόν· ἐκ χειρός μου ζήτησον αὐτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἀγάγω αὑτὸν πρὸς σὲ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Μηδὲν τῶν δυνατῶν γενέσθαι ὼς ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ Βενιαμὶν λογισάμενος Ἰούδας, προφητικῶς, οῖ·μαι, τῷ πατρὶ ἐπαγγέλλεται. Λάβετε ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν τῆς γῆς ἐν τοῖς ἀτγείοις ὑμῶν, καὶ κατάγετε τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δῶρα τῆς ῥητίνης, καὶ τ οὗ μέλιτος, θυμίαμά τε καὶ στακτὴν, καὶ τερέβινθον, καὶ κάρυα. Ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν τῆς γῆς φέρεται τῷ Ἰωσὴφ δῶρα, ἆ οὐκ ἔχει Λίγυπτοςλ ἔστι δὲ ῥητίνη, μέλι, θυμίαμα, στακτὴ, τερέδινθος, κάρυα· καὶ ἀνωτέρω δὲ, καὶ αἱ κάμηλοι ἔγεμον θυμιαμάτων, ῥητίνης, στακτῆς, ἀλλʼ οὺχὶ καὶ μέλιτος, καὶ τερεὸίνθου, καὶ καρύων. Τοῦ αὐτοῦ. Τρία εἴδη μετὰ Ἰωσὴφ κατάγουσι Μαδιηναῖοι εἰς Αἴγυπτον, οἷς ἄλλα τρία προσθέντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰακὼβ φέρουσι τῷ Ἰωσήφ. Πλὴν σπέρμα Ἀβρααμ καὶ τὰ πρότερα φέρουσι, καὶ τὰ δεύτερα. Καὶ ἔδει τὰ μὲν ὑποδεέστερα ἀπὸ τῶν νόθων τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ φέρεσθαι παίδων, τὰ δὲ πλείονα, ἀπὸ τῶν γνησίων, ὡς τῆς Αἰγύπτου χρείαν,τούτων ἐχούσης. Εἶπαν· Διὰ τὸ ἀργύριον τὸ ἀποστραφὲν ἐν τοῖς papa-laete τὴν ἀρχὴν ἡμεῖς εὶσαγόμεθα· τοῦ συκοφαντῆσαι ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἐπιθέσθαι ἡμῖν, τοῦ λαβεῖν unde είς παῖδας, καὶ τοὺς ὅνους ἡμῶν. ’Λπίθανον ’τὺ. ἐν τοιαύτῃ νομίζοντας εἶναι περιστάσει, περὶ τῶν ὄνων φροντίζειν, εί μὴ ὀιλληγορεῑται. Εἷπε δὲ αὐτοῖςʼ Ἵλεως ὑμῖν, μὴ φοβεῖσθε. Ἐοικεν ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ ἄνθρωπος ταῦτα εἰ· ρηκέναι, ὠφεληθεὶς εἰς θεοσέβειαν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ. Ἐμεταλύνθη δὲ ἡ μερὶς Βενιαμὶν παρὰ τὰς ysρίόας

Nai, en hamartiais gar esmen peri tou adelphoi hēmōn, hoti ēinpereidomen tēn etiam tēs psychēs autou, hote katedeeto. Kata to siōpōmenon katedeeto; ou gar anagegraptai pōs katedeeto. Apokritheis Rhoubim, eipen autoisʼ Ouk halalēona hymin, legōn, Mē adikēsēte to paidarion ? kai ouk eisēkousate mou. Kai idou to haima autou ekztēteitai. En tois anōaerō lelektai, hoti mē parontostou Rhoubim pepratai tois Ismaēlitais ho Iōsēph, kai meta to prathēnai auton anestrepseno ’Rhoueēm epi ton lakkon, kai ouch horą ton Iōsēph en tǭ lakkǭ, kai dierrēxe ta himatia autou ’ kai epestreǭen pros tous adelphous hautou, kai heipe; To paidarion ouk estin; mai heti? Kai ou phainetai memathēkōs para tōn adelphōn peri tou Iōsēph, hoti eprathē, Mēpote houn, oiomenos anę̄rēsthai hauton, nyn phēsi to, Idou haima hautou ekzēteitai. Eine de Ioudas pros Israēl ton patera hautou ; Aposteilon to paidarion metʼ emou, kai anastantes poreusometha hina zōmen. Mēpote prophēteuei, hoti ēmelle meta tēs Iouda phylēs einai Beniamin. Egō de ekdechomai auton; ek cheiros mou zētēson auton, ean mē agagō hauton pros se, kai ta hexēs. Mēden tōn dynatōn genesthai ōs anthrōpǭ tǭ Beniamin logisamenos Ioudas, prophētikōs, oi;mai, tǭ patri epangelletai. Labete apo tōn karpōn tēs gēs en tois atgeiois hymōn, kai katagete tǭ anthrōpǭ dōra tēs rhētinēs, kai t hou melitos, thymiama te kai staktēn, kai terebinthon, kai karya. Apo tōn karpōn tēs gēs pheretai tǭ Iōsēph dōra, a ouk echei Ligyptosl esti de rhētinē, meli, thymiama, staktē, teredinthos, karya; kai anōterō de, kai hai kamēloi egemon thymiamatōn, rhētinēs, staktēs, allʼ ouchi kai melitos, kai tereointhou, kai karyōn. Tou autou. Tria eidē meta Iōsēph katagousi Madiēnaioi eis Aigypton, hois alla tria prosthentes hoi huioi Iakōb pherousi tǭ Iōsēph. Plēn sperma Abraam kai ta protera pherousi, kai ta deutera. Kai edei ta men hypodeestera apo tōn nothōn tou Abraam pheresthai paidōn, ta de pleiona, apo tōn gnēsiōn, hōs tēs Aigyptou chreian,toutōn echousēs. Eipan; Dia to argyrion to apostraphen en tois papa-laete tēn archēn hēmeis eisagometha; tou sykophantēsai hēmas, kai epithesthai hēmin, tou labein unde eis paidas, kai tous honous hēmōn. ’Lpithanon ’ty. en toiautę̄ nomizontas einai peristasei, peri tōn onōn phrontizein, ei mē oillēgoreitai. Heipe de autoisʼ Hileōs hymin, mē phobeisthe. Eoiken ho epi tou oikou tou Iōsēph anthrōpos tauta ei; rēkenai, ōphelētheis eis theosebeian para tou Iōsēph. Emetalynthē de hē meris Beniamin para tas ysrioas

[Gen 42:21] “Yes, for we are in sins concerning our brother, because we overlooked the anguish of his soul when he begged us.” “He begged” is among the things passed over in silence; for it is not recorded how he begged. [Gen 42:22] “Reuben answered and said to them: Did I not speak to you, saying, Do not wrong the boy? And you did not listen to me. And behold, his blood is required.” In what was said above, Joseph was sold to the Ishmaelites while Reuben was not present; and after he had been sold Reuben returned to the pit and did not see Joseph in the pit, and tore his clothes, and returned to his brothers and said, “The boy is not; and I, where shall I go?” And he does not appear to have learned from his brothers about Joseph, that he had been sold. Perhaps, then, thinking that he had been killed, he now says, “Behold, his blood is required.” [Gen 43:8] “And Judah said to Israel his father: Send the boy with me, and we will rise and go, that we may live.” Perhaps he prophesies that Benjamin was to be with the tribe of Judah. [Gen 43:9] “And I will take charge of him; from my hand require him, if I do not bring him to you,” and so on. Reckoning that nothing that can befall a human being would befall Benjamin, Judah makes the promise to his father prophetically, I think. [Gen 43:11] “Take of the fruits of the land in your vessels, and carry down to the man gifts: of resin, and of honey, incense and myrrh, and terebinth and nuts.” From the fruits of the land gifts are brought to Joseph which Egypt does not have: resin, honey, incense, myrrh, terebinth, nuts. And above, too, the camels were laden with incense, resin, and myrrh, but not also with honey and terebinth and nuts. [Of the same.] The Midianites bring down three kinds into Egypt with Joseph; the sons of Jacob add three others and bring them to Joseph. But the seed of Abraham brings both the first and the second. And it was fitting that the lesser should be brought by the illegitimate children of Abraham and the greater by the legitimate, since Egypt needed these. [Gen 43:18] “They said: Because of the money returned in our sacks at the beginning we are being brought in, to bring a false charge against us and attack us, to take us as slaves, and our donkeys.” It is unconvincing that men who thought themselves in such a crisis should worry about the donkeys, unless it is meant allegorically. [Gen 43:23] “And he said to them: Peace be to you, do not fear.” The man over Joseph's house seems to have said this because he had been helped toward the worship of God by Joseph. [Gen 43:34] “And Benjamin's portion was made greater than the portions

Chapter 139

139PG 12:140a–140d

πάντων πενταπλασίοις πρὸς τὰς ἐκείνων. Ἐμεγαλύνοη ἢ διὰ τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ἢ ὼς τύπος τοῦ ἀποστόλου Παύλου, Καὶ Ἰησοῦς δὲ τῆς φυλῆς ὢν Ἐερραῒμ διεμέρισε ταῖς ἄλλαις φυλαῖς τὴν γῆν. Ἀπέστειλε γάρ με ὁ Θεὸς ἕμπί οσθεν ὑμῶν, ὐπολείπεσθαι ὑμῖν κατάλειμμιι. Ἐπείπερ ὁ Θεὸς ἀπέστειλε διά τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ζωὴν τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἐμπροσοεν τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὑτοῦ είς Αἴγυπτον, δηλονότι ὁ Θεὸς ἀποστέλλων αὑτὸν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, συγκατεχρήο cato τῷ ζήλῳ καὶ τῇ προαιρέσει τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὑτοῦ εἰς τὴν περὶιτοῦ Ἰωσὴφ ἐπὶ ζωῇ πολλῶν οἰκονομίαν. ε Οὐκοῦν ἔσθʼ ὅτε συγχρώμενος ἐτέρων ἁμαρτίαις ὁ Θεὸς, οἰκεῖα βουλεύεται ἐπὶ ἄλλων σωτηρίᾳ. Νῦν οὖν οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἀπεστάλκατε ὦδε, ἀλλʼ ὀ Θεὸς, καὶ ἐποίησέ με ὡς πατέρα Φαραὼ, καὶ κύρτων· παντὸς τοῦ οἴκιτυ αὐταῦ, καὶ ἄρχω-τα πάσης γῆς Atrax“ υ. Ὀ ἄρχων τῶν σωματικῶν πραο γμάτων, καὶ μηδαμῶς αὐτοῖς εἴκων, λέγοιτʼ ἂν τὺ, Ἐποίησὲ με ὁ Θεὸς πάσης τῆς γῆς Αἰγύπτου κύριον. Καὶ μὴ φείσησθε τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τῶν σκευῶν ὑμῶν. Τὰ γὰρ πάντα ἀγαθὰ Αἰγύπτου ὑμῶν ἔσται. Εἴ τι ὑπάρχει ὲν τῇ τροπικῶς καλουμένῃ Αἰγύπτῳ, οὐκ Αἰγυπτίων ἐστὶν, άλλά τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐξόδῳ συσκευάζουσιν Ἑβραῖοι τοὺς Aiγυπτίους, καὶ λαμβάνουσι σκεύη κρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, καὶ εἴ τι ἀγαθὸν ὲν Αἰγύπτῳ ἦν. Καὶ ἐγὼ ἀναβιβάσαι σε εὶς τέλος. Πρέπουσα ἐπαγγελία τῷ θεῷ, οὐ μόνον ἀναβιβάζειν, ἀλλὰ. καὶ ἐπὶ τέλος φέρειν τὸν ἀναβιβαζόμενον. Teii αὐτοῦ. Πρὸς τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Πεικτατεὺχου ζητοῦντας τὴν μετά ταῦτα ζωὴν φήσομεν· Ἐπεξπερ ἀψευδής ἐστιν ὁ εἰπὼν, Ἀναῖιέιὲσω σε, ἀνεβίβασεν ὲν τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ ὕστερον, καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον ἀνεβίβασεν αὑτὸν, ὅτε μετὰ τοῦτο Ἰωσὴφ ἐπέβαλε τάς ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρας τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τοῦ σώματος Ἰακώβ. Ἀνεβίῦασεν δὲ ὁ Θεὸς, ἀνάγων μετά τὸ τέλος τοῦ βίον ἐπὶ τὸ παρʼ ἑαυτῷ τέλος τὸν Ἰσραήλ. Ἀνέστη δὲ Ἰακὼὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ φρέατος τοῦ ὅρκου, καὶ ἀνέλαβον υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ Ἰακὼὸ τὸν πατέρα αὐτῶν. 'U μὲν ἐλθὼν ὲπὶ τὸ φρέαρ τοῦ ὅρκου Ἰσραήλ ἐστι, φέρων μετά πάντων τῶν αὑτοῦ, οἴμαι, Ἰακώβ· ὁ δὲ ἀνιστάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ φρέατος τοῦ ὅρκου, Ἰακώβ ἐστιν · ἐδεῖτο γὰρ ἀναστάσεως οὐχ ὁ Ἰσραὴλ, ἀλλʼ ὁ Ἰακώβ. Εἶτα μετά τοῦτο, δεόμενον ἀναλήψεως Ἰακὼβ πατέρα ἀνειλήφασιν υἱοὶ οὐχ). Ἰακὼβ, ἀλλʼ Ἰσραήλ. Tot? αὑτοῦ. Ἀπέστειλε Φαραὼ ἀμάξας ἆραι οὐ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἰακώβ. Εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, οὐ κατέβη Ἰακώβ. Τῷ γάρ Ἰσραὴλ εἴρηται, Μὴ 5:0βοῦ καταβῆναι εις Αἴγυπτον. Εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον Ἰακὼβ. καί πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα αὑτοῦ μετʼ αὑτοῦ. Σπέρμα μὲν νῦν τοῦ Ἰακὼὸ λέλεκται · ἀνωτέρω δὲ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ. Πλὴν εἰπερ Ἰακὼβ, καὶ πᾶν τὺ σπέρμα αὑτοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον,οὺκείοῆλοεν δὲ Ἤρ, καὶ Λὺνάν, οὐκ ἦσαν σπέρμα τοῦ Ὶαγὼῆ.

pantōn pentaplasiois pros tas ekeinōn. Emegalynoē ē dia tēn Ierousalēm, ē ōs typos tou apostolou Paulou, Kai Iēsous de tēs phylēs ōn Eerraïm diemerise tais allais phylais tēn gēn. Apesteile gar me ho Theos hempi osthen hymōn, ypoleipesthai hymin kataleimmii. Epeiper ho Theos apesteile dia tēn tōn pollōn zōēn ton Iōsēph emprosoen tōn adelphōn hautou eis Aigypton, dēlonoti ho Theos apostellōn hauton eis Aigypton, synkatechrēo cato tǭ zēlǭ kai tę̄ proairesei tōn adelphōn hautou eis tēn periitou Iōsēph epi zōę̄ pollōn oikonomian. e Oukoun esthʼ hote synchrōmenos eterōn hamartiais ho Theos, oikeia bouleuetai epi allōn sōtērią. Nyn oun ouch hymeis me apestalkate ōde, allʼ o Theos, kai epoiēse me hōs patera Pharaō, kai kyrtōn; pantos tou oikity autau, kai archō-ta pasēs gēs Atrax“ y. O archōn tōn sōmatikōn prao gmatōn, kai mēdamōs autois eikōn, legoitʼ an ty, Epoiēse me ho Theos pasēs tēs gēs Aigyptou kyrion. Kai mē pheisēsthe tois ophthalmois tōn skeuōn hymōn. Ta gar panta agatha Aigyptou hymōn estai. Ei ti hyparchei en tę̄ tropikōs kaloumenę̄ Aigyptǭ, ouk Aigyptiōn estin, alla tou Israēl. Dia touto kai en tę̄ exodǭ syskeuazousin Hebraioi tous Aigyptious, kai lambanousi skeuē krysa kai argyra, kai ei ti agathon en Aigyptǭ ēn. Kai egō anabibasai se eis telos. Prepousa epangelia tǭ theǭ, ou monon anabibazein, alla. kai epi telos pherein ton anabibazomenon. Teii autou. Pros tous apo tēs Peiktateuchou zētountas tēn meta tauta zōēn phēsomen; Epexper apseudēs estin ho eipōn, Anaiieiesō se, anebibasen en tę̄ zōę̄ tautę̄ hysteron, kai meta tēn exodon anebibasen hauton, hote meta touto Iōsēph epebale tas heautou cheiras tois ophthalmois tou sōmatos Iakōb. Anebiyasen de ho Theos, anagōn meta to telos tou bion epi to parʼ heautǭ telos ton Israēl. Anestē de Iakōo apo tou phreatos tou horkou, kai anelabon huioi Israēl Iakōo ton patera autōn. 'U men elthōn epi to phrear tou horkou Israēl esti, pherōn meta pantōn tōn hautou, oimai, Iakōb; ho de anistamenos apo tou phreatos tou horkou, Iakōb estin ; edeito gar anastaseōs ouch ho Israēl, allʼ ho Iakōb. Eita meta touto, deomenon analēpseōs Iakōb patera aneilēphasin huioi ouch). Iakōb, allʼ Israēl. Tot? hautou. Apesteile Pharaō amaxas arai ou ton Israēl, alla ton Iakōb. Eisēlthen eis Aigypton, ou katebē Iakōb. Tǭ gar Israēl eirētai, Mē 5:0bou katabēnai eis Aigypton. Eisēlthen eis Aigypton Iakōb. kai pan to sperma hautou metʼ hautou. Sperma men nyn tou Iakōo lelektai ; anōterō de huioi Israēl. Plēn eiper Iakōb, kai pan ty sperma hautou eisēlthen eis Aigypton,oukeioēloen de Ēr, kai Lynan, ouk ēsan sperma tou Iagōē.

of all, five times as much as theirs.” It was made greater either because of Jerusalem, or as a type of the apostle Paul. And Joshua, being of the tribe of Ephraim, divided the land among the other tribes. [Gen 45:7] “For God sent me before you, to leave you a remnant.” Since God sent Joseph before his brothers into Egypt for the life of many, clearly God, in sending him to Egypt, made use of the jealousy and the choice of his brothers for the economy concerning Joseph, for the life of many. So there are times when God, making use of the sins of some, plans what is his own for the salvation of others. [Gen 45:8] “Now therefore it was not you who sent me here, but God; and he made me as a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his house, and ruler of all the land of Egypt.” The one who rules bodily things and in no way yields to them could say, “God made me lord of all the land of Egypt.” [Gen 45:20] “And do not spare your goods with your eyes, for all the good things of Egypt shall be yours.” Whatever there is in the figuratively named Egypt belongs not to the Egyptians but to Israel. Therefore at the exodus too the Hebrews despoil the Egyptians and take vessels of gold and silver, and whatever good there was in Egypt. [Gen 46:4] “And I will bring you up at the end.” A promise fitting God: not only to bring up, but also to bring to the end the one who is brought up. [Of the same.] To those who seek the life after this one from the Pentateuch we shall say: since he who said, “I will bring you up,” does not lie, he brought him up later in this life, and after his departure he brought him up, when afterwards Joseph laid his hands on the eyes of Jacob's body. And God brought him up, leading Israel after the end of life to the end that is with himself. [Gen 46:5] “And Jacob rose up from the well of the oath, and the sons of Israel took up Jacob their father.” The one who came to the well of the oath is Israel, bringing with all his household, I think, Jacob; but the one who rises from the well of the oath is Jacob; for it was not Israel but Jacob who needed to rise. Then after this the sons, not of Jacob but of Israel, took up their father Jacob, who needed to be taken up. [Of the same.] Pharaoh sent wagons to carry not Israel but Jacob. Jacob entered into Egypt; he did not go down. For to Israel it was said, “Do not fear to go down into Egypt.” [Gen 46:6] “Jacob entered into Egypt, and all his seed with him.” Here “the seed of Jacob” is said; above, “the sons of Israel.” But if Jacob and all his seed entered into Egypt, and Er and Onan did not enter, they were not the seed of Jacob.

Chapter 141

141PG 12:141a–141d

Θυγατέρες καὶ θυγατέρες τῶν θυγατέρων αὑτοῦ Δηλονότι τὰς θυγατέρας ἔχων μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς γαμβροὺς συνεπάγετο. Οὐ γὰρ ἠνείχετο ἔξω τῆς οἰκίας αὑτοῦ ἀποστέλλειν τὰς θυγατέρας, μήπως τραπεῖεν εἰς εἰδωλολατρείαν. Τοῦ αὐτοῦ. Εἰ μὴ ἔχει θυγατέρας ὁ Ἰακὼβ, πῶς αἱ Θυγατέρες αὐτοῦ καταβαίνουσιν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ; Μὴ τοίνυν ἀλληγορεῖται. Ἑξῆς δὲ λέγει ἐκ Λείας εἶναι, καὶ θυγατέρας λγ Δίνας ὀνομασθείσης. Ταῦτα δὲ τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ, τῶν εἰσελθόντων εἰς Αἴγυπτον. Υίῶν, οὐκ Ἰακὼβ, ἁλλʼ Ἰσραὴλ, εἰσελθόντων, οὺ καταβάντων εἰς Αἴγυπτον, τὰ ὀνόματα ταῦτά ἐστιν. Πρωτότοκος Ἰακὼβ, Ῥουβὴμ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ἀνωτέρω εἰπὼν τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν υἱῶν εἶναι τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, νῦν τοῦ Ἰακὼβ εἶναι πρωτότοκόν φησι τὸν Ῥουβή μ. Τοῦ αὐτοῦ. Σημειωτέον, ὅτι σὺν τοῖς γενομένοις ὲν γῇ Χαναὰν υἱοῖς Ἰακὼβ ἀριθμεῖ αὐτοὺς καὶτοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ὄντας υίοὺς Ἰωσήφ. Συμβἁλλεται γὰρ τοῦτο είς τὸ ἑξῆς ῥητὸν περὶ τὰ τέλη, ἔνθα φησίν · Ἐμοί εἰσιν Ἐφραῒμ καὶ Μανασσῆ, ὡς Ῥουβὶιμ καὶ Συμεών. Καὶ εἶπεν Ἰσραὴλ πρὸς Ἰωσήφ ο Ἀποθανοῦκ μαι ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν, ἐπεὶ ἑώρακα τὸ πρόσωπόν σου. Ἔτι γὰρ σὺ ζῇς. Θαυμαστόν ἐστι τὸν γενόμενον ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μὴ βλαβῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων, καὶ μεῖναι ὲν τῇ κατά Θεὸν ζωῇ. Διόπερ θαυμάζων ὁ Ἰακὼβ, εἷπε τῷ Ἰωσὴφ τὸ, Ἔτι γὰρ σὺ ζῇς. Ποιμένες προβάτων οὶ παῖδές σου ἐκ παιδὸς ἕως τοῦ νῦν.... Εἶπαν δὲ Φαραώʼ Παροικεῑν ἐν τῇ γῇ ἥκαμεν. Παρῥησιάξονται τὸ ποιμένες εἷναι πρὸς τὸν Φαραώ. Εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ ταραχθῇ Φαραὼ, φασίν · Παροικεῖν ἐν τῇ γῇ ἥκαμεν. Eine δὲ Φαραὼ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ, λέγων · Κατοικείτωσαν ἐν γῇ Γεσέμ. Ἐπειδὴ ὲν τοῖς Τετραπλοῖς, ἐξ ὧν καὶ τὸ ἀντίγραφον μετελήφθη πρὸς τὸν εἱρμὸν τὸν ὲν τῷ Ἐβραῖκῷ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐκδόσεσι, δείκνυται καὶ ή τῶν Ἐβδομήκοντα ἕν τισι τόποις μετατεθείσα, ὡς τὰ πρῶτα ὕστερα, καὶ τὰ ὕστερα πρῶτα γενέσθαι· ὅπερ καὶ ἐνταῦθα εὑρέθη παθοῦσα· τούτου χάριν παρεθήκαμεν ἀκολουθίαν. Ἔστι δὲ αὕτη τῷ, Κατοικήσομεν οὶ παῖδές σου ἐν γῇ Γεσὲμ, συνἅπτεται τὸ, Eine δὲ Φαραὼ τῷ Ἰωσήφ Κατοικείτωσαν ἐν γῇ Ιέσέμ. Et δὲ ἐπίστῃ, ὅτι εἰσιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ο καὶ τά ἑξῆς. \ Et δὲ ἐπίστῃ ὅτι εἰσὶν ἐν αὐτοῖς δυνατοὶ, uaniστησον αὐτοὺς ἄρχοντας τῶν ἐμῶν κτηνῶν. Τοὺς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ δυνατοὺς Φαραὼ βούλεται ἄρχοντας καταστῆσαιΑἰγυπτίων κτηνῶν. Εἴτις δέ ἐστι τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ δυνατὸς, φευγέτω τὸ ἐπὶ τούτοις βούλημα. Καὶ εὐλογήσας Ἰακὼβ τὸν Φαραὼ, ἐξῆλθεν ἀπʼ αὑτοῦ. υὺκ ἂν, δίκαιον εὐλογήσας, ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐξῆλθε. Ζητητέον δὲ εἴποτε ἅγιόν τις εὐλογήσας

Thygateres kai thygateres tōn thygaterōn hautou Dēlonoti tas thygateras echōn methʼ heautou, kai tous gambrous synepageto. Ou gar ēneicheto exō tēs oikias hautou apostellein tas thygateras, mēpōs trapeien eis eidōlolatreian. Tou autou. Ei mē echei thygateras ho Iakōb, pōs hai Thygateres autou katabainousin eis Aigypton ? Mē toinyn allēgoreitai. Hexēs de legei ek Leias einai, kai thygateras lg Dinas onomastheisēs. Tauta de ta onomata tōn huiōn Israēl, tōn eiselthontōn eis Aigypton. Uiōn, ouk Iakōb, hallʼ Israēl, eiselthontōn, ou katabantōn eis Aigypton, ta onomata tauta estin. Prōtotokos Iakōb, Rhoubēm, kai ta hexēs. Anōterō eipōn ta onomata tōn huiōn einai tou Israēl, nyn tou Iakōb einai prōtotokon phēsi ton Rhoubē m. Tou autou. Sēmeiōteon, hoti syn tois genomenois en gę̄ Chanaan huiois Iakōb arithmei autous kaitous en Aigyptǭ ontas uious Iōsēph. Symballetai gar touto eis to hexēs rhēton peri ta telē, entha phēsin ; Emoi eisin Ephraïm kai Manassē, hōs Rhoubiim kai Symeōn. Kai eipen Israēl pros Iōsēph o Apothanouk mai apo tou nyn, epei heōraka to prosōpon sou. Eti gar sy zę̄s. Thaumaston esti ton genomenon en Aigyptǭ mē blabēnai apo tōn Aigyptiōn, kai meinai en tę̄ kata Theon zōę̄. Dioper thaumazōn ho Iakōb, heipe tǭ Iōsēph to, Eti gar sy zę̄s. Poimenes probatōn oi paides sou ek paidos heōs tou nyn.... Eipan de Pharaōʼ Paroikein en tę̄ gę̄ hēkamen. Parrhēsiaxontai to poimenes heinai pros ton Pharaō. Eita, hina mē tarachthę̄ Pharaō, phasin ; Paroikein en tę̄ gę̄ hēkamen. Eine de Pharaō tǭ Iōsēph, legōn ; Katoikeitōsan en gę̄ Gesem. Epeidē en tois Tetraplois, ex hōn kai to antigraphon metelēphthē pros ton heirmon ton en tǭ Ebraikǭ kai tais allais ekdosesi, deiknytai kai ē tōn Ebdomēkonta hen tisi topois metatetheisa, hōs ta prōta hystera, kai ta hystera prōta genesthai; hoper kai entautha heurethē pathousa; toutou charin parethēkamen akolouthian. Esti de hautē tǭ, Katoikēsomen oi paides sou en gę̄ Gesem, synaptetai to, Eine de Pharaō tǭ Iōsēph Katoikeitōsan en gę̄ Iesem. Et de epistę̄, hoti eisin en autois o kai ta hexēs. \ Et de epistę̄ hoti eisin en autois dynatoi, uanistēson autous archontas tōn emōn ktēnōn. Tous tou Israēl dynatous Pharaō bouletai archontas katastēsaiAigyptiōn ktēnōn. Eitis de esti tou Israēl dynatos, pheugetō to epi toutois boulēma. Kai eulogēsas Iakōb ton Pharaō, exēlthen apʼ hautou. yyk an, dikaion eulogēsas, apʼ autou exēlthe. Zētēteon de eipote hagion tis eulogēsas

[Gen 46:7] “Daughters and daughters of his daughters.” Clearly, having his daughters with him, he also brought along his sons-in-law. For he could not bear to send his daughters out of his house, lest they turn to idolatry. [Of the same.] If Jacob has no other daughters, how do his daughters go down into Egypt? Perhaps, then, it is meant allegorically. Next it says that they are from Leah, and gives daughters, thirty-three, Dinah being named. [Gen 46:8] “These are the names of the sons of Israel who entered into Egypt.” These are the names of the sons, not of Jacob but of Israel, who entered, not went down, into Egypt. “Jacob's firstborn, Reuben,” and so on. Having said above that the names are those of the sons of Israel, it now says that Reuben is the firstborn of Jacob. [Of the same.] It should be noted that with the sons of Jacob born in the land of Canaan it counts also the sons of Joseph who were in Egypt. For this contributes to the later text, near the end, where it says, “Ephraim and Manasseh are mine, like Reuben and Simeon.” [Gen 46:30] “And Israel said to Joseph: From now on I will die, since I have seen your face; for you are still alive.” It is wonderful that one who had been in Egypt was not harmed by the Egyptians, and remained in the life according to God. Therefore Jacob, wondering at it, said to Joseph, “For you are still alive.” [Gen 46:34; 47:4] “Your servants are shepherds of sheep from childhood until now …” “And they said to Pharaoh: We have come to sojourn in the land.” They speak frankly to Pharaoh about being shepherds; then, so that Pharaoh may not be troubled, they say, “We have come to sojourn in the land.” [Gen 47:5–6] “And Pharaoh said to Joseph, saying: Let them dwell in the land of Goshen.” In the Tetrapla, from which this copy too was taken, following the order of the Hebrew and the other versions, the Seventy is shown to have been transposed in some places, so that what was first came to be last and what was last first; and it was found to have suffered this here too. For this reason we have set out the sequence, which is this: to “Let your servants dwell in the land of Goshen” is joined “And Pharaoh said to Joseph: Let them dwell in the land of Goshen; and if you know that there are among them,” and so on. “And if you know that there are capable men among them, appoint them rulers of my cattle.” Pharaoh wishes to appoint the capable men of Israel rulers of the Egyptians' cattle. If anyone of Israel is capable, let him flee such a purpose. [Gen 47:10] “And Jacob, having blessed Pharaoh, went out from him.” He would not have gone out from him if he had blessed a righteous man. One must ask whether anyone, having blessed a saint,

Chapter 143

143PG 12:144a–144d

ἀπῆλθεν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἐνθάδε μὲν εὐλογῶν ἐξέρχεται· ἀνωτέρω δὲ ὁ Ἰακὼβ εὐλογίας τυχὼν εἰσέρχε ται. Kal εἰσήνεγκεν Ἰωσὴρ πᾶν τὸ ἀργύριον εἰς τὸν οἷκον Φαραώ. Καὶ ποῦ ἔδει πᾶν τὺ Αἰγύπτου ἀργύριον καὶ Χαναὰν γενέσθαι, ἢ ὲν τῷ οἴκῳ Φαραώ ; Ἧγαορον δὲ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν πρὸς Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς Ἰωσὴφ ἄρτους ἀντὶ τῶν ἵππων, καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν προβάτων. καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν βοῶν, καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν ὄνων. υὺκ ὠμῶς τοῦτο ποιεῖ Ἰωσὴφ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ κάμωσι τὰ κτήνη τρέφοντες, καὶ ἵνα μετὰ ταῦτα χάριν αὐτὰ δέξωνται παρὰ τοῦ Καὶ οὐχ ὑπολείπεται ἡμῖν ἐναντίον τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν ἢ τὸ lator σῶμα καὶ ἠ γῆ ἡμῶν. Ἐπεὶ περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν λέγεται τὸ, Διά τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς σάρκας διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν Αἰγύπτιαι, ὼς σάρκες, ὑπολελεῖφθαι φασιν αὐτοῖς οὐχὶ ψυχὴν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἴδιον σῶμα καὶ τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν, Τοῦτο δὲ νομιστέον ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγεσθαι. Ἵνα οὖν μὴ ἀποθάνωμεν ἐναντίον σου, καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐρημωθῇ, κτῆσαι ἡμᾶς καὶ τὴν γῆν ἡμῶν. Ἐναντίον τοῦ Φαραὼ Θὲλουσιν ol Αἰγύπτιοι ζῇν, οὐκ ἐναντίον θεοῦ. Τοῦ αὑτοῦ. κτῆμα βούλονται οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι γενέσῦαι τοῦ Φαραὼ, ὼς el ἅγιοι τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἐπεκρὰτησε γὰρ αὐτῶν ὀ λιμός. Δηλονότι τῶν Ἀιγυπτίων· οὗ γὰρ ἂν εἴρηται περὶ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, ὅτι ἐπεκράτησεν αὐτῶν ό λιμός. Kal ἐνισχύσας Ἰακὼβ ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ τὴν κοίτην. Ἐνισχύσας ἐκάθισεν, ἵνα τοὺς ἐνθέους εἴπῃ λόγους θῖμαι γὰρ τὸν μὲν Ἰακὼῦ ἠνωχλῆσθαι, τὸννᾶ Ἰσραὴλ ὲνισχυκέναι, ὃς καὶ εὐλόγησε τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ὲν οἷς οὑκ ὀνομάζεται ἐπὶ τῶν παιδεων Ἰακώβ. Kal εἶπέ μοι· Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ αὑξανῶ σε, καὶ πληθυνῶισε. Ἤτοι οὐκ αὔξει ὁ ἀσεβὴς, ἦ οὐκ ἀπὸ Θεοῦ αὔξει. Τὸ δʼ ὅμοιον ἐρεῖς καὶ διὰ τὸ, Πληθυνῶ. Θεὸς γὰρ εὐλογῶν ταῦτά φησιν. Ἐμοί εἰσιν Ἐξορίιΐμ καὶπανασσῆςσ ὡς Ῥου- (iiut καὶ Συμεὼν ἔσονταί μοι. Ὠς Ῥουΰὴμ, καὶ Ἐφραῖμ· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ πρωτότοκον ὡς Μανασσῆςν καὶ Συμεών· ἑκάτερος γὰρ τῇ μητρὶ αὐτῶν δεύτερος. Τὰ δὲ ἔκγονα, ἁ ἐὰν γεννήσῃς μετὰ ταῦτα. ἔσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτῶν* κληθήσονται ἐν τοῖς ἐκείνων κλήροις. Ol ἰσόμενοι, φησιν, ἕτεροι παῖδές σου ταῖς ἐπωνύμοις φυλαῖς τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτῶν ταχθήσονται ὲν τῇ κληροδοσίᾳ. Ἰδὼν δὲ Ἰσραὴλ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰωσὴφ, εἶπε· Τίνες σοιοῦτοι; καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Δόξει ἐναντίον τῷ, Ἰδὼν δὲ Ἰσραὴλ τοὺς υὶιηὺς Ἰωσὴφ, τὸ, Ol ὀφθαλμοὶ Ἰακὼό ἐβαρυώπησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ γήρους· εἰ μή πού ἐστι ταύτὸν τῷ, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς μὴ δύνασθαι βλέπειν, τὸ ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ Ἰωσὴφηοῦ Qui} δείξαντος αὐτῷ τὰ γενησόμενα.

apēlthen apʼ autou. Kai enthade men eulogōn exerchetai; anōterō de ho Iakōb eulogias tychōn eiserche tai. Kal eisēnenken Iōsēr pan to argyrion eis ton hoikon Pharaō. Kai pou edei pan ty Aigyptou argyrion kai Chanaan genesthai, ē en tǭ oikǭ Pharaō ? Hēgaoron de ta ktēnē autōn pros Iōsēph, kai edōken autois Iōsēph artous anti tōn hippōn, kai anti tōn probatōn. kai anti tōn boōn, kai anti tōn onōn. yyk ōmōs touto poiei Iōsēph, allʼ hina mē kamōsi ta ktēnē trephontes, kai hina meta tauta charin auta dexōntai para tou Kai ouch hypoleipetai hēmin enantion tou Kyriou hēmōn ē to lator sōma kai ē gē hēmōn. Epei peri tōn hamartōlōn legetai to, Dia to einai autous sarkas dia touto kai nyn Aigyptiai, ōs sarkes, hypoleleiphthai phasin autois ouchi psychēn, alla to idion sōma kai tēn gēn autōn, Touto de nomisteon hypo pantōn tōn allotriōn tou Theou legesthai. Hina oun mē apothanōmen enantion sou, kai hē gē erēmōthę̄, ktēsai hēmas kai tēn gēn hēmōn. Enantion tou Pharaō Thelousin ol Aigyptioi zę̄n, ouk enantion theou. Tou hautou. ktēma boulontai hoi Aigyptioi genesyai tou Pharaō, ōs el hagioi tou Theou. Epekratēse gar autōn o limos. Dēlonoti tōn Aigyptiōn; hou gar an eirētai peri tou Israēl, hoti epekratēsen autōn o limos. Kal enischysas Iakōb ekathisen epi tēn koitēn. Enischysas ekathisen, hina tous entheous eipę̄ logous thimai gar ton men Iakōy ēnōchlēsthai, tonna Israēl enischykenai, hos kai eulogēse tous huious Iōsēph, kai ta hexēs, en hois houk onomazetai epi tōn paideōn Iakōb. Kal eipe moi; Idou egō hauxanō se, kai plēthynōise. Ētoi ouk auxei ho asebēs, ē ouk apo Theou auxei. To dʼ homoion ereis kai dia to, Plēthynō. Theos gar eulogōn tauta phēsin. Emoi eisin Exoriiïm kaipanassēss hōs Rhou- (iiut kai Symeōn esontai moi. Ōs Rhouÿēm, kai Ephraim; amphoteroi gar prōtotokon hōs Manassēsn kai Symeōn; hekateros gar tę̄ mētri autōn deuteros. Ta de ekgona, ha ean gennēsę̄s meta tauta. esontai epi tǭ onomati tōn adelphōn autōn* klēthēsontai en tois ekeinōn klērois. Ol isomenoi, phēsin, heteroi paides sou tais epōnymois phylais tōn adelphōn autōn tachthēsontai en tę̄ klērodosią. Idōn de Israēl tous huious Iōsēph, eipe; Tines soioutoi? kai ta hexēs. Doxei enantion tǭ, Idōn de Israēl tous uiiēus Iōsēph, to, Ol ophthalmoi Iakōo ebaryōpēsan apo tou gērous; ei mē pou esti tauton tǭ, tous ophthalmous mē dynasthai blepein, to idein ton Israēl to sperma tou Iōsēphēou Qui} deixantos autǭ ta genēsomena.

went away from him. And here he goes out after blessing; but above, Jacob goes in after receiving a blessing. [Gen 47:14] “And Joseph brought all the money into the house of Pharaoh.” And where should all the money of Egypt and Canaan have been but in the house of Pharaoh? [Gen 47:17] “And they brought their cattle to Joseph, and Joseph gave them bread in exchange for the horses, and for the sheep, and for the oxen, and for the donkeys.” Joseph does not do this cruelly, but so that they might not be worn out feeding the cattle, and so that afterwards they might receive them as a favour from … [Gen 47:18] “And there is nothing left to us before our lord but our own body and our land.” Since it is said of sinners, “Because they are flesh,” therefore now too the Egyptians, as flesh, say that what is left to them is not a soul, but their own body and their land. This must be thought to be said by all who are estranged from God. [Gen 47:19] “So that we may not die before you, and the land be made desolate, buy us and our land.” The Egyptians wish to live before Pharaoh, not before God. [Of the same.] The Egyptians wish to become Pharaoh's possession, as the saints are God's. [Gen 47:20] “For the famine prevailed over them.” Over the Egyptians, clearly; for it would not have been said of Israel that the famine prevailed over them. [Gen 48:2] “And Jacob, gathering strength, sat up on the bed.” He gathered strength and sat up in order to speak the inspired words. For I think that Jacob was troubled, but Israel gained strength, who also blessed the sons of Joseph, and so on; in this passage he is not named Jacob in the case of the children. [Gen 48:4] “And he said to me: Behold, I will increase you and multiply you.” Either the impious man does not increase, or he does not increase from God. You will say the same about “I will multiply,” for God says these things when he blesses. [Gen 48:5] “Ephraim and Manasseh are mine; like Reuben and Simeon they shall be mine.” As Reuben, so Ephraim, for both are firstborn; as Manasseh, so Simeon, for each is second to his mother. [Gen 48:6] “And the offspring which you beget after these shall be in the name of their brothers; they shall be called in their allotments.” Your other children who will be born, it says, will be ranked in the allotment under the tribes named after their brothers. [Gen 48:8] “And Israel, seeing Joseph's sons, said: Who are these?” and so on. “And Israel, seeing Joseph's sons” will seem to contradict “The eyes of Jacob were dim from old age”; unless perhaps the eyes being unable to see is compatible with Israel seeing the seed of Joseph, God showing him the things that would be.

Chapter 145

145PG 12:145a–145d

Εζὲὶ Ἐλίῖείιάς δὲ Ἰσραὴλ τὴν χεῖρα τὴν δεξιὰν, ἐπέβαλεν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἐφραΐμ. Ὅτι παρηκολούθουν οἱ προφῆται νοοῦντες περὶ ὧν προεφήτευον. Ἀμέλει μετὰ ταῦτα τῶν δέκα φυλῶν ἐξῆρχεν ἡ τοῦ Ἐφραῒμ φυλή. Ἐξαύτοῦ γὰρ ὁ μακάριπ Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυῆ, ἀληθινὸς τύπος ὣν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, κατήγετο ἐν τοῖς Ἀριθμοῖς. Διὸ καὶ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ ἡ εὐλογία ἐπʼ αὐ τὸν ἀναφέρεται. Ποιήσαι σε ό Θεὸς ὡς Ἐφραῒμ, καὶ ὡς Μανασσῆδ καὶ ἔθηκε τὸν Ἐέρριιῒμ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Μανασσῆ. Εὐκαίρως χρήσῃ τῷ ρητῴ περὶ τοῦ ἐν προσευχῇ ἔμπροσθεν ἑστάναι τὸν τιμιώτερον. Κάμψας κατεκλίθης ὡς λέων, καὶ ὡς σκύμνος. Τὸν κατʼ οἰκονομίαν θάνατον σὴμαίνει τὸ, κατεκλῖθης. Λέων ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστὸς τοῖς τελείως ἁποθηριωθεῖσιʼ τοῖς δὲ ἔτι εἰσαγωγικοῖς σκύμνος.

Ezei Eliieiias de Israēl tēn cheira tēn dexian, epebalen epi tēn kephalēn Ephraïm. Hoti parēkolouthoun hoi prophētai noountes peri hōn proephēteuon. Amelei meta tauta tōn deka phylōn exērchen hē tou Ephraïm phylē. Exautou gar ho makarip Iēsous ho tou Nauē, alēthinos typos hōn tou Christou, katēgeto en tois Arithmois. Dio kai tou Iōsēph hē eulogia epʼ au ton anapheretai. Poiēsai se o Theos hōs Ephraïm, kai hōs Manassēd kai ethēke ton Eerriiïm emprosthen tou Manassē. Eukairōs chrēsę̄ tǭ rētǭ peri tou en proseuchę̄ emprosthen hestanai ton timiōteron. Kampsas kateklithēs hōs leōn, kai hōs skymnos. Ton katʼ oikonomian thanaton sēmainei to, kateklithēs. Leōn estin ho Christos tois teleiōs hapothēriōtheisiʼ tois de eti eisagōgikois skymnos.

[Gen 48:14] “And Israel, stretching out his right hand, laid it on the head of Ephraim.” This shows that the prophets understood what they were prophesying. Indeed, later the tribe of Ephraim led the ten tribes. For from it came the blessed Joshua son of Nun, a true type of Christ, as recorded in Numbers; therefore the blessing of Joseph too is referred to him. [Gen 48:20] “May God make you like Ephraim and like Manasseh; and he set Ephraim before Manasseh.” You will fittingly use this text about the more honoured standing in front in prayer. [Gen 49:9] “Crouching, you lay down like a lion and like a cub.” “You lay down” signifies the death undergone in the economy. Christ is a lion to those who have become wholly beastlike; to those who are still beginners, a cub.

Chapter 161

161PG 12:161a–161d

Ζητητέον ποταπὸν δεῖ νοῆσαι τὸ σχῆμα τῆς κιβωτοῦ · ὅπερ νομίζω ὅτι πυραμοειδές ἐστιν, ἀρχόμενον μὲν ἀπὸ μήκους τριακοσίων πηχῶν, ἀπὸ δὲ πλάτους πεντήκοντα, καὶ επὶ τοὺς τριάκοντα τοῦ ὕψους πήχεις ἑπισυναγόμενον, ὥστε τὴν κορυφὴν γενέσθαι μή· κους καὶ πλάτους πῆχυν. Ἔστω δὲ τὰ μὲν κάτω αύτῆς, ἅπερ ὠνόμασται κατάγαιοι, ὀροφῶν δύο· τὰ δὲ ὑπὲρ τὰς δύο ὀροφὰς ἐπὶ τῷ ἀνωτέρω ὀρόφῳ, dpoφῶν τριῶν. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὁ Σύμμαχος σαφῶς ἐξέθετο εἰπών Κατὰ δίστεγα καὶ τρίστεγοι ποιήσεις αὑτήν. Νοείσθω δὲ καθʼ ἑκάστην ὀροφὴν ἁποδιαλαμβανόμενα χωρία ὑπὲρ τοῦ χωρίζεσθαι τὰ ἀνομοιογενῆ ζῶα ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων · καὶ καλείσθω τὰ ἀποδιαλαμβανόμενα ταῦτα χωρία, νοσσιαί ἢ ὡς ὁ Σύμμαχος πεποίηκε, καλιαί. Καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγιν Φασὶ τοίνυν ὄτι ή μὲν κατωτέρω πρὸς τῷ πυθμένι τοῦ διορόφου στέγη εἰς σκύὸαλα τέτακτο · ή δὲ ταύτης ἀνωτέρω εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῆς τροφῆς τῶν ζώων, ὥστε εὐπορεῖν τὰ μὲν σαρκοβόρα, σαρκῶν· τῷ ἔτερα ζῶα παρὰ τὰ εἰς διατήρησιν εἰσαχθέντα, τροφῆς ἕνεκεν εἰσαχθῆναι εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν · τὰ δὲ μὴ τοιαῦτα, τῆς ἐπιτηδείου ἕκαστον εὐπορῆσαι τροφῆς. Ταῦτα μὲν εἰς τὸν περὶ τῶν καταγαίων διορόφων λόγον. Τὸ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα τριώροφον τοῖς ζώοις ἀποτέτακτο κατὰ τὰς νομισθείσας νοσσιάς. Καὶ εἰκὸς ὅτι τῷ μὲν τῶν ὄφεων γένει καὶτῶν θηρίων ήτοῦ κατωτάτω τριωρόφου χώρα ἀπενεμήθη · τοῖς δὲ κτήνεσι καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τῶν τιθασσοτέρων ἢ ἡμερωτέρων, τάξει καὶ λόγῳ τὰ ἀνωτέρω. Ἐχρῆν δὲ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ῶσπερ τῇ φύσει ἆρι

Zētēteon potapon dei noēsai to schēma tēs kibōtou ; hoper nomizō hoti pyramoeides estin, archomenon men apo mēkous triakosiōn pēchōn, apo de platous pentēkonta, kai epi tous triakonta tou hypsous pēcheis hepisynagomenon, hōste tēn koryphēn genesthai mē; kous kai platous pēchyn. Estō de ta men katō autēs, haper ōnomastai katagaioi, orophōn dyo; ta de hyper tas dyo orophas epi tǭ anōterō orophǭ, dpophōn triōn. Touto de kai ho Symmachos saphōs exetheto eipōn Kata distega kai tristegoi poiēseis hautēn. Noeisthō de kathʼ hekastēn orophēn hapodialambanomena chōria hyper tou chōrizesthai ta anomoiogenē zōa apʼ allēlōn ; kai kaleisthō ta apodialambanomena tauta chōria, nossiai ē hōs ho Symmachos pepoiēke, kaliai. Kai metʼ oligin Phasi toinyn oti ē men katōterō pros tǭ pythmeni tou diorophou stegē eis skyoala tetakto ; ē de tautēs anōterō eis tēn synagōgēn tēs trophēs tōn zōōn, hōste euporein ta men sarkobora, sarkōn; tǭ etera zōa para ta eis diatērēsin eisachthenta, trophēs heneken eisachthēnai eis tēn kibōton ; ta de mē toiauta, tēs epitēdeiou hekaston euporēsai trophēs. Tauta men eis ton peri tōn katagaiōn diorophōn logon. To de meta tauta triōrophon tois zōois apotetakto kata tas nomistheisas nossias. Kai eikos hoti tǭ men tōn opheōn genei kaitōn thēriōn ētou katōtatō triōrophou chōra apenemēthē ; tois de ktēnesi kai tois loipois tōn tithassoterōn ē hēmerōterōn, taxei kai logǭ ta anōterō. Echrēn de ton anthrōpon, ōsper tę̄ physei ari

[Gen 6:14–16] We must inquire what shape the ark must be understood to have. I think it is pyramid-shaped, starting from a length of three hundred cubits and a breadth of fifty, and drawn together up to the thirty cubits of height, so that the top comes to be a cubit in length and breadth. Let the lower parts of it, which are called “lower,” be of two storeys, and the parts above the two storeys, at the upper storey, of three storeys. Symmachus too set this out clearly, saying, “You shall make it with two decks and three decks.” Let there be understood in each storey compartments partitioned off, to separate animals of different kinds from one another; and let these partitioned compartments be called nests, or, as Symmachus put it, huts. And a little later: They say, then, that the lower deck, at the bottom of the two-storeyed part, was assigned for dung, and the one above it for gathering the animals' food; so that the flesh-eaters had a supply of flesh (other animals, besides those brought in to be preserved, being brought into the ark for the sake of food), and the others each had a supply of suitable food. So much for the account of the two-storeyed lower part. The three-storeyed part after this was assigned to the animals according to the nests just mentioned. And it is likely that to the kind of snakes and wild beasts the space of the lowest of the three storeys was allotted, and to the cattle and the rest of the tamer or gentler animals, in due order and reason, the upper parts. And it was necessary that man, just as by nature he is ruler

Chapter 163

163PG 12:164a–164d

χοντα τῶν ἀλόγων, ὧν ἐπιβέβηκεν αὐτὸς, οὕτω καὶ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ εἶναι ἀνωτάτω τῆς κιβωτοῦ περὶ τὴν τρίτην στέγην, ὑποχείρια ἔχοντα τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν Πιίὶανέν δὲ τὴν πλαγίαν περ). ἦς εἴρηται tui)- τὴν δὲ θύραν τῆς κιβωτοῦ ἐκ aduritur- έοιήσείς, ’ξεγονέναι περὶ τὴν κάτωθεν πρώτην στέγην, ἵνα ἐκεῖθεν εἰσελ- Οόντα τὰ ζῶα ἀπίῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς τεταγμένους ταῖς νοσσιαίς τόπους. Καὶ τοῦτο βέλτιον ἡμῖν φαίνεται λέγειν ἢ ἄνωθεν νομίζειν μετὰ πολλῆς δυσκολίας τὰ ζῶα καταβαίνειν ἐπὶ τοὺς οἰκείους τόπους · θειοτέρας τινος δυνάμεως ἔχρῃζεν ἡ ἀσφάλεια τῆς κλειομένης ταύτης θύρας, οὐκέτι δυναμένου τινὸς ἔξωθεν ἀνθρώπου ἀσφαλτῶσαι αὐτὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παρεισδῦναι ὕδωρ. Διὸ ἔκλεισε Κύριος ό θεὸς ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἐπηπόρουν τινὲς, εί δύναται ἡ τηλικαύτη κιβωτὸς χωρῆσαι κᾶν τὸ πολλοστὸν μόριον τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς

chonta tōn alogōn, hōn epibebēken autos, houtō kai en tę̄ chōrą einai anōtatō tēs kibōtou peri tēn tritēn stegēn, hypocheiria echonta ta loipa tōn Piiianen de tēn plagian per). ēs eirētai tui)- tēn de thyran tēs kibōtou ek aduritur- eoiēseis, ’xegonenai peri tēn katōthen prōtēn stegēn, hina ekeithen eisel- Oonta ta zōa apię̄ epi tous tetagmenous tais nossiais topous. Kai touto beltion hēmin phainetai legein ē anōthen nomizein meta pollēs dyskolias ta zōa katabainein epi tous oikeious topous ; theioteras tinos dynameōs echrę̄zen hē asphaleia tēs kleiomenēs tautēs thyras, ouketi dynamenou tinos exōthen anthrōpou asphaltōsai autēn hyper tou mē pareisdynai hydōr. Dio ekleise Kyrios o theos opisthen tou Epēporoun tines, ei dynatai hē tēlikautē kibōtos chōrēsai kan to polloston morion tōn epi gēs

of the irrational animals, on which he has been set, so also in place he should be at the very top of the ark, about the third deck, having the rest of the animals under his hand. And we think that the side door, of which it is said, “And the door of the ark you shall make in its side,” was at the first deck from below, so that the animals, entering from there, might go off to the places assigned to the nests. This seems better to us to say than to suppose that the animals came down from above with much difficulty to their own places. The security of this closing door needed some more divine power, since no man outside could any longer pitch it so that water might not seep in. Therefore “the Lord God shut the door behind him.” Some raised the difficulty whether so great an ark could hold even the smallest part of

Chapter 165

165PG 12:165a–165d

πάντων ζώων. Καὶ μάλιστα Ἀπελλὴς ὁ 106 Μαρxtmvo; γνώριμος, κα) γενόμενος ἐτέρας αἱρέσεως παρʼ ἐκεῖνον πατὴρ, ἀθετεῖν βουλόμενος ὡς οὐχ άγια τὰ Μωῡσέως συγγράμματα, τοῦτο ἐπαπορήσας ἐπιφέρει, τὸ, Ψευδὴς ἄρα ὁ μῦθοςο οὐκ ἄρα ὲκ Ε)εοῦ ἡ Γραφή · μὴ συνιὼν ποδαποὺς τριακοσίους πήχεις, καὶ ποδαποὺς πεντήκοντα, πηλίκους τε τριάκοντα -ὠνόμασεν ἐπὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς τῆς κιβωτοῦ ἡ Γραφή. Ἐμάθομεν δὲ ἡμεῖς ἀπό τινος τῶν παρʼ Ἑλρραίοις ἐλλογίμων, ὡς ἄρα οἱ τριακόσιοι πήχεις ὠνομάσθησαν, ὡς οἱ καλούμενοι παρὰ τοῖς γεωμέτραις δύναμις 106 ἀπὸ τοῦ τριακοστοῦ τετραγώνου · ὡς εἷναι τοὺς ἡμετέρους πήχεις τοῦ μήκους ἐν τῷ κάτω ἐπιπέδῳ ἐννέα μυριάδας· οὕτω δὲ καὶ 106 πλάτους, δισχιλίας πεντακοσίας, καὶτοῦ ὕψους, ὲννακοσίας,· Καὶ γὰρ πάνυ ἂν εἴη ἀτοπώτατον τὸν παιδευθέντα πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων τῶν γεωμετρικωτάτων μάλιστα, καὶ ὲν οἴκῳ βασιλέως ἀνατραφέντα, μὴ συνεωρακέναι, ὅτι οί κοινότερον νοηθέντες τριακόσιοι 106 μήκους, καὶ πεντήκοντα 106 πλάτους, καὶ τριάκοντα τοῦ ὕψους, οὐδὲ ἐλέφαντας ἐχώρησαν ἂν τάχα που τέσσαρας, καὶ τὰς τούτων ἐπὶ ἐνιαυτὸν τροφὰς, προστάξαντος τοῦΘεοῦ δύο δύο ἀπὸ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων εἱσέρχεσθαι ζώων εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν. Εἰ δὲ χρὴ, ἐπὶ

pantōn zōōn. Kai malista Apellēs ho 106 Marxtmvo? gnōrimos, ka) genomenos eteras haireseōs parʼ ekeinon patēr, athetein boulomenos hōs ouch agia ta Mōyseōs syngrammata, touto epaporēsas epipherei, to, Pseudēs ara ho mythoso ouk ara ek E)eou hē Graphē ; mē syniōn podapous triakosious pēcheis, kai podapous pentēkonta, pēlikous te triakonta -ōnomasen epi tēs kataskeuēs tēs kibōtou hē Graphē. Emathomen de hēmeis apo tinos tōn parʼ Helrraiois ellogimōn, hōs ara hoi triakosioi pēcheis ōnomasthēsan, hōs hoi kaloumenoi para tois geōmetrais dynamis 106 apo tou triakostou tetragōnou ; hōs heinai tous hēmeterous pēcheis tou mēkous en tǭ katō epipedǭ ennea myriadas; houtō de kai 106 platous, dischilias pentakosias, kaitou hypsous, ennakosias,; Kai gar pany an eiē atopōtaton ton paideuthenta pasę̄ sophią Aigyptiōn tōn geōmetrikōtatōn malista, kai en oikǭ basileōs anatraphenta, mē syneōrakenai, hoti oi koinoteron noēthentes triakosioi 106 mēkous, kai pentēkonta 106 platous, kai triakonta tou hypsous, oude elephantas echōrēsan an tacha pou tessaras, kai tas toutōn epi eniauton trophas, prostaxantos touTheou dyo dyo apo tōn akathartōn heiserchesthai zōōn eis tēn kibōton. Ei de chrē, epi

all the animals on earth. And especially Apelles, the disciple of Marcion, who became the father of a heresy different from his, wishing to reject the writings of Moses as not holy, raises this difficulty and adds: “The story, then, is false; the Scripture, then, is not from God”; not understanding what kind of three hundred cubits, and what kind of fifty, and how great the thirty were that Scripture named in the construction of the ark. But we learned from one of those of repute among the Hebrews that the three hundred cubits were so named as what geometers call a “power,” from the thirtieth square; so that our cubits of the length on the lower plane are ninety thousand; and likewise those of the breadth two thousand five hundred, and those of the height nine hundred. For it would be utterly absurd that one educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, who are most skilled in geometry, and brought up in the king's house, should not have seen that three hundred cubits of length taken in the common sense, and fifty of breadth, and thirty of height, would perhaps not have held even four elephants and their food for a year, when God had commanded that two by two of the unclean animals should enter the ark. But if, in order to

Chapter 167

167PG 12:168a–168d

τοῦ τρανότερον νοῆσαι τὸ, ἐπισυνιὶγων ποιήσεις τὴν κιβωτὸν, καὶ εἷς πῆχυν συντελέσας αὐτὴν ἄνωοεν, ἐκθέσθαι τὸν οἱονεὶ ἁρχιτεκτονικὸν περὶτῆς κῑβω τοῦ λόγον, φέρε, ὡς ὑποπέπτωκεν ἡμῖν, καὶ μεμαθήκαμεν, αὑτὸν ὲκοώμεοα. Νὸει μοι τριακοσίων ni,χεων τῶν εἰρημένων κατὰ τὴν καλουμένην δύναμιν εἶναι κατωτάτω τὸ τῆς κιβωτοῦ μῆκος, καὶ πεντήκοντα πλάτος · εἶτα. κατὰ πῆχυν ἐπισυνάτεσοαι τοῦ μὲν μήκους δέκα πήχεις, τοῦ δὲ πλάτους, ἱνα δίμοιρον ο ὥστε γενέσθαι τὸν τριακοστὸν τοῦβψους πῆχυν, δέκα μὲν τοῦ μήκους, ἐνὸς δὲ κει) διμοίρου τοῦ πλάτους · εἶτα μετὰ τοῦτο συντελεσθῆναι εἰς πῆχυν τὴν ἐπισυναγωγὴν. El δέ τῳ βιαῑος εἶναι δόξῃ ὁ πῆχυς τριακοστὸς ὢν, καὶ πρῶτος ὢν τοῦ ὕψους, προσεχέτω τῇ λέξει λεγούσῃ, καὶ τριάκοντα πήχεων τὸ

tou tranoteron noēsai to, episyniigōn poiēseis tēn kibōton, kai heis pēchyn syntelesas autēn anōoen, ekthesthai ton hoionei harchitektonikon peritēs kibō tou logon, phere, hōs hypopeptōken hēmin, kai memathēkamen, hauton ekoōmeoa. Noei moi triakosiōn ni,cheōn tōn eirēmenōn kata tēn kaloumenēn dynamin einai katōtatō to tēs kibōtou mēkos, kai pentēkonta platos ; eita. kata pēchyn episynatesoai tou men mēkous deka pēcheis, tou de platous, hina dimoiron o hōste genesthai ton triakoston toubpsous pēchyn, deka men tou mēkous, enos de kei) dimoirou tou platous ; eita meta touto syntelesthēnai eis pēchyn tēn episynagōgēn. El de tǭ biaios einai doxę̄ ho pēchys triakostos ōn, kai prōtos ōn tou hypsous, prosechetō tę̄ lexei legousę̄, kai triakonta pēcheōn to

understand more clearly “drawing it together you shall make the ark, and you shall finish it to one cubit above,” one must set out the architectural account, so to speak, of the ark, come, let us set it out as it has occurred to us and as we have learned it. Consider with me that the length of the ark at the very bottom is three hundred of the cubits mentioned, taken as the so-called “power,” and the breadth fifty; then, cubit by cubit, ten cubits of the length are drawn in, and one and two-thirds of the breadth; so that at the thirtieth cubit of height there remain ten of the length and one and two-thirds of the breadth; and after this the drawing together is completed to one cubit. But if it seems forced to anyone that the cubit is the thirtieth and also the first of the height, let him attend to the wording, which says, “and thirty cubits the